Ameron

AMERON CORROSION-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS
Ameron International, a worldwide supplier of corrosion-resistant

fiberglass piping systems, provides comprehensive solutions for a
broad spectrum of applications.
Bondstrand ® Industrial, Military Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars

and Environmental Systems and Well Screens Dualoy® Fuel Handling Systems
Ameron fiberglass pipe can withstand higher Together, Ameron and its subsidiary Centron Ameron fuel handling systems provide piping
temperatures and pressures than ordinary International offer a full line of fiberglass oilfield solutions for service stations, truck stops and
thermoplastic materials. That, together with line pipe, tubing, casing and sand-control well terminals. Rigid Dualoy 3000/L single-wall or
its corrosion and chemical resistance, makes screens. Piping is available in diameters from contained piping and the unique Dualoy
it particularly well-suited for general industrial 1 to 40 inches, with service pressures as high 3000/LCX* coaxial design have proven them-
service and chemical processing applications. as 4000 psi and operating temperatures up to selves superior in performance and longevity to
Fiberglass pipe also provides environmental 302°F (150°C), depending on specifications. both metallic and flexible alternatives. Each is
protection benefits. In applications such as Centron® GRE well screens, which cost about Underwriters Laboratories Listed for use in all
secondary containment and waste handling, half as much as metal screens, come in 11⁄ 2 fuels, including methanol, ethanol and alcohol
it can eliminate the ground-water contamination to 8-inch sizes and in single and pre-packed blends. Dualoy products can be continuously
caused by corroded metal piping. Bondstrand versions. Bondstrand SSL (steel strip Laminate) monitored with brine, vacuum or pressure
LD large-diameter piping is available in diame- for demanding oil and gas service, including systems. Dualoy 3000/MCX piping is
ters through 144 inches (3600 mm). subsea, provides both high pressure perfor- designed for use at marinas.
mance and corrosion resistance.
*U.S. Patent No. 6,026,862, No. 5,725,920
Bondstrand Offshore Systems Bondstrand Marine Systems
Ameron supplies tough, lightweight, corrosion- The corrosion resistance of Bondstrand

resistant, fiberglass-reinforced piping solutions fiberglass piping makes it an excellent
for a wide range of applications on offshore solution for the problems presented by
drilling rigs and production platforms. For highly aggressive marine environments.
fire water systems, new Bondstrand PSX® Durable, lightweight Bondstrand marine
polysiloxane-phenolic resin piping using piping is used on vessels ranging from
Ameron’s patented technology† provides super tankers to cruise ships to work boats
exceptional fire protection with very low smoke to FPSO’s for handling everything from potable
and toxicity emissions. Other Bondstrand water to seawater to steam condensate.
products are used in a vari-ety of platform Products are Type Approved by ABS, the
applications, such as drain lines, process lines USCG and other regulatory agencies
and ballast piping. Electrical conductivity worldwide.
available for all services.
†U.S. Patent #5,736,619

Bondstrand, Dualoy and PSX are registered trademarks of Ameron International.
Centron is a registered trademark of Centron International Inc.
Bondstrand® Industrial, Military and Environmental Systems
Rated Rated Nominal
Pressure Temperature Diameter Range
Series (psig) (bar) (°F) (°C) (in.) (mm) Specific Applications

2000 to 450 to 30 250 120 1–16 25–400 Chemicals,foodstuffs, jet fuel (MIL-P-29206A)
2000MP 125 8.5 250 120 2–10 50–250 Condensate return, district heating (MIL-P-28584B)
3000A to 450 to 30 210 99 2–16 50–400 Chilled water, drainage, hot water (AWWA C950)
3200 200 14 150 66 2–16 50–400 Class 200 fire protection (FM, UL)
3300 300 20 150 66 8–12 200–300 High-pressure general industrial service
4000 to 450 to 30 250 120 2–16 50–400 Nonoxidizing acids, slurries, solvents
5000 to 450 to 30 200 93 2–16 50–400 Highly corrosive chemicals, oxidizing acids
7000 150 10 210 99 2–16 50–400 Antistatic piping for refined hydrocarbons
Bondstrand II 150 10 200 93 2–12 50–300 Contained lines: pipe within a pipe
Bondstrand•CX (Physical properties based on piping series used) Integral coaxial containment system
Bondstrand LD to 150 to 10 to 250 to 120 18–144 450–3600 Large-diameter general industrial service
Bondstrand II and Bondstrand•CX systems are designed to meet the requirements of governing regulations, such as CERCLA, 40 CFR 264/5 and 40 CFR 280 RCRA.
Dualoy® Fuel Handling Systems

Single wall or contained primary pipe
Dualoy 3000/L to 300 20 150 66 2–6 50–150
Petroleum, alcohol or blends (UL, ULC)
Dualoy 3000/L
secondary containment to 100 to 7 150 66 3–4 80–100 Containment system for Dualoy 3000/L - all fuels (UL, ULC)
Dualoy 3000/LCX to 300 to 20 150 66 2–4 50–100 Coaxial design - integral containment (UL, ULC)
Dualoy 3000/MCX to 300 to 20 150 66 2-4 50-100 Fuel piping at marina docks or above ground
StationWare™ 3000 Layout and costed materials software
Bondstrand Marine/Offshore Systems

2000M 150/225 10/15 200 93 1–40 25–1000 Ballast, potable, general marine service
2000M-FP 150/225 10/15 250 120 1–16 25–400 Intumescent coated for enhanced fire resistance
7000M 150/225 10/15 210 99 1–40 25–1000 Electrically conductive for hazardous locations
Bondstrand PSX•L3 (C) to 225 15 250 120 1–16 25–400 Polysiloxane-phenolic piping for wet service
Polysiloxane-phenolic piping for normally dry (deluge)
Bondstrand PSX•JF (C) to 225 15 250 120 1–16 25–400 service. (C) - conductive available
Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars and Well Screens

IJ line pipe to 800 55 to 200 93 2–4 50–100 Low-to-medium-pressure line pipe service
SP to 3500 241 to 200 93 11⁄2–6 40–150 High-pressure line pipe applications
Tubing to 4000 276 to 200 93 1 1⁄2–41⁄2 40–114 Injection, production, disposal wells
Casing to 2500 172 to 200 93 41⁄2–9 5⁄8 114–246 Corrosion-resistant casing applications
Well screen – – – – 11⁄2–6 40–150 Oil, gas, water wells, cased or open hole
150/200/300 to 300 20 to 210 99 8–16 200–400 Salt water transfer, gas gathering, trunk lines
2400 to 1100 to 75 200 93 2–40 50–1000 Potable water, crude oil, salt water service
3400 to 1100 to 75 200 93 2–40 50–1000 Fire protection, crude oil, salt water, pipelines
SSL (Steel Strip Laminate)* to 5769 397.9 to 200 93 8-40 200-1000 All of the above applications
* Available for onshore and/or subsea applications
For further information on specific products, see product data sheets available from Ameron.
FIBERGLASS COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
Group Headquarters Fiberglass Pipe Fiberglass Pipe Fiberglass Pipe Fiberglass Pipe
P.O. Box 801148 Division–Asia/Pacific Division–Europe Division–Americas Division–Americas
Houston, Texas 77280 Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 Centron International Inc.
Tel: (713) 690-7777 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J. F. Kennedylaan 7 1004 Ameron Road P.O. Box 490
Fax: (713) 690-2842 Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
www.ameron.com Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Tel: (940) 569-1471 Tel: (800) 535-8017
Fax: 65 862 1302 Tel: +31 345 587-587 Fax: (940) 569-2764 (940) 325-1341
65 861 7834 Fax: +31 345 587-561 Fax: (940) 325-9681
www.centrongre.com
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
© 1998 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. FP213L (08/03) • 7.5M [4/C]

Bondstrand Product Line
Series Resin Temp Size Length Liner Q/L T/T P/L P/L II K/L Flg.
(°F) (in) (ft) (mil)
(°C) (mm) (m) (mm)
2000 E 250 1 - 16 10,20, 30 20

121 25-400 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 0.5 (N/S)
2-6
2400/3400 E 200 2 - 40 20, 40 20
93 50-1000 6.1, 12.2 0.5
2000MP E 250 2 - 10 20, 30 20

121 50-250 6.1, 9.1 0.5
3000A E 210 2-6 20, 40 –

99 50-150 6.1, 12.2 –
E 210 8- 16 20, 40 20
99 200-400 6.1, 12.2 0.5
3200A E 210 2-6 20, 40 –

99 50-150 6.1, 12.2 –
E 210 8- 16 20, 40 20
99 200-400 6.1, 12.2 0.5
3300A E 210 8 - 12 20, 40 20

99 200-300 6.1, 12.2 0.5
4000 E 250 1 - 16 10, 20, 30 50

121 25-400 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 1.3 (N/S)
2-6
5000/5100 VE 200/250 1 - 16 10, 20, 30 50/100
93/121 25-400 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 1.3/2.5 (N/S)
2-6
7000 ECE 210 1 - 16 10, 20, 30
99 25-400 3.0, 6.1, 9.1
Bondstrand LD 250 18 - 144 20, 40 20

121 450-3600 6.1, 12.2 0.5
Bondstrand II CL E/VE 2-6 30

50-150 9.1
Bondstrand II QL E/VE 2 - 12 20, 30
50-300 6.1, 9.1
Bondstrand CX 2 - 72 20, 40
50-1800 6.1, 12.2
Bondstrand PSX•JF & PSX 250 1-16 10, 20, 30 –

Bondstrand PSX•L3, 121 25-400 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 –
Key: Resin: Variations: Joining systems:

E = epoxy = temperature capability, liner Q/L = Quick-Lock®
VE = vinyl ester specification and joining system T/T = taper/taper
ECE = electrically conductive epoxy depend on type of primary pipe = butt & wrap
= various systems available used =taper/taper for
= optional¨ 12" -16" for 225 psi rating
P/L = Pronto-Lock®
K/L = Key-Lock®
Flg = flange
FP 300J (7/00)
Bondstrand Product Series
Series 2000
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Jet fuel ASTM-RTRP 11FE
Molded and filament-wound Foodstuffs USFDA 21 CFR 175.105/177.2280
fittings and flanges Mild corrosives ASTM D5677
250°F/150 psi system rating Brine and waste water Ameron's standard adhesive-
1- through 16-inch (25-400 mm) Chemical process lines bonded piping for chemical process
diameters Hot water and steam condensate applications to 250°F
20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner Aromatic amine-cured epoxy
2- through 6-inch does not require construction
shaving
Series 2000MP
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Hot water ASTM D5686
Filament-wound fittings and flanges Chilled water Ameron’s standard adhesive-bonded
250°F/125 psi system rating District heating mil-spec piping for steam condensate
2- through 10-inch diameters Steam condensate and hot water
20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner Aromatic amine-cured epoxy
construction
Series 2400/3400
Key-Lock mechanical joint Drainage ASTM-RTRP 11FE
200°F/150 - 950 psi system rating Fire protection Large-diameter, high pressure,
2- through 40-inch diameters Oilfield reinjection lines mechanically-joined line pipe for
20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner Saltwater and seawater oilfield service and fire protection
available General industrial service systems; employs amine-cured
Waste water and sewage epoxy resins
Series 3000A
Pronto-Lock mechanical joint Cooling water ASTM-RTRP 11AX/FX
Taper/taper adhesive joint Potable water ASTM D5677
210°F/150 - 450 psi system rating Boiler feedwater Ameron’s standard adhesive-
2- through 16-inch diameters Electroplating solutions bonded or mechanically-joined
Reinforced resin-rich liner in Steel piping replacement piping for moderate temperatures;
8- through 16-inch diameters Water mains and water treatment employs aromatic amine-cured
epoxy resins
Series 3200A
Pronto-Lock mechanical joint Fire mains ASTM-RTRP 11AE/FE
Taper/taper adhesive joint Municipal waste NFPA #24
210°F/200 psi system rating Class 200 service (2 - 12 inch) For underground fire protection
2- through 16-inch diameters Class 175 service (14 - 16 inch) systems requiring UL or FM-listed
Resin-rich liner reinforced Solutions pH 1 - 12 piping
in 8- through 16-inch diameters Steel piping replacement Employs aromatic-amine cured
Brine and brackish water epoxy resins
Series 3300A
Pronto-Lock mechanical joint Class 300 service ASTM-RTRP 11FE
Taper/taper adhesive joint Solutions pH 1 - 12 General 300-psi industrial service
210°F/300 psi system rating Steel piping replacement Employs aromatic amine-cured epoxy
8- through 12-inch diameters General industrial service resins
20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner Saltwater and brackish water
Series 4000
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Alkalies ASTM-RTRP 11FE
Filament-wound fittings and flanges Industrial waste Extra thick 50-mil liner for corrosive
250°F/150 psi system rating Moderate corrosives and erosive media
1- through 16-inch diameters Nonoxidizing acids Employs aromatic amine-cured
50 mil reinforced resin-rich epoxy Solvents and slurries epoxy resins
liner General industrial service
2- through 6-inch does not require
shaving
Bondstrand Product Series
Series 5000/5100
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Drains ASTM-RTRP 12ED
Filament-wound flanges Oxidizing acids USFDA
200°F/250°F &150 psi system rating Strong corrosives Vinyl ester construction for severely
1- through 16-inch diameters Chemical process lines corrosive services; high-
50 mil nexus and C-veil reinforced Sewer and waste treatment performance Novalac-based vinyl
resin-rich liner (to 100 mil for 5100) Bleach and chlorine solutions ester resins and 100-mil liner on
2- through 6-inch does not require special order
shaving
Series 7000
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Jet fuel ASTM D5677
Filament-wound flanges Gasolines Meets pending ASTM requirements
210°F/150 psi system rating Diesel fuel for conductive piping
1- through 16-inch diameters Shipboard service Includes conductive filament
Standard piping constructed without Refined hydrocarbons reinforcement to dissipate static
liner for enhanced static control Primary lines in contained systems charges in refined fuel lines; employs
aromatic amine-cured epoxy resins
Bondstrand PSX™•L3/PSX•JF Piping

Quick Lock® adhesive joint Offshore and above ground fire ASTM F1173
Filament wound fittings and flanges protection IMO Level 3
250°F/225 psi system rating Cooling water UKOOA jet fire rating for PSX•JF pipe
1- through 16-inch diameters Brine and seawater PSX•JF jacket includes sacrificial
PSX•JF piping constructed with Industrial piping at risk to fire thermoplastic tape layers for fire and
integral fire protection jacket exposure heat protection
Employs proprietary polysiloxane
phenolic resin
Bondstrand LD
Gasketed stab joint Acid drains ASTM D 2996
Butt and wrap joint Plant effluents Cycloaliphatic-amine cured epoxy (EPX),
up to 250°F/150 psi system rating Brine and seawater High-temperature vinyl ester (HVE),
18- through 108-inch diameters Cooling tower water Standard vinyl ester (SVE) or
Choice of four different resin systems Chemical waste streams Isophthalic acid polyester (IAP) resins
Secondary Containment Systems

Bondstrand II
Epoxy or vinyl ester construction
250°F/150 psi primary rating
Quick-Lock adhesive primary joint
Taper/taper joint option
Jet fuel CERCLA
Primary sizes:
2 through 12-inch Gasolines 40 CFR 264/5
Secondary sizes: Diesel fuel 40 CFR 280 RCRA
3 through 16-inch Hazardous waste Three secondary joining options
Chemical processing simplify system design to match -
Bondstrand CX Heavy-metal effluents project needs:
Groundwater remediation CL: two-piece clam-shell closure
Available with most Industrial
Product Series Environmentally sensitive installations and fittings
Low profile, integral coaxial jacket on QL: bell x spigot adhesive joint
pipe & fittings
Mechanical closure 2”-4” diameters
Bonded closure 6” and larger sizes
Bondstrand Joining Systems
Pronto-Lock® A self-restrained threaded Pronto-Lock II Pronto-Lock II utilizes a threaded
mechanical joint employing Acme collar for make-up and thrust restraint
threads for make-up and thrust eliminating the need to rotate the
restraint and an O-ring seal. Pronto- pipe during assembly. Pronto-Lock II
Lock offers rapid installation under all has a 2° deflection capability. For 8-
weather conditions with the highest through 16-inch (200 through 400 mm)
reliability. For 2- through 6-inch piping systems.
(50 through 150 mm) piping systems.
Quick-Lock®
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight Key-Lock® A self-restrained mechanical joint
spigot and tapered bell. The integral offering quick assembly by means of
pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell locking keys inserted between bell and
insures accurate laying lengths in spigot. Available with single or double
close-tolerance piping. locking keys depending on pressure
requirements. Key-Lock employs an
O-ring seal. For 2- through 40-inch (50
through 1000 mm) piping systems.
Two-piece Bondstrand systems offer the Bondstrand II CL Bondstrand II CL systems employ

flanges convenience of van Stone flanges clam-shell type fittings in the
with movable flange rings in sizes to secondary and Quick-Lock or taper/-
24 inches (600 mm). taper joining in the primary. For 2
through 6-inch (50 through 150 mm)
primary systems.
One-piece One-piece flanges are available for Bondstrand II QL Bondstrand II QL systems employ
flanges Bondstrand systems in all sizes with the Quick-Lock joint in both
ANSI, ISO or JIS bolt hole patterns. primary and secondary. For 2-
through 12-inch (50 through 300 mm)
primary systems.
Taper/taper An adhesive-bonded joint with Bondstrand CX Bondstrand CX pipe and fittings

matching tapered joining surfaces provide containment in the
offering a controlled adhesive smallest space possible at an
thickness for both low and high economical price.
pressure applications.
Important Notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed
to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no represen-
tation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to
the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
contains. Product specifications are subject to change.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS

P.O. Box 801148 • Houston, TX 77280 • Tel: (713) 690-7777 • Fax: (713) 690-2842 • http://www.ameron.com
Asia Europe Americas Composites Centron International

Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 71370 P.O. Box 490
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 Burkburnett, TX 76354 11 McBride Street 600 FM 1195 South
Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Tel: (940) 569-1471 Newnan, Georgia 30263 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (940) 569-2764 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
info@ameron.com.sg Fax: +31 345 587 561 http://www.centrongre.com
info@ameron-fpg.nl
© 1987 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP300J (7/00) supersedes FP300I (10/98) • 5M[3005]
®
Bondstrand Product Data
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Bondstrand®100
Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings
non-metallic piping for non-pressure,
gravity or vent applications in corrosive
environments
Uses and applications Duct Waste lines

Drain lines Vent lines
Performance Bondstrand 100 is designed for use in non-pressure, gravity flow and vent applications.
Rigid fiberglass pipe and fittings are resistant to petroleum products, road salts and
water. UV exposure will not induce structural embrittlement of fiberglass epoxy piping as
it ages. Bondstrand 100 is resistant to temperatures to 150°F (65°C). Light weight
fiberglass piping requires no heavy lifting equipment or special tools to install. Fittings
comply with U.S. Department of Commerce NBS PS 15-69 dimensions.
Composition Pipe: Filament-wound "E" type fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy with exterior
UV resistant coating. Pipe is manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 and meets
cell limits: RTRP 11FQ1-2331.
Fittings: Manufactured specifically for bridge drain and duct work applications in
accordance with PS 15-69 dimensions.
Adhesive: Ameron PSX™•34 ambient-cure, two-part epoxy for all services.
Kits per Bond

Shipping Kit
Kit size Weight Nominal pipe size (in/mm)
(oz) (lb./kg) 4/100 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
8 1.3/.59 1 1 2 2 3 4 4
Joining system Bondstrand 100 Stick Clip (SC)* adhesive bonded joint and bonded bell x spigot.
Pipe lengths Random length 40 feet (34 feet to 42 feet)
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM *Patent applied for

FP739A(10/99)
Fittings Sweep 90° elbows Repair coupling Tee saddles with port
Sweep 45° elbows Cross, standard Expansion joint
Tees Cross, Reducer Clean-outs
Laterals Conc. Reducer 1-2 step Flanges
Scupper drain External sleeve Internal sleeve
Combo Y Eccentric Reducer
Typical pipe dimensions Nominal Pipe Unit Pipe

and weights Pipe Size O.D. I.D Total Wall Volume Weight
( in.) ( in.) (gal/ft ) (lb/ft)
4 4.43 4.33 0.050 0.77 0.6
6 6.50 6.40 0.050 1.67 0.9
8 8.51 8.30 0.105 2.81 2.2
10 10.62 10.41 0.105 4.42 2.7
12 12.53 12.30 0.115 6.17 3.5
14 14.24 14.01 0.115 8.01 4.0
16 16.24 16.01 0.115 10.46 4.6
Nominal Pipe Unit Pipe

Pipe Size O.D. I.D Total Wall Volume Weight
(mm.) (mm) (l/m) (kg/m)
100 113 110 1.27 9.6 .9
150 165 163 1.27 20.7 1.3
200 216 212 2.67 34.9 3.3
250 270 264 2.67 54.8 4.0
300 218 312 2.92 76.5 5.2
350 362 356 2.92 99.3 6.0
400 412 407 2.92 129.7 6.9
Typical pipe properties Nominal Support Spacings Minimum

Pipe Size at 0.5"(13 mm) Deflection Bending Radius
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) ((ft) (m)
4 100 17.6 5.4 150 46
6 150 19.9 6.1 200 61
8 200 23.5 7.2 300 92
10 250 24.6 7.5 350 107
12 300 26.9 8.2 400 122
14 350 27.8 8.5 450 137
16 400 28.8 8.8 500 153
2
Piping details
External coating
Structure
Liner
Right:
Bondstrand 100 pipe wall detail
Below:
Bondstrand 100
expansion joint detail
End View Internal sleeve

Bondstrand Pipe
External sleeve
90° min.
External sleeve
90° min.
Bondstrand 100 pipe
External expansion joint sleeve
2"
1 x dia. +1"
Internal sleeve 2 x diameter
saw
Right bottom: cut
Bondstrand 100
expansion joint external sleeve sand inside
(two required)
Left bottom: 2 x diameter

Note: saw cut lines for internal and
Bondstrand 100 internal sleeve external sleeves should be
positioned at least 90° apart.
.33
saw
cut
out
sand outside 3
Typical pipe properties Method
(cont'd.) Pipe Property1 Units Value ASTM ATM1
Linear thermal expansion 10-6 in/in/°F 6.78 D696 21
10-6 cm/cm/°C 15.3
Axial tensile modulus1 106 psi 3.14 D2105 161
104 MPa 2.17
Tensile strength
Circumferential 103 psi 30.0 D1599 151
MPa 206.8
Compressive strength
Longitudinal 103 psi 32.5 D695
MPa 224
Beam bending stress1 103 psi 1.3 D2925 –
MPa 9.136
1) Ameron test method.
Guide Specifications All fiberglass components of the system shall be supplied by the same manufacturer
and shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The
fiberglass pipe shall be filament-wound epoxy per requirements of ASTM D2996 RTRP
11 FQ1-2331 and furnished in random 40' (34'-42') lengths.
Fittings will be manufactured to NBS PS 15-69 dimensions. Elbows shall have a smooth
interior with a minimum centerline radius of 1.5 times the pipe diameter. All fiberglass
piping system components shall be the same color and contain a UV resistant material.
Installation Procedures Bondstrand 100 Stick Clip joining instructions

Using sandpaper, clean the inside of the pipe surfaces and the outside of the insert to be
bonded. Remove the dust. Apply a liberal quantity of adhesive to the inside of both pipe
joints to be assembled and to half of the internal sleeve. Be sure the cut ends of both the
pipe and the insert are coated. Insert the coated half of the insert into the end of one
pipe. Mark the location of the gap on the O.D. of the pipe. Apply adhesive to the outside
of the rest of the insert section. Push the next pipe onto the insert section. If necessary,
should pipe ends not be cut perfectly square, rotate pipe in order to assure that pipe
ends butt together over saw cut in insert. Clip one external sleeve over the excess
adhesive squeezed between the pipe ends. Clip a second external sleeve over the first
to close the remaining adhesive. The saw cuts of the sleeves are to be at least 90° from
each other. Follow the PSX•34 installation instructions (and Product Data Sheet, FP735)
for curing the adhesive. Clamp ends of sleeves with hose clamps to hold in place while
adhesive cures.
Important Notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained
herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Ameron Composites Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia Europe Americas P.O. Box 71370 Centron International
Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 11 McBride Street P.O. Box 490
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Newnan, Georgia 30263 600 FM 1195 South
Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Tel: (940) 569-1471 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (940) 569-2764 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl
© 1997 Ameron FP739A (10/99) Supercedes FP739 (9/97) Printed in U.S.A (9/97). 5M
®
with guide specification
Series 2000 Fiberglass

Pipe and Fittings
for general industrial service,
maintenance and repair
2” - 6” installs with no shaving required
Uses and applications Chemical process piping

Cooling water piping
Deionized water systems
Drainage systems
Food processing plant piping
Jet engine air start systems
Jet fuel and liquid petroleum piping
Piping systems for alkalis and nonoxidizing chemicals
Potable water lines
Waste water and sewage systems
General industrial service for moderately corrosive liquids
Listings Mil-P-29206A for jet fuel and petroleum liquids

U.S. Federal Regulations 21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2280 for conveying
foodstuffs when joined with Bondstrand RP6B epoxy adhesive.
Performance Pipe designs to 450 psi (3.1 MPa) using an 8000 psi (41.2 MPa) hydrostatic design
stress in accordance with ASTM D2992 (B).
Continuous operating temperatures to 250°F (121°C).
Excellent corrosion resistance over a wide temperature range. See most recent
release of Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP132) for specific applications.
Weighs 1⁄6th as much as Sch. 40 steel.
Does not require thrust blocks at ambient temperatures when properly installed in
most soils.
Smooth inner liner (Hazen-Williams C = 150) produces extremely low frictional loss
for greater discharge and reduced pumping costs.
Low thermal conductivity (1⁄100th of steel) minimizes heat losses.
Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer
to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the
pressure rating for the system as a whole.
FP163F (11/99)
Joining systems Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint. 2”-6” pipe outside diameter is
within tolerance for reliable bonding without shaving. Integral pipe stop in socket
featured for predictable, precise laying lengths.
Flanges and flanged fittings.
Composition Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy resin pipe with integral resin-rich
reinforced liner of 20 mil (0.5 mm) nominal thickness.
Filament-wound fittings
Furnished with 50 mil (1.3 mm) reinforced liner using same materials as the pipe.
Tees Flanges*
90° and 45° elbows Nipples and couplings
Crosses Tapered body reducers
45° laterals Saddles*
*No liner.
Bondstrand Series 2000 Molded fittings

filament-wound fittings, pipe
and adhesive provide a
Tees
continuous liner throughout 90° and 45° elbows
the piping system. Reducing flanges
Plugs and end-caps
Reducer bushings
Blind flanges
Flanged fittings
2-12 inch filament-wound flanged fittings match ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 bolt
hole pattern and face-to-face dimensions for 150 lb flanges.
1-16 inch flanges match ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 bolt hole pattern for 150 lb
flanges.
Other flange drilling patterns such as DIN, ISO, JIS, ANSI B16.5 300 lb. etc.,
available on special request.
Thermosetting adhesives
PSX™•34 two-part epoxy adhesive for general industrial service.
RP6B two-part epoxy adhesive for service in compliance with U.S. Federal
Regulations 21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2280.
Pipe lengths Nominal Random

Pipe Size Lengths1
(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
1-11⁄2 25-40 10 3
2-6 50-150 20 or 40 6 or 12
8 200 20 or 30 6 or 9
10-16 250-400 20 6
1) Other lengths and exact lengths available on special request.
2
Typical pipe dimensions Nominal Pipe Nominal Wall Average Pipe
and weights Pipe Size ID Thickness1 Sectional Area2 Weight
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in2) (mm2) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
1 25 1.07 27 .140 3.6 0.50 323 0.4 0.6
11⁄2 40 1.67 42 .140 3.6 0.80 516 0.7 1.0
23 50 2.10 53 .123 3.7 .73 730 0.7 1.3
33 80 3.21 82 .126 3.7 1.07 1100 1.1 1.8
43 100 4.14 105 .151 3.8 1.78 1760 1.7 3.0
63 150 6.19 159 .181 4.6 3.22 2620 2.6 4.5
8 200 8.22 209 .226 5.7 5.83 3760 4.3 6.4
10 250 10.35 263 .226 5.7 7.31 4720 5.4 8.0
12 300 12.35 314 .226 5.7 8.69 5610 6.4 9.5
14 350 13.56 344 .250 6.4 10.32 6660 7.4 11.0
16 400 15.50 394 .269 6.8 13.33 8600 9.5 14.1
1) Minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 87.5% of nominal wall thickness in accordance with
ASTM D2996.
2) Use these values for calculating longitudinal thrust.
3) No-shave pipe.
Typical pipe performance Nominal Internal Collapse

Pipe Size Pressure Rating1 Pressure Rating2 Designation
(in) (mm) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (per ASTM D2996)
1 25 450 3.10 945 6.52 RTRP-11FE-1112
11⁄2 40 450 3.10 280 1.93 RTRP-11FE-1114
23 50 450 3.10 260 1.80 11FW-2232
33 80 450 3.10 80 0.55 11FW-2232
43 100 450 3.10 70 0.48 11FW-2232
63 150 375 2.59 50 0.34 11FW-2232
8 200 250 1.72 30 0.21 RTRP-11FE-1114
10 250 200 1.38 14 0.097 RTRP-11FE-1114
12 300 170 1.17 8 0.055 RTRP-11FE-1114
14 350 165 1.14 8 0.055 RTRP-11FE-1115
16 400 165 1.14 8 0.055 RTRP-11FE-1116
1) At 200°F (94°C) using Bondstrand type PSX™•34 adhesive. For sustained service above 200°F, reduce
ratings linearly to 50% from 200°F to 250°F (121°C).
2) At 70°F (21°C). Reduce linearly to 90% at 150°F (66°C), 80% at 200°F (94°C), and 65% at 230°F (110°C).
3) No-shave pipe.
3
Fittings pressure ratings Nominal Elbows & Tees Tapered Body Blind Flanges &
Pipe Size Filament-Wound Molded Reducers & Flanges Bushed Saddles2
(in) (mm) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa)
1 25 300 2.07 - - 600 4.14 150 1.03
11⁄2 40 300 2.07 - - 550 3.79 150 1.03
23 50 375 2.59 300 2.07 450 3.10 150 1.03
33 80 325 2.24 225 1.55 350 2.41 150 1.03
43 100 300 2.07 175 1.21 350 2.41 150 1.03
63 150 225 1.55 150 1.03 250 1.72 150 1.03
8 200 225 1.55 - - 225 1.55 150 1.03
10 250 200 1.38 - - 175 1.21 150 1.03
12 300 175 1.21 - - 150 1.03 150 1.03
14 350 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03 - -
16 400 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03 - -
1) Refer to FP282 for fittings dimensions.
2) With 316 stainless steel outlet. Other outlet materials available on special order.
3) No-shave pipe.
Nominal
Pipe Size Laterals Crosses Reducer Bushings
(in) (mm) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa)
1 25 - - - - 50 .35
11⁄2 40 - - - - 50 .35
22 50 275 1.90 150 1.03 50 .35
32 80 250 1.72 150 1.03 50 .35
42 100 200 1.38 150 1.03 50 .35
62 150 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
8 200 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
10 250 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
12 300 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
14 350 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
16 400 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
1) Reducer bushings bonded into flanges will have the same rating as the flange. Otherwise, rated as
shown.
2) No-shave pipe.
Bending radius Bending Maximum Allowable Turning

Nominal Radius1 Deflection, H, for 100-ft Angle
Pipe Size (R) (30 m) Bending Length, S ()
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (deg)
1 25 45.2 13.8 24.9 7.6 127
11⁄2 40 66.4 20.2 17.9 5.5 86
α
22 50 75 22.9 15.9 4.8 76
H 32 80 100 30.5 12.1 3.7 57
42 100 200 70.0 6.4 2.0 29
cL
62 150 250 76.2 5.0 1.5 23
8 200 304 93 4.1 1.2 19
10 250 379 116 3.3 1.0 15
S 12 300 450 137 2.8 0.85 13
α 14 350 494 151 2.5 0.76 12
16 400 564 172 2.2 0.67 10
1) Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. At rated pressure sharper bends may create
excessive stress concentrations.
2) No-shave pipe.
4
Typical mechanical 70°F 200°F ASTM
properties Pipe Property Units 21°C 93°C Method
1”, 11/2” 2”-6” 1”, 11/2” 2”-6”
Nominal Pipe Size
8”-16” 8”-16”
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 24.00 32.00 - - D1599
MPa 165.00 22.00 - -
Tensile modulus 106 psi 3.65 4.20 3.20 3.70
GPa 25.20 29.00 22.10 25.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.56 0.26 0.70 0.32 D2105
Longitudinal
Tensile strength 103 psi 8.50 16.00 6.90 13.00 D2105
MPa 58.60 110.00 47.60 90.00
Tensile modulus 106 psi 1.60 3.00 1.24 2.40 D2105
GPa 11.00 20.70 8.50 16.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.37 0.16 0.41 0.20 D2105
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus 106 psi 1.70 2.40 1.00 1.77 D2925
GPa 11.70 16.60 6.90 12.20
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic) 103 psi 6.001 16.001,2 - - D2992
MPa 41.40 110.00 - -
1) At 150°F (66°C).
2) Static
Nominal Stiffness Pipe Beam Moment

Pipe Size Factor1 Stiffness of Inertia2
(in) (mm) (lb•in) (N•m) (psi) (MPa) (in4) (106 mm4)
1 25 770 87 26400 182 0.09 0.037
11⁄2 40 1610 182 17200 119 0.36 0.150
23 50 265 30 1350 9.3 0.46 0.191
33 80 285 32 550 3.80 1.57 0.653
43 100 500 56 335 2.30 4.13 1.72
63 150 925 104 200 1.40 16.5 6.87
8 200 1890 214 170 1.17 45.1 18.8
10 250 1890 214 86 0.59 88.6 36.9
12 300 1890 214 51 0.35 149.0 62.0
14 350 2230 252 46 0.32 208.0 86.6
16 400 3250 367 45 0.31 353.0 147.0
1) Per ASTM D2412.
2) Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
3) No-shave pipe.
Typical physical Pipe Property Units Value ASTM Method

properties 1”, 1 /2”1
2”-6”
Nominal Pipe Size
8”-16”
Thermal conductivity
Pipe wall Btu•in/(hr•ft2•°F) 2.00 1.70 C177
W/m•°C 0.29 10.25
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 10.00 8.50 D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 18.00 15.30
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 _
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 17.40 17.40 _
10-6 m 5.30 3.30
Specific gravity - 1.80 1.80 D792
Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07
g/cm3 1.80 1.80
5
Buried installations Thrust blocks
Most installations at ambient operating temperatures do not require thrust blocks.
Consult Ameron for information regarding blocking of buried pipelines for your
specific application.
Live loads
Bondstrand 2000 will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) per
axle when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at
least 3 ft (1 m) of cover.
Earth loads on buried pipe
Nominal Maximum Earth Cover1
Pipe Size 100 psi 0.69 MPa 125 psi 0.86 MPa 150 psi 1.03 MPa
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m)
1 25 30 9 30 9 30 9
1 ⁄2
1 40 30 9 30 9 30 9
22 50 30 9 30 9 30 9
32 80 30 9 30 9 30 9
42 100 30 9 30 9 30 9
62 150 30 9 24 7 23 7
8 200 23 7 22 6 21 6
10 250 23 7 21 6 19 5
12 300 23 7 21 6 18 5
14 350 23 7 21 6 17 5
16 400 23 7 20 6 16 5
1) Based on a 120 lb/ft3 (1925 kg/m3) soil density and 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) modulus of soil reaction.
2) No-shave pipe.
Span lengths Recommended maximum support spacings for Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe at
various operating temperatures. Values based on 0.5-inch (12 mm) deflection at
midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0.
Nominal
Pipe Size Continuous Spans (ft) Simple Spans (ft)
(in) (mm) 100°F 150°F 200°F 250°F 100°F 150°F 200°F 250°F
1 25 11.7 11.1 10.3 9.3 7.3 7.4 6.7 6.2
11⁄2 40 13.8 13.0 12.1 11.0 9.2 8.7 8.1 7.3
2 4
50 14.3 13.5 12.6 11.4 9.5 9.0 8.4 7.6
34 80 16.2 15.4 14.3 12.9 10.8 10.2 9.5 8.6
44 100 18.5 17.5 16.3 14.7 12.3 11.7 10.9 9.8
64 150 20.7 19.6 18.2 16.5 13.8 13.1 12.1 11.0
8 200 22.9 21.7 20.2 18.2 15.3 14.5 13.5 12.2
10 250 24.3 23.0 21.4 19.3 16.2 15.3 14.3 12.9
12 300 25.5 24.1 22.4 20.3 17.0 16.1 15.0 13.5
14 350 26.5 25.0 23.3 21.1 17.6 16.7 15.5 14.0
16 400 28.2 26.7 24.9 22.5 18.9 17.8 16.6 15.0
1) Span recommendations include no provision for weights (fittings, valves, flanges, etc.) or thrusts (branches,
turns, etc.). Fittings, valves, flanges and other appurtenances must be supported separately.
2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good
appearance and adequate drainage.
3) Continuous spans are defined as interior (not end) spans that are uniform in length and free from structural
rotation at the supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at
the supports.
4) No-shave pipe.
Field testing Bondstrand 2000 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic field testing at 150%
of rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.
6
Bondstrand® Guide Specification
Pipe construction The structural wall of fiberglass pipe shall have continuous glass fibers in a matrix of
aromatic amine cured epoxy resin.
The integral, reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of C-glass and a resin/hardener
system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 20 mil nominal
thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not be
allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation
and operation of the pipe.
Pipe in 1 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 165 psig at 250°F. In
1 through 6-inch sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capability at 70°F, when
installed above ground with a safety factor of 3:1.
Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 specification for filament-
wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP). When classified under
ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 1 and Class F (RTRP-11FE or W)
cell limits in 1 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes.
Filament-wound epoxy fiberglass pipe shall be translucent to allow for inspection of
damage.
Pipe in 2 through 8-inch sizes shall be furnished in 30 or 40-ft. length to minimize
the number of field-bonded joints for rapid installation.
Standard fittings Fittings in 1 through 16-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resin-
construction rich liner of 50 mil minimum thickness and of the same glass and resin type as the
pipe. Pipe, filament-wound fittings and adhesive shall, as an assembly, provide a
continuous liner throughout the system.
Compression-molded fittings in 2, 3, 4 and 6-inch nominal sizes may also be
allowed upon agreement between purchaser and manufacturer.
Contact-molded, spray-up or hand-layup fittings shall not be allowed. Pipe and
fittings shall be joined using a straight spigot by socket with a 0.5° taper angle and a
pipe stop inside the socket to allow precise makeup.
Workmanship The pipe and fittings shall be free from all defects, including delaminations,
indentations, pinholes, foreign inclusions, bubbles and resin-starved areas which,
due to their nature, degree or extent, detrimentally affect the strength and
serviceability of the pipe or fittings. The pipe and fittings shall be as uniform as
commercially practicable in color, density and other physical properties.
Testing Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard
quality control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American
Society for Testing and Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products:
ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B.
Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the
pressure rating for signs of leakage.
7
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied,
including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein.
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1988 • Ameron Printed in U.S.A. • FP163F (11/99) supersedes FP163E (4/95) • 7.5M.[186]
®
Bondstrand Guide Specification
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
Bondstrand 2000 Pipe & Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy
resin pipe for plant piping in general service
Scope This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to
be used in those sections of Plant Piping–General Services calling for fiberglass
piping systems.
References, References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section as
Quality Assurance modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed
references, the specification shall prevail.
Physical and 70°F 200°F ASTM
Pipe Property Units 21°C 93°C Method
Mechanical Properties
1”, 11/2” 2”-6” 1”, 11/2” 2”-6”
Nominal Pipe Size 8”-16” 8”-16”
Circumferential
Tensile stress at 103 psi 24.00 32.00 - - D1599
weeping MPa 165.00 22.00 - -
GPa 25.20 29.00 22.10 25.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.56 0.26 0.70 0.32 D2105
Longitudinal
MPa 58.60 110.00 47.60 90.00
GPa 11.00 20.70 8.50 16.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.37 0.16 0.41 0.20 D2105
Beam apparent
GPa 11.70 16.60 6.90 12.20
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic) 103 psi 6.001 16.001,2 - - D2992
MPa 41.40 110.00 - -
Pipe wall Btu•in/(hr•ft2•°F) 2.00 1.70 - - C177
W/m•°C 0.29 10.25 - -
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 10.00 8.50 - - D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 18.00 15.30 - -
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 - - -
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 17.40 17.40 - - -
10-6 m 5.30 3.30
Specific gravity - 1.80 1.80 - - D792
Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07 - -
g/cm3 1.80 1.80
1) At 150°F (66°C).
2) Static
Performance The pipe in sizes 1” through 16” must comply with U.S. Federal Regulations 21CFR 175.105 and
Requirements 21CFR 177.2280 for conveying foodstuffs when joined with RP6B epoxy adhesive. Pipe shall be
listed under NSF Standard 61-Drinking Water System Components. Piping must meet or exceed
ISO-9001 the requirements of MIL-P-29206A and ASTM D5677-95 when used in aviation fuel service.
Fittings will be manufactured according to ASTM D5685. Piping will be manufactured according to
ASTM D2996 for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade I
and Class F (RTRP-11FE) cell limits in 1” through 16” nominal pipe sizes.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP693B (2/00)
Materials Pipe Construction
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 2000 as manufac-
tured by Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The integral reinforced
corrosion barrier shall have a nominal 20 mil thickness, and be constructed with the same epoxy
resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced liners, or corrosion barriers, shall not be allowed
due to potential for fracturing during lower temperatures, transportation and installation.
Structural wall Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness

The pipe shall have the following inches inches mm
nominal wall thickness:
1 .140 3.5
Pipe end preparation options 11⁄2 .140 3.5
2 .123 3.1
The piping manufacturer will 3 .126 3.2
provide 20’ or 40’ RL joints if the 4 .151 3.8
contractor requests them in sizes 2” 6 .181 4.6
8 .226 5.7
through 6” to reduce field labor time 10 .226 5.7
in those sections of the system 12 .226 5.7
14 .250 6.4
where longer lengths may be 16 .269 6.8
employed. Additionally, the pipe
manufacturer will provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already prepared to reduce
field labor time on all pipe sizes (2” - 16”).
Pressure rating
Aromatic amine cured epoxy resin piping shall be rated for a minimum of 165 psi at
200°F in sizes through 16”. Pressure ratings reduce linearly to 50% at 250°F.
Fittings It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure

that the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied
by the same manufacturer.
Fittings in 1” through 16” sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-rich
liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with
the same resin type as the pipe.
Compression-molded fittings
Compression molded fittings in sizes 2” through 6” may be used in services at or
below 200°F. Where fast closure of valves may produce surges (water hammer),
filament-wound fittings will be used.
Contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing Inspection and testing
Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the requirements
of ASME B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with water at
11⁄2 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component.
Test and repair procedures
The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field
repairs are required.
Installation Installation procedures and techniques as well as system design criteria including
burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufac-
turer’s recommendations.
Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of the piping
system manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system assembly in the field.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably
Important notice believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation,
changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no
representation or warranty, expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for
purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains.
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - GROUP HEADQUARTERS


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1996 Ameron • FP693B (2/00) supercedes FP693A (9/96) • Printed in USA • 5M[472]
®
Bondstrand Case History
Wastewater Treatment
Plant Piping
using Bondstrand pipe with Quick-Lock®
adhesive joint and flanged fittings
Location Marina, California
Client City of Monterey, California

ISO-9001
Application Process lines carrying sewage sludge, sludge gases and methane.
Pipe system Approximately 15,000 feet of Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass pipe in 3 through
12-inch diameters and a total of over 3000 Series 2000 adhesive joined fittings and
CERTIFICATED FIRM ANSI flanged fittings.
FP312E (11/96)
Advantages The contract provisions of this project left it to the contractor’s discretion to choose the
most suitable system meeting the operating requirements. Contractor determined that
the Bondstrand system would be more cost effective than the other principal
alternative: a combined system of glass-lined cast iron and unlined cast iron.
Ease of assembly Because of the ease with which Bondstrand fiberglass flanges can be mounted on
pipe and fittings, contractor assembled ANSI-dimensioned fittings and pipe spools
in his own on-site fabrication shop.

Group Headquarters Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A.
P.O. Box 801148 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 P.O. Box 878
Houston TX 77280 Singapore 2263 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Tel: 65 862 1301 The Netherlands Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fax: 65 862-1302 Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1992 Ameron • FP312E (11/96) supersedes FP312D (10/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [021]
Bondstrand® Case History
Condensate Return Lines Retrofit

for Nashville Generating Plant
sliplining with Bondstrand Series 2000
fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Nashville, Tennessee
Client Nashville Thermal Transfer Corporation
Application Condensate return lines, average working pressure of 25 psi (2 bar) at 180°F (82°C)
Product Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe, filament wound fittings, 4” (100 mm)
FP736 (3/97)
" In the trench, installer
uses a flapper sander
to prepare pipe end
for adhesive joint.
" Lengths of Bondstrand 2000 are bonded in the trench

and slipped inside the existing ductile iron pipe.
Pipe system Approximately 1100 feet (350 m) of 4-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe
and filament-wound fittings were installed beneath the busy streets of downtown
Nashville, Tennessee. Bondstrand 2000 replaces 6-inch ductile iron pipe in
condensate return lines. The failing ductile iron pipe had been in service for only three
years. The piping system will supply heat produced by a trash burning generating
plant to 39 major buildings in downtown Nashville. The existing ductile iron pipe has
deteriorated due to corrosion and scale build up. Digging costs to replace the
metallic piping with the same material would be prohibitive and extremely disruptive
because of its location in the congested downtown area. The problem was solved by
sliplining the ductile iron with Bondstrand 2000, taking advantage of Bondstrand’s
light weight and ease of installation.
With Bondstrand, the contractor was able to dig a small trench, assemble lengths
of pipe in the ditch and slip the 4-inch fiberglass pipe inside the 6-inch ductile iron.
Pipe was installed between 6:00 pm and 6:00 am to minimize the disruption to city
traffic.
Advantages Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale

build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation - With light weight fiberglass no heavy lifting equipment was
needed. The pipe was easily lowered into the small trench, bonded in the ditch and
slipped through the old piping system.
Cost savings - Using Bondstrand minimized the extensive digging needed to
replace the ductile iron, resulting in savings of time, money and disruption.
Technical support At job start-up, Ameron Technical Service provided installation training and certifi-
cation of crew members. This ensured that the proper techniques were utilized
during installation to provide a successful application in the least amount of time.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1997 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP736 (3/97) • 10M[021]
®
Desalination Facility
using Bondstrand Series 2000
fiberglass pipe and fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Al-Khobar, Saudi Arabia
Client Saline Water Conversion Corporation (SWCC)
Application Water reject piping in third stage ejector condensers in ten desalination units.
FP401C (8/96)
The previously installed Cu-Ni pipe (left)
experienced severe corrosion failure,
especially at welds. Bondstrand corrosion
resistant piping systems (right) include a wide
variety of fittings, including reducers, lateral
tees and elbows in many angular configura-
tions.
Pipe system After approximately two years of service, the existing 100 mm and 150 mm
Cu-Ni (90/10) piping had begun to fail in this service. The medium, seawater
at 50°C containing dissolved gases including chlorine, air and carbon dioxide,
was sufficiently acidic (pH 5.8-6.2) to cause severe internal corrosion to the
metallic piping, resulting in heavy leakage in general and collapse when the
piping was subjected to vacuum.
Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass reinforced pipe was chosen to replace the
old Cu-Ni lines due to its corrosion resistance and ease of installation.
Advantages Corrosion resistance - Pipe and fittings easily withstand the acidity of the
medium. Bondstand replacement piping has already served nearly twice as
long as original metallic piping without showing any signs of corrosion.
Ease of installation - System was easily field fabricated by an installation
crew from Ameron. The crew was able to complete the installation for each
unit in only one day.
Technical support Ameron provided technical support to the client during all phases of
the project.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1989 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP401C (8/96) supersedes FP401B (8/96) • 5M[021]
Ft. Khamehamea
Wastewater Treatment Plant
fiberglass pipe, filament wound
fittings and flanges
Location Hickham AFB, Hawaii
Client United States Air Force
Application Process lines transporting sludge and sludge gases
Product Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe, filament wound fittings and flanges
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM FP727 (11/96)

Far right and below: Process piping lines carry
sludge and gases at wastewater treatment
plant.
Pipe system Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and filament-wound fittings and flanges in 2- to 14-
inch diameters are used for process lines in this wastewater treatment plant. The
piping systems are used for sludge, digester gas, methane gas, chlorine gas
vacuum and solution, alum, foul air and aeration air. Bondstrand's resistance to
both external and internal corrosion made it an excellent choice to handle these
services in this marine environment.
Bondstrand was selected over other materials such as glass-lined cast iron or
316L Schedule 40 stainless steel. In addition to providing an economical material
solution for carrying corrosive media, its light weight and easy assembly reduced
installation costs over these other piping materials.
Advantages Chemical resistance - Bondstrand withstands the rigors of aggressive chemicals.

The corrosion resistance also provides excellent weatherability.
Ease of installation - Epoxy bonded joining system saves time and money. ANSI
flanged fittings provide a familiar joining system and simple joining to traditional
equipment and materials. Lightweight fiberglass, approximately 1⁄5 the weight of
traditional materials, can be moved without heavy lifting equipment.
Cost savings - Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and fittings provide the life
expectancy required at about 20% less cost than glass-lined cast iron and
approximately 30% less cost than stainless steel.

Tel: (713) 690-7777 Tel: 65-862-1301 The Netherlands Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com Fax: 65-862-1302 Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: +31 345 575 254

Puente Hills Landfill

Flare Station Yard Piping
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Whittier, California
Client County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County
Application LFG at 125 psi and 160°F operating temperature
FP720 (9/96)
Far right: High speed blower moves landfill gas
through Bondstrand pipe into leachate collection
tank, below concrete slab.
Near right: Flanged Bondstrand pipe at end of run
permits future expansion as need arises.
Below: Moisture separator removes

leachate from gas.
Pipe system Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and filament-wound fittings, prefabricated in 6- to
12-inch diameters were used. Landfill gas contains methane and high concentra-
tions of hydrogen sulfite (H2S), and water at 150° to 170°F. The H2S mixes with
water vapor, forming strong sulfuric acid in the piping system. Carbon steel can
survive only 3 to 4 years in this service. Plastic piping (PVC, CPVC and HDPE)
was eliminated as a choice for this application due to temperature and pressure
limitations around 140°F. Fiberglass pipe also provides better UV resistance than
PVC or CPVC.
While Schedule 10 or 20 304L stainless steel can provide the desired 30-year life
expectancy in this service, its material cost is about four times that of fiberglass
and the installed cost would be approximately six times that of fiberglass.
Ameron Bondstrand 2000 also saved installation time. The difficult welding
process of stainless steel takes 3-4 times longer than epoxy bonding of fiberglass.
As a result the installation took less than four days. The system was then field
tested at 225 psig for 10 cycles.
Advantages Chemical resistance - Bondstrand withstands the rigors of aggressive chemicals.

The corrosion resistance also provides excellent weatherability.
Ease of installation - Epoxy bonded joining system saved time and money. The
installation was completed in four days, eliminating the difficult and costly welding
required for stainless steel. Lightweight fiberglass can be moved without heavy
lifting equipment.
Cost savings - Bondstrand 2000 pipe and fittings provided the life expectancy
required at 1⁄4 the material cost of stainless steel. Installed cost was 1⁄6 the cost of
stainless steel.
Technical support Ameron provided installation training and technical support to the client.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Petro-chemical Refinery Piping

with Bondstrand Series 2000
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location El Tablazo, Estado Zulia, Venezuela
Client PDVSA Oil & Gas
Application Demineralized water lines
Product 8” (200 mm) Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe, filament wound fittings, Quick-Lock®
joining system
FP304 (4/98)
" Right, lengths of Bondstrand
2000 supply demineralized
water.
" Far right, 8"

(200 mm) Bondstrand
2000 in service for 24
years.
and filament-wound fittings were installed in this petrochemical complex in
Venezuela. The piping transports demineralized water to the entire complex. Installed
in 1974, the Bondstrand piping system has provided trouble-free service for 24 years.

Ease of installation -Light weight fiberglass is easy to handle and install.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

®
Series 2000MP Fiberglass

Pipe and Fittings
certified to Specification MIL-P-28584B
Uses and applications Chilled water

Condensate return
Domestic hot water
Heating water
Pumped hot water
Listings MIL-P-28584B for pipe and fittings conveying water at pressures to 125 psig and
temperatures to 250°F.
Performance Excellent corrosion resistance over a wide temperature range.

Weighs 1⁄6th as much as steel.
Does not require thrust blocks at ambient temperatures when properly installed.
Smooth inner liner produces extremely low frictional loss (Hazen-Williams C = 150) for
greater discharge and reduced pumping costs.
Low thermal conductivity (1⁄100th of steel) minimizes heat losses.
Composition Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe with nominal 0.020-inch (0.5 mm)
resin-rich reinforced liner.
Continuous operating temperatures to 250°F (121°C).
Furnished with reinforced liner using same materials as pipe.
Tees 45° elbows
90° elbows Couplings
Flanges Nipples
Saddles Tapered body reducers
Flanged fittings
Flanges match bolt-hole pattern for ANSI B16.5 150 lb flanges, ANSI B16.1 for 125 lb
cast iron flanges and ISO Standard 2229.
PSX™•34 two-part epoxy adhesive for field fabrication.
FP467C (7/00)
Joining systems Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for
predictable, precise laying lengths.
Pipe lengths 2- to 6-inch: 20-ft random lengths.

8- to 10-inch: 20-ft random lengths.
Fittings Elbows
Tees
Flanges, blind flanges and reducing flanges
Plugs and end-caps
Nipples and couplings
Tapered body reducers
Tapered body reducers, tees and 90° and 45° elbows are available with any combination
of Quick-Lock female and filament-wound flange ends.
Laying lengths of filament-wound fittings with Quick-Lock ends match those of ANSI
B16.9 steel buttwelding fittings. Flanged ends match ANSI B16.1 and B16.5 center-to-
face and face-to-face dimensions.
Mechanical properties1 70°F 150°F 200°F 250°F Test

Pipe Property1 Units 21°C 66°C 93°C 121°C Method
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 024.0 00- 00- 00- D1599
MPa 16500- 00- 00-
GPa 025.2 23.7 22.1 20.5
Poisson’s ratio - 000.56 00.60 00.70 00.79 Ameron
Longitudinal
MPa 058.6 53.8 47.6 40.0
GPa 011.0 09.3 08.5 07.6
Poisson’s ratio - 000.37 00.39 00.41 00.43 D2105
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus 106 psi 001.70 01.30 01.00 - D2925
GPa 011.7 09.0 06.9 -
Hydrostatic design
basis 103 psi 006.0 -- - D2992
MPa 041.4 -- -
2
Reducers Nominal Laying Overall Approx
Pipe Size Length A Length B Weight
ds
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg)
A ds
3x2 80 x 50 2.13 54 5.75 146 1.1 .5
4x2 100 x 50 3.00 76 6.63 168 2.1 .9
4x3 100 x 80 2.88 73 6.50 165 2.2 1.0
6x3 150 x 80 3.81 97 7.88 200 3.9 1.8
6x4 150 x 100 3.69 95 7.75 197 3.5 1.6
8x4 200 x 100 5.44 138 10.19 259 7.1 3.2
8x6 200 x 150 3.88 99 8.63 219 6.6 3.0
10 x 6 250 x 150 4.63 118 9.63 245 8.4 3.8
10 x 8 250 x 200 4.12 105 9.37 238 8.0 3.6
B
See Quick-Lock bell and spigot dimension table on page 5 for bell depth, ds
Flanges Nominal Bolt Outside Thickness

Pipe Size Circle BC Diameter D At Face E
F
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
E
2 50 4.75 121 6.00 152 2.00 51
3 80 6.00 152 7.50 190 2.00 51
4 100 7.50 190 9.00 229 2.00 51
6 150 9.50 241 11.00 279 2.38 60
Laying length = .125 [3.2 mm] 8 200 11.75 298 13.50 343 2.63 67
BC 10 250 14.25 362 16.00 406 2.88 73
ds
D
Nominal Bolt Hole Bolt Approx

Pipe Size Count Size F Size Weight
2 50 4 0.75 19.1 0.63 16 3.0 1.4
3 80 4 0.75 19.1 0.63 16 4.1 1.9
4 100 8 0.75 19.1 0.63 16 6.1 2.8
6 150 8 0.88 22.4 0.75 19 9.4 4.3
8 200 8 0.88 22.4 0.75 19 14.9 6.8
10 250 12 1.00 25.4 0.88 22 20.5 9.3
7
Tees Nominal Laying Overall Approx
B Pipe Size Length A Length B Weight
A (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg)
ds
2 50 2.50 64 4.31 109 2.1 1.0
3 80 3.38 86 5.19 132 4.1 1.9
4 100 4.13 105 5.94 151 5.0 2.3
6 150 5.63 143 7.88 200 11 5.0
8 200 7.00 178 9.50 241 18 8.2
10 250 14.50 368 17.25 438 38 17.3
Couplings Nominal Overall Outside Approx

Pipe Size Length B Diameter D Weight
ds
Laying length = .375 [9.5 mm] 2 50 4.00 102 2.81 71 0.6 .3
3 80 4.00 102 3.94 100 0.9 .4
4 100 4.00 102 5.06 129 1.4 .6
D
6 150 4.88 124 7.19 183 2.4 1.1
8 200 5.38 137 9.25 235 3.8 1.7
10 250 5.88 149 11.38 289 5.2 2.4
B See Quick-Lock bell and spigot dimension table on page 5 for bell depth, ds
Nipples and support Nominal Overall Approx Weight

saddles Pipe Size Length B Nipple Saddle*
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) (lb/in) (g/mm)
Laying length = .125 [3.2 mm] 2 50 3.75 95 0.2 .09 0.2 4
3 80 3.75 95 0.3 .14 0.3 5
4 100 3.75 95 0.5 .23 0.4 7
6 150 4.63 118 0.9 .41 0.5 9
8 200 5.13 130 1.4 .64 0.6 11
10 250 5.63 143 1.9 .86 0.8 14
B * Saddles are used to protect pipe at supports and clamps and are available in lengths to 18 inches
(500mm).
Length
180°
.56 [14mm]
6
Physical properties Pipe Property Units Value Method
Pipe wall Btu·in/(hr·ft2·°F) 002.3 Ameron
W/m·K 000.33
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 010 Ameron
10-6 mm/mm°C 018
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 _
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 017.4 _
10-6 m 005.3
Density lb/in3 001.8 _
g/cm3 000.065
Typical pipe dimensions Nominal Pipe Nominal Wall Average** Pipe

and weights Pipe Size ID Thickness* Sectional Area Weight
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
2 50 2.10 53 .157 4.0 1.13 730 0.9 1.5
3 80 3.22 82 .157 4.0 1.70 1100 1.2 1.8
4 100 4.14 105 .203 5.2 2.73 1760 2.0 3.0
6 150 6.26 159 .203 5.2 4.06 2620 3.0 4.5
8 200 8.22 209 .226 5.7 5.83 3760 4.3 6.4
10 250 10.35 263 .226 5.7 7.31 4710 5.4 8.1
* Minimum wall thickness is 87.5% of nominal wall thickness.
**Use these values for calculating longitudinal thrust.
Typical pipe performance Nominal Internal External

Pipe Size Pressure Rating* Pressure Rating*
(in) (mm) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa)
2 50 125 0.86 210 1.45
3 80 125 0.86 135 0.93
4 100 125 0.86 150 1.03
6 150 125 0.86 45 0.31
8 200 125 0.86 30 0.21
10 250 125 0.86 14 0.097
* At 250°F (121°C) using Bondstrand RP34C adhesive.
**At 70°F. Reduce linearly to 90% at 150°F and 80% at 210°F.

Pipe Size Factor* Stiffness* of Inertia**
(in) (mm) (lb·in) (N·m) (psi) (MPa) (in4) (106mm4)
2 50 620 70 2900 20.0 0.59 0.246
3 80 620 70 860 5.93 1.99 0.828
4 100 1360 154 890 6.14 5.50 2.29
6 150 1360 154 270 1.86 18.1 7.53
8 200 1890 214 175 1.17 45.1 18.8
10 250 1890 214 86 0.59 88.6 36.9
* Per ASTM D2412.
**Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
3
Buried installations Thrust blocks
Most properly bedded Bondstrand 2000MP installations do not require thrust blocks.
Consult Ameron for recommendations for systems operating at elevated temperatures.
Live loads
Bondstrand 2000MP will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) when
properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at least 3 ft (1 m) of
cover.
Nominal Maximum Earth Cover
Pipe Size 100 psi 0.69 MPa 125 psi 0.86 MPa
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m)
2 50 30 9.1 30 9.1
3 80 22 6.7 22 6.7
4 100 24 7.3 23 7.0
6 150 21 6.4 20 6.1
8 200 21 6.4 20 6.1
10 250 22 6.7 19 5.8
* Based on a 120 lb/ft3 (1925 kg/m3) soil density and 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) modulus of soil reaction.
**Internal operating pressure, psi (MPa).
Support spacing Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand 2000MP pipe at various
operating temperatures. Span recommendations are valid for normal horizontal piping
support arrangements, a compromise between continuous spans and simple spans, but
include no provision for weights such as fittings, flanges, etc. or thrust from branches,
turns, etc. Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of
1⁄2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. Values are based on 1⁄2 inch
deflection at midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. For continuous spans, increase
values by 20%. For end or single spans, decrease values by 20%.
Nominal Span (feet or meters)
Pipe Size Temperature
(in) (mm) 100°F 37°C 150°F 66°C 200°F 99°C 250°F 122°C
2 50 13.0 3.9 11.7 3.6 10.4 3.2 9.2 2.8
3 80 14.6 4.5 13.3 4.1 12.0 3.7 10.7 3.3
4 100 16.8 5.1 15.0 4.6 13.2 4.0 11.4 3.5
6 150 18.7 5.7 17.0 5.2 15.2 4.6 13.5 4.1
8 200 21.2 6.5 19.2 5.9 17.2 5.2 15.2 4.6
10 250 22.3 6.8 20.3 6.2 18.4 5.6 16.4 5.0
4
Bending radius Maximum Allowable
Nominal Bending Deflection, H, for 100-ft Turning
α
Pipe Size Radius, R* (30 m) Bending Length Angle, α
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (deg)
H
2 50 83 26 14.6 4.5 69
C 3 80 123 38 10.1 3.1 47
S 4 100 158 46 7.9 2.4 36
α 6 150 233 71 5.4 1.6 25
R
8 200 304 93 4.1 1.3 19
10 250 379 116 3.3 1.0 15
Quick-Lock bell and Quick-Lock Spigot Bell Spigot Diameter

spigot dimensions Joint Size Length L Depth ds Minimum Maximum
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
L 2 50 2.000 50.8 1.812 46.0 2.330 59.2 2.346 59.6
3 80 2.000 50.8 1.812 46.0 3.450 87.6 3.466 88.0
4 100 2.000 50.8 1.812 46.0 4.430 112.5 4.446 112.9
6 150 2.375 60.3 2.250 57.1 6.544 166.2 6.560 166.6
8 200 2.375 60.3 2.500 63.5 8.544 217.0 8.560 217.4
10 250 2.875 60.3 2.750 69.8 10.680 271.3 10.696 271.7
ds
90° Elbows Nominal Laying Overall Approx

B
A
ds 2 50 3.00 76 4.81 122 1.1 .5
3 80 4.50 114 6.31 160 2.4 1.1
4 100 6.00 152 7.81 198 3.5 1.6
6 150 9.00 229 11.25 286 7.9 3.6
8 200 12.00 305 14.50 368 15 6.8
10 250 15.00 381 17.75 451 25 11.4
45° Elbows Nominal Laying Overall Approx

B (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg)
A 2 50 1.38 35 3.19 81 0.9 .4
ds 3 80 2.00 51 3.81 97 1.7 .6
4 100 2.50 64 4.31 109 2.5 1.1
6 150 3.75 95 6.00 152 5.2 2.4
8 200 5.00 127 7.50 191 9.3 4.2
10 250 6.25 159 9.00 229 16 7.3
5
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb·in = 0.113 N·m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
Important Notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
info@ameron-fpg.nl
© 1988 Ameron FP467C (7/00) supersedes FP467B (7/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]
®
Bondstrand 2000 MP
Pipe and Fittings
Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin
pipe for plant piping hot water, chilled water, and
condensate return services
Scope This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to
be used in those sections of Plant Piping–hot water, chilled water and condensate
return services calling for fiberglass piping systems.
70°F 200°F ASTM
Physical and Pipe Property Units 21°C 93°C Method
Mechanical Properties Nominal Pipe Size 2”-6” 8”-10” 2”-6” 8”-10”
Circumferential
weeping MPa 22.00 165.00 - -
GPa 29.00 25.20 25.50 22.10
Poisson’s ratio 0.26 0.56 0.32 0.70 D2105
Longitudinal
MPa 110.00 58.60 90.00 47.60
GPa 20.70 11.00 16.50 8.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.16 0.37 0.20 0.41 D2105
Beam apparent
GPa 16.60 11.70 12.20 6.90
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic) 103 psi 16.001,2 6.001 - - D2992
MPa 110.00 41.40 - -
W/m•°C 0.25 0.25 - -
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 8.50 10.00 - - D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 15.30 18.00 - -
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 - - -
Absolute roughness - 6
10 ft 17.40 17.40 - - -
10-6 m 3.30 5.30
Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07 - -
g/cm3 1.80 1.80
1) At 150°F (66°C). 2) Static
Performance The piping system in sizes 2” through 10” must comply with MIL-P-28584B and U.S.
Requirements Federal Regulations 21CFR 175.105 and 21CFR 177.2280. Piping will be manufactured
according to ASTM D2996 for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall
ISO-9001
meet Type I, Grade I and Class F (RTRP-11FE) cell limits in 2” through 10” nominal pipe
sizes. Piping shall be listed for “Commercial Hot” service by NSF under Standard 61 -
Drinking Water System Components.
FP695B (6/00)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand® 2000 MP
as manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The integral
reinforced corrosion barrier shall have a nominal 20 mil thickness, and be constructed
with the same epoxy resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced corrosion barriers
shall not be allowed due to potential for fracturing during lower temperatures, trans-
portation and installation.
The pipe shall have the following (inches) inches mm
nominal wall thickness: 2 .123 3.1
3 .126 3.2
Pipe end preparation options 4 .151 3.8
The piping manufacturer will provide 6 .181 4.6
20’ or 40’ RL joints if the installer 8 .226 5.7
10 .226 5.7
requests them in sizes 2” through 6”
to reduce field labor assembly time in those sections of the system where longer pipe
joints may be employed. Additionally, the pipe manufacturer will provide pipe joints with
the spigot ends already prepared to reduce field labor time.
Pressure rating
Aromatic amine cured epoxy resin piping shall be suitable for use at 125 psi
up to 250°F.
Fittings It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that
the system performs as specified. Therefore, the pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be
supplied by the same manufacturer.
Fittings in 2” through 10” sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-rich liner
of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with the
same resin type as the pipe.
Only filament-wound fittings and flanges will be used. Compression molded, contact
molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.

Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the require-
ments of ANSI B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with
water at 11⁄2 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component.
The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs
are required.
burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of the
piping system manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system assembly in
the field.
subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1996 Ameron • FP695B (6/00) supercedes FP695A (10/96) • Printed in USA • 5M[472]
®
Series 3000A Fiberglass

Pipe and Fittings
for general industrial service
Uses and applications Alcohol solutions Mild chemicals

Boiler feed water Municipal waste
Bridge, roof and floor drains Potable water
Brine and brackish water Power plant, steel mill and industrial
Chemical process piping plant piping
Cooling water Sewer lines and sewer force mains
Demineralized water Source and recycle water
Electroplating Sump discharge
Fuel oil piping Vent lines
General service piping Water mains
Jet fuel piping Water treatment
Listings MIL-P-29206A for jet fuels and petroleum liquids.
Performance Working pressure to 450 psig depending on pipe size.

No thrust blocks are required at rated system pressure for most buried piping
configurations and most soil conditions. Thrust blocks may be required for 14 and
16-inch Bondstrand 3000A. For above-ground use, consult Ameron Fiberglass Pipe
Division.
Temperatures to 210°F (99°C) maximum.
Full vacuum capabilities when buried and properly backfilled. For above-ground use,
refer to collapse pressures listed below under pipe pressure performance.
Recommended burial depth: 3 to 25 feet.
Recommended for water, waste water (p H 1 to 12), moderately corrosive liquids and
mild chemicals. Consult Ameron corrosion guide FP132 or Ameron Applications
Engineering for recommendations for your particular application.
Bondstrand Series 3000A is available with the patented Pronto-Lock® and
Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining systems and may be used to temperatures as
high as 210°F (99°C).
ISO-9001 Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP516B (10/97)
Composition Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with integral epoxy liner and
exterior coating.
Nominal
Pipe Size ASTM Designation
(in) (mm) (D2310) (D2996)
2-6 50 - 150 RTRP 11FX RTRP 11FX-5430
8 - 16 200 - 400 RTRP 11FX RTRP 11FX-3210
Fittings
2 to 6-inch
Compression-molded fiberglass reinforced epoxy elbows and tees
Filament-wound and/or mitered crosses, wyes, laterals and reducers
8 to 16-inch
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy elbows
Filament-wound and/or mitered crosses, wyes, and laterals
Contact-molded reducers
Flanges
Flange rings:
Molded or filament-wound fiberglass
Stub ends:
Molded or centrifugally cast fiberglass
Blind flanges
Compression-molded fiberglass or epoxy-coated cast iron or steel.
O-rings
Buna-N standard.
Other materials available on request.
Adhesive
Ameron two-part epoxy adhesive for field fabrication.
(consult Ameron for specifications)
Joining systems 2 to 6-inch

Pronto-Lock mechanical coupling.
U.S. Patent No. 3,784,239.
8 to 16-inch
Pronto-Lock II mechanical coupling.
U.S. Patent No. 4,014,568.
2 to 16-inch
Bell and spigot taper/taper adhesive-bonded joint.
Pipe lengths Standard 20 and 39-ft random lengths.

Other lengths available on request.
2
Typical pipe Nominal Pipe Outside Pipe Inside Wall Thickness
dimensions and Pipe Size Diameter1 Diameter Total Structural
weights (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
2 50 2.38 60 2.21 56 0.072 1.8 0.064 1.6
3 80 3.50 90 3.32 84 0.081 2.1 0.071 1.8
4 100 4.50 114 4.33 110 0.086 2.2 0.074 1.9
6 150 6.63 168 6.39 162 0.119 3.0 0.105 2.7
8 200 8.63 219 8.30 211 0.150 3.8 0.125 3.2
10 250 10.75 273 10.41 264 0.175 4.4 0.150 3.8
12 300 12.75 324 12.30 312 0.200 5.1 0.175 4.4
14 350 14.44 367 14.01 356 0.215 5.4 0.190 4.8
16 400 16.50 419 16.02 407 0.235 6.0 0.210 5.3
1) Typical outside diameters of 2 through 12-inch pipe are within API, ASTM
and ANSI fiberglass and steel pipe dimensions.
Nominal Taper Taper Pipe

Pipe Size Angle Length Weight
(in) (mm) (deg) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
2 50 1.75 1.5 38 0.5 .75
3 80 1.75 1.7 43 0.7 1.05
4 100 1.75 1.9 48 1.0 1.50
6 150 1.75 2.8 71 1.9 2.85
8 200 2.00 2.6 66 3.1 4.60
10 250 2.00 3.1 79 4.5 6.70
12 300 2.00 3.6 91 6.1 9.10
14 350 2.00 4.2 107 7.5 11.15
16 400 2.00 4.7 119 9.4 14.00
Typical pipe Ultimate

performance Nominal Static Ultimate Collapse Pressure2
Pipe Size Pressure Rating Internal Pressure1 80°F 27°C 210°F 99°C
(in) (mm) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar)
2 50 450 30 3200 215 145 10.0 125 8.6
3 80 450 30 2400 160 50 3.4 45 3.1
4 100 375 25 2000 135 40 2.8 35 2.4
6 150 300 20 2000 135 35 2.4 30 2.1
8 200 150 10 900 60 25 1.7 21 1.4
10 250 150 10 900 60 18 1.2 12 0.8
12 300 150 10 900 60 12 0.8 9 0.6
14 350 150 10 900 60 10 0.7 7.5 0.5
16 400 150 10 900 60 10 0.7 7.5 0.5
1) Quality control minimum
2) For vacuum service above ground in sizes 8 inches and above consult Ameron.
3
Fittings pressure ratings Nominal
Pipe Size Elbows and Tees Flanges Blind Flanges
(in) (mm) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar)
2 50 450 30 450 30 450 30
3 80 450 30 400 30 450 30
4 100 375 25 375 25 375 25
6 150 300 20 300 20 300 20
8 200 150 10 150 10 150 10
10 250 150 10 150 10 150 10
12 300 150 10 150 10 125 8
14 350 150 10 150 10 75 5
16 400 150 10 150 10 75 5
1) Ratings shown are for 90° and 45° elbows. Ratings in 8 to 16-inch sizes are also
applicable to elbows of other angles.
Nominal Laterals, Wyes

Pipe Size Adapters and Crosses Saddles
(in) (mm) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar)
2 50 450 30 200 13 300 20
3 80 375 25 200 13 300 20
4 100 300 20 200 13 200 13
6 150 300 20 200 13 150 10
8 200 150 10 150 10 150 10
10 250 - - 150 10 100 8
12 300 - - 150 10 75 5
14 350 - - 150 10 50 3
16 400 - - 150 10 50 3
Typical physical Method

properties Pipe Property Units Value ASTM ATM1
Thermal conductivity Btu•in/(hr•ft2•°F) 1.7 C177 23
W/m•°C 0.25
Coefficient of thermal
expansion (linear) D696 21
(2 - 6 inch) 10-6 in/in/°F 8.5
10-6 m/m/°C 15.3
(8 - 16 inch) 10-6 in/in/°F 12.0
10-6 m/m/°C 21.6
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 — 156
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 50 — —
10-6 m 15
Specific gravity —- 1.81 D792 —
Barcol Hardness Impressor 934-1 65 D2583 —
4
Typical mechanical Value Method
properties Pipe Property1 Units (2 - 6 in) (8 - 16 in) ASTM ATM2
Tensile strength
Longitudinal 103 psi 35.0 20.0 D2105 161
MPa 240 138
Circumferential 103 psi 70.0 40.0 D1599 151
MPa 480 275
Tensile modulus
Longitudinal 106 psi 3.0 1.5 D2105 161
GPa 20.6 10.3
Circumferential 106 psi 4.2 2.3 — —
GPa 29.0 15.9
Compressive strength
Longitudinal 103 psi 35.0 20.0 — 142
MPa 240 138
Compressive modulus
Longitudinal 106 psi 3.0 1.5 — 142
GPa 20.6 10.3
Long-term hydrostatic
design basis
Static 103 psi 21 21 D2992(B) —
MPa 145 145
Cyclic 103 psi 8 — D2992(A) —
MPa 55 —
Poisson’s ratio3
νyx — 0.16 0.11 — —
νxy — 0.26 0.19 — —
1) Based on structural wall thickness.
3) The first subscript denotes the direction of contraction and the second that of the applied stress.
x denotes longitudinal direction.
y denotes circumferential direction.
Nominal Change in Length Stiffness

Pipe Size Due to Pressure1 Factor2
(in) (mm) (in/100 ft/100 psi) (mm/m/bar) (lb•in /in2) (N•m)
3
2 50 .284 343 42 4.7

3 80 .394 476 75 8.5
4 100 .477 576 60 6.8
6 150 .493 596 275 31.1
8 200 1.14 1376 500 56.5
10 250 1.19 1437 750 85
12 300 1.20 1450 1250 140
14 350 1.26 1523 1600 180
16 400 1.31 1583 2000 225
1) In an unrestrained system due to pressure effects alone.
2) At 5% deflection.
5
Support spacing Values are based on a 1⁄2-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan.
Nominal Single Span1 Continuous Span2

Pipe Size Gases 1.003 1.25 Gases 1.00 1.25
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m)
2 50 14.4 4.4 9.7 3.0 9.3 2.8 21.5 6.6 14.5 4.4 13.9 4.2
3 80 17.7 5.4 11.1 3.4 10.6 3.2 26.4 8.0 16.6 5.1 15.8 4.8
4 100 20.0 6.1 12.1 3.7 11.5 3.5 29.9 9.1 18.1 5.5 17.2 5.2
6 150 24.9 7.6 14.6 4.5 13.9 4.2 37.2 11.3 21.9 6.7 20.8 6.3
8 200 23.8 7.3 13.9 4.2 13.2 4.0 35.6 10.9 20.8 6.3 19.7 6.0
10 250 26.9 8.2 15.4 4.7 14.6 4.5 40.2 12.3 23.0 7.0 21.9 6.7
12 300 29.3 8.9 16.7 5.1 15.9 4.8 43.8 13.4 25.0 7.6 23.7 7.2
14 350 31.3 9.5 17.6 5.4 16.7 5.1 46.8 14.3 26.3 8.0 25.0 7.6
16 400 33.5 10.2 18.7 5.7 17.8 5.4 50.1 15.3 27.9 8.5 26.6 8.1
1) For fluid temperatures above 78°F (25°C), the span lengths decrease by 0.2 in/°F (9 mm/°C).
2) For intermediate spans. End spans may be calculated by multiplying the single span length by 1.8.
3) Fluid specific gravity.
Bending radius Minimum Maximum Minimum

Nominal Bending Deflection Length Required
Pipe Size Radius1 per 39-ft Joint for 10° Change
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (deg) (ft) (m)
2 50 75 23 302 132 4
3 80 100 30 20 20 6
4 100 150 46 15 27 8
6 150 200 61 10 40 12
8 200 300 91 7 + 2 = 93 57 - 13 = 444 12
10 250 350 107 6+2= 8 67 - 13 = 54 16
12 300 400 123 5+2= 7 80 - 13 = 67 20
14 350 450 137 4 + 2 = 6 100 - 13 = 87 27
16 400 500 152 3 + 2 = 5 133 - 13 = 120 37
1) At rated pressure. Sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations. Do not bend pipe until
adhesive has cured.
2) 2 - 6 inch: pipe only.
3) 8 - 16 inch: pipe deflection plus 2° Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection.
4) 8 - 16 inch: pipe minimum minus 13-ft (4 m) effect of Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection.
6
Pipe construction Pipe—The structural wall of fiberglass pipe in 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes
shall be constructed of continuous glass fibers wound in a matrix of aromatic amine
cured epoxy resin in a dual angle pattern that takes optimum advantage of the
tensile strength of the filaments. Pipe produced by filament-winding shall have a
smooth outer surface with an outside diametral tolerance not exceeding ±1.0%. The
pipe shall incorporate an integral liner with a nominal thickness of 0.010 ±
0.005 inches for 2 through 6-inch nominal sizes and 0.020 ± 0.005 inches for
8 through 16-inch nominal sizes. The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with
ASTM Standard D2996 for filament-wound reinforced thermosetting resin pipe
(RTRP). When classified under ASTM Standard D2310, the pipe shall be Type 1,
Grade 1, and Class F for 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes.
Pipe shall be provided in standard lengths up to 40 feet, and shall be available in 60-
ft lengths on special request to minimize the number of field joints for rapid
installation.
Pressure rating—Pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum
internal pressure of 150 psig at 210°F. In 2 through 10-inch sizes the pipe shall have
a full vacuum capability at 80°F when installed above ground.
Fittings construction Fittings in 8 through 16-inch nominal sizes shall be filament wound and incorporate a
resin-rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be
constructed of the same glass and resin type for corrosion and abrasion resistance
equal to that of the pipe. Fittings in 2 through 6-inch nominal sizes may be
compression molded from glass and resins similar to those used in the pipe.
Contact-molded, sprayed-up or hand laid-up fittings shall not be permitted.
Pipe and fittings shall be joined using bell and spigot taper/taper adhesive-bonded
joints or mechanical screw-on type joints with O-ring seals inside the bell for rapid
installation.
Physical and Values for physical and mechanical properties shall be no less than 95% of those
mechanical shown tabulated above under TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES and TYPICAL MECHANICAL
requirements PROPERTIES.
serviceability of the pipe or fittings. Pigments or dyes may be used in the resin as
long as the product is sufficiently translucent to verify the structural integrity of the
structural wall. The pipe and fittings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable
in color, density and other physical properties.
Testing Quality control testing—Samples of pipe and fittings shall be tested at random
based on standard quality control practices to determine conformance of the
materials to the following ASTM guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products:
ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B. Test samples may be
hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the pressure rating for signs
of leakage.
Marking Each component shall be marked to show the following

Manufacturer’s name and address
Nominal pipe size
Hydrostatic test pressure (if so ordered)
Date and shift of manufacture (pipe only)
7
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1993 Ameron • FP516B (10/97) supersedes FP516A (4/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M[186]
®
Bondstrand 3000A
Pipe and Fittings
Fiberglass reinforced
thermosetting epoxy resin pipe
for plant piping general services
Scope This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system
to be used in those sections of Plant Piping General Services calling for fiberglass
piping systems.
Quality Assurance modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and
listed references, the specification shall prevail.
Physical and Typical Value ASTM

Mechanical Properties Pipe Property Units (2”-6”)
(8”-16”) Method
Tensile Strength Longitudinal 103 psi 35.0 20.0 D2105
MPa 240.0 138.0
Circumferential Strength 103 psi 70.0 40.0 D1599
MPa 480.0 275.0
Tensile Modulus Longitudinal 106 psi 3.0 1.5 D2105
GPa 20.6 10.3
Tensile Modulus Circumferential 103 psi 4.2 2.3
GPa 29.0 15.9
Compressive Strength 103 psi 35.0 20.0
Longitudinal MPa 240.0 138.0
Compressive Modulus 106 psi 3.0 1.5
Longitudinal GPa 20.6 10.3
Hydrostatic Design Basis (cyclic) 103 psi 8.0 D2992(A)
MPa 55.0
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 10 6in./in./°F 8.5 15.3
(linear) 10 -6mm/mm/°C 12.0 21.6
Flow Coefficient Hazen
Williams 150
Performance The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 Specification for
Requirements RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall be Type I, Grade I and
Class F for 2” through 16” nominal pipe sizes.The piping must meet or exceed the
requirements of MIL-P-29206A and ASTM D5677-95. The pipe shall be rated for a
minimum internal pressure of 150 psig at 210°F in sizes 2” through 16” and have a full
vacuum capability at 80°F when buried and properly backfilled.

Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 3000A as
ISO-9001 manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The pipe shall
have an integral corrosion barrier constructed with the same epoxy resin as the pipe
structural wall. RTR piping without a corrosion barrier shall not be allowed.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP700A (9/96)
Materials (cont’d) Structural wall Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness
The pipe shall have the following (inches) inches mm
nominal reinforced wall thickness: 2 .064 1.6
3 .071 1.8
8 .125 3.2
standard pipe joint lengths up to 39 10 .150 3.8
feet RL to reduce field labor 12 .175 4.4
14 .190 4.8
assembly time. The piping system 16 .210 5.3
shall be suitable to be joined with a
bell and spigot taper/taper adhesive bonded joint, or with a mechanical joint not
requiring adhesive.
Fittings It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure

that the system performs as specified. Therefore, the pipe, fittings and adhesive
shall be supplied by the same manufacturer.
Compression Molded Fittings
Fittings in 2” through 6”nominal sizes may be compression molded using the
same resin type as used in the pipe.
Elbows in 8” through 16” nominal sizes shall be filament-wound incorporating a
reinforced resin-rich corrosion barrier.
Testing The manufacturer will test samples of pipe and fittings at random, based on
standard quality control practices to determine conformance with ASTM D1599,
D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B, and D5677-95. The installed piping system
shall be hydrostatic tested with water at 11⁄ 2 times the design pressure of the lowest
rated piping system component.
The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field
repairs are required.
burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufac-
turer’s recommendations.
Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of
the piping system manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system
assembly in the field.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably
Important notice believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation,
changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no
representation or warranty, expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for
purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the

Tel: (713) 690-7777 Tel: 862-1301 The Netherlands Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fax: 862-1302 Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1996 Ameron • FP700A (9/96) supercedes FP700 (4/96) • Printed in USA • 5M[472]
®
Fire Water Lines at

Steam Gathering Facility
Location Moss Landing steam generating unit, California
Client Pacific Gas & Electric
Application Underground water and foam lines surrounding crude oil tanks, and water storage
tank make-up lines carrying water at ambient temperatures and at 100 psi.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP292B (10/97)
Pipe system Over 60,000 feet of Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe with Pronto-Lock® and
Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining systems were used for water, foam and water
storage make-up lines. Six, eight and ten inch diameters of pipe were installed.
Advantages Corrosion resistance

Bondstrand Series 3000 resists internal and external corrosion from water, foam and soil.
Ease of installation
The light weight of the pipe and the mechanical joining system significantly reduced the
installation time. A small crew was able to complete the installation rapidly.
Cost savings
Small crews and reduced installation time translated into cost savings. Installed cost
was approximately 80 percent of other piping options.
Ameron provided a complete package including stock pipe and fittings, installation tools
and technical assistance.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1985 Ameron• FP292B (10/97) supersedes FP292A (12/93) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [021]
®
Underwater Force Main

using Bondstrand Series 3000 pipe
with Pronto-Lock® mechanical joint
Location Hartford, Connecticut; Connecticut River
Client Hartford Metropolitan District Commission; Bureau of Public Works
Contractor Blakesee, Arpaia, Chapman, Inc.
Application Transfer of 100,000 gallons of sewage sludge per day from East Hartford pollution
control plant 15,000 feet over land and 1000 feet underwater to a pollution treatment
ISO-9001 and sludge disposal plant in Hartford.
FP293C (10/97)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Pipe system Eight- and ten-inch diameter Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe with Pronto-
Lock II mechanical joining system. Eight-inch pipe was placed inside the ten-inch
casing. Pipe sections were joined onshore and pulled through a trench that had
been dug in the riverbed. Total time for underwater installation: 90 minutes.
Advantages Corrosion resistance

Bondstrand Series 3000 resists internal acidic attack as well as external electrolytic
corrosion.
Ease of installation
Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining system could be made up in minutes and lightweight
pipe was easily pulled under the river.
All-weather installation
Because neither welding nor adhesive were required, pipe could be installed in rain,
snow and cold.
Cost savings
Contractor estimated that Bondstrand Series 3000 installation with Pronto-Lock II
joining system cut total installation cost by one third in comparison with steel or conven-
tional fiberglass pipe.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1985 Ameron• FP293C (10/97) supersedes FP293B (10/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [021]
Bondstrand® Case History 408
Water Handling Facility

Header System
fiberglass pipe
Location Luling, Texas
Client Water Handling Facility
Application Handling 40,000 barrels per day of oil, gas and salt water produced by 50 wells.
FP408C (10/96)
Pipe system Two 60-foot long, ten-inch diameter header sections with two and three-inch
flanged pipe outlets. In total, 120 two and three-inch fittings and 360 two and
three-inch flanges were supplied to build up the system which operates at
approximately 125 psi.
Advantages Corrosion-resistant piping materials — Pipe and fittings withstand the acidity of
the sour crude produced by these wells.
Ease of installation — System was easily field fabricated. Nipples were cut from
pipe in the field, tapered with tools available from Ameron and bonded to tees
and elbows with epoxy adhesive.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1989 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP408C (10/96) supersedes FP408B (2/95) • 5M[021]
®
Wastewater Clarifier Inlets

Location Detroit, Michigan
Client City of Detroit
Application Bondstrand pipe was used to modify over 1500 inlets in the City of Detroit Waste Water
Treatment Plant. Modifications involved elevating the level at which mixed liquor enters
the clarifier and reducing the turbulence of the incoming liquor. To do so, a system which
ISO-9001 could connect to existing lines was designed. Elliptical baffles to reduce turbulence were
fitted to 12-foot lengths of 16-inch Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe, while the
other ends were fitted with flanges.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP172D (1/97)
Piping system Sixteen-inch diameter Bondstrand Series 3000
Advantages Modification may have saved the City of Detroit over $27 million by raising the efficiency
of the clarifiers as much as 30% and by eliminating the need for additional clarifiers to be
built. The pipe itself was also instrumental in reducing costs. Its light weight helped keep
the overall weight of the modified inlets down. As a result, major structural modifications
in the clarifiers to support the inlets were not necessary. Fiberglass epoxy resin pipe
resists corrosion from mixed liquor and has an indefinite service life.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1985 Ameron • FP172D (1/97) supersedes FP172C (4/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M[021]
ISO-9001
® Bondstrand® Case History 126

CERTIFICATED FIRM
Underground Chilled
Water Lines
using Bondstrand® Series 3000 pipe
Location Spring, Texas
Client Compaq Computer Corporation
Application Underground lines carrying chilled water at 150 psi. The client had originally
specified a competing brand of fiberglass pipe which used an adhesive joint.
However, the competitor’s adhesive joint could not pass the required pressure
test. The client then turned to Ameron, who was able to offer quick delivery of a
mechanically-joined system. Moreover, Ameron’s specialty fittings shop in
Burkburnett, Texas worked directly with the contractor to speed custom fabri-
cation of a number of unusual spool assemblies.
FP450B (3/96)
Fittings for Bondstrand Series 3000
are manufactured in an extremely
wide variety of configurations. Seen
here are 16-inch tees with 6-inch
flanged branches, 45° elbows with
Pronto-Lock II ends, and a 4-foot
long nipple with Pronto-Lock II ends.
Pipe system Bondstrand Series 3000 using Pronto-Lock mechanical joint in 3- and 6-inch sizes
and Pronto-Lock II mechanical jont in 10-, 12- and 16-inch sizes.
Flanged spools and fittings with flanged reducing outlets were also used. Total
installed length of the piping was approximately 5,000 feet.
Advantages Quick Installation - The speed of delivery of the pipe from the plant, its light
weight and the rapid joining offered by the Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II
mechanical joints were of particular importance as the client turned to Ameron
late in the project.
Light Weight - Pipe could be handled manually without using cranes or heavy
lifting equipment: sixteen-inch diameter Bondstrand 3000 weighs under 10 lb./ft.
compared to 83 lb./ft. for Schedule 40 steel.
Predictable Joining - Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II offer positive, predictable,
mechanical joining without reliance on field-cured adhesives. Joints can be made
up in minutes.
Versatility - The Pronto-Lock II joint accommodates up to 2° deflection, allowing
flexibility in piping system layout.
Fiberglass Pipe Group
P.O. Box 801148 • Houston TX 77280 • Tel: (713) 690-7777 • Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia Europe The Americas
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 P.O. Box 878
Singapore 2263 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: 862-1301 The Netherlands Tel: (817) 569-1471
Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Tel: +31 345 573 341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: 862-1302 Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1990 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP450B (3/96) supersedes FP450A (1990) • 5M [021]
®
Bondstrand Installation Guide

Pipe and Fittings
for Class 200 fire protection and
general industrial service
Installation details and Bondstrand Series 3200 is used for buried fire protection lines and general
recommendations industrial service. It is available with a Listing Mark from Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. and Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada and has been approved by Factory
Underwriters
UL
® Laboratories Inc.® U LC Mutual. When UL-Listed or FM-approved product is desired, designate it as such
by identifying it as “Bondstrand Series 3200/L” or “Bondstrand Series 3200/FM.”
mn For Listed service, the installation must be done in accordance with National Fire
Protection Association No. 24, “Private Fire Service Mains.” NFPA No. 24 covers
the general details of yard piping for fire protection systems. The installation details
and recommendations contained in this publication are intended to supplement
those of NFPA No. 24 with which both the design and installation must comply.
General considerations Fiberglass pipe is lightweight, corrosion resistant, economical and has excellent
hydraulic characteristics. A very significant advantage of Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe
systems is the elimination of the need for concrete thrust block or mechanical tie rod
assemblies with the single exception of CIPE crossovers which are covered below
under HYDRANT CONNECTIONS.
Fiberglass pipe is somewhat sensitive to impact and should not be subjected to point
loadings. It is important that pipe be inspected for impact damage to both the pipe and
the end prior to installation.
Specific instruction regarding the assembly of adhesive-bonded joints in 2 through
8 inch sizes and Pronto-Lock® II joints in 8-inch sizes and above are contained in the
appropriate publications.
Burial recommendations Design

The structural design of a buried conduit requires calculations of the probable
maximum load, determination of the inherent strength of the pipe and selection of
field bedding and backfill conditions that insure that the supporting strength of the
installed pipe will be adequate.
Bondstrand pipe is considered as a flexible conduit having the ability to deflect as
it is loaded, thereby transmitting the load to the side fill in the same manner as
corrugated metal pipe. The load-carrying capacity of Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe
ISO-9001
is exceptional because of its ability to redistribute crush, shear and beam loads
through deflection.
The following table lists recommended cover heights for Bondstrand Series 3200
pipe installed in a trench under conditions as noted.
CERTIFICATED FIRM FP267C (3/99)
Burial recommendations As a practical measure, it is recommended that a minimum earth cover of 3 feet
(cont.) with H-20 live loads be observed. For special installations outside these limits,
consult Ameron Fiberglass Systems. Sleeving details are covered under
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS.
Recommended Earth Cover Heights for Pipe with
Sidesoil Compaction 85-95% Proctor
Nominal Earth Cover Nominal Pipe Nominal Earth Cover Nominal Pipe
Pipe Size H (ft) Stiffness Factor Pipe Size H (ft) Stiffness Factor
(in) (mm) (max) (min) (lb•in2⁄in) (in) (mm) (max) (min) (lb•in2⁄in)
— — — — — 8 200 25 3 500
2 50 25 3 40 10 250 25 3 750
3 80 25 3 50 12 300 25 3 1000
4 100 25 3 100 14 350 25 3 1400
6 150 25 3 250 16 400 25 3 1650
1) These values are based on obtaining 85% minimum compaction of the side fill material prior to backfilling
the remainder of the trench.
2) Modulus of soil reaction (E') using sound earth or granular soils compacted to 85-95% Proctor, 40-70%
relative density is 1000 psi.
Excavation
1) The excavation shall be made to allow the pipe to be laid to the grades and
alignments shown on the plans.
2) The narrowest practical trench width that will allow proper densification of the
pipe zone backfill shall be maintained with vertical sidewalls from the foundation to
at least the top of the pipe, except that a minimum trench width equal to the inside
diameter of the pipe plus twelve (12) inches shall be maintained. The maximum
trench width from the foundation to the top of the pipe shall be the inside diameter
of the pipe plus twenty-four (24) inches.
3) Beneath vehicular traffic, the height of earth cover over the top of the installed
pipe shall not be less than three (3) feet unless suitable methods are used to
protect the pipe.
4) Foundations shall be firm, but not hard, and shall consist of sound earth1 or
granular soil2, free from stones or lumps exceeding one (1) inch in greatest
dimension that might bear against the pipe. Suitable foundations may be prepared
by overexcavating the trench for not less than one (1) inch and backfilling to
subgrade with loose bank run material, graded uniformly in one plane for the full
length of the pipe. Slight overexcavation should be provided at the location of each
bell so that the pipe barrel rests on the bottom of the trench. Foundations shall
provide uniform support under the haunches of the pipe along the full length of
each pipe section.
5) When the excavation is in soft or wet, unstable soils that will not provide
sufficient support for the pipe, the trench shall be overexcavated at least six
(6) inches and backfilled to one (1) inch below subgrade with solid granular soil
compacted to at least 85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). The subgrade
shall then be completed as described in §4. The method described in NFPA No. 24
§8-4.3 under “Exception” is not acceptable for fiberglass pipe.
6) When solid rock, hardpan or other hard foundation is encountered during
excavation, the trench shall be overexcavated at least six (6) inches and backfilled
to one (1) inch below subgrade with solid granular soil compacted to at least
85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). The subgrade shall then be completed
as described in §4.
1) Most native soils, with the exception of highly organic, spongy soils and fat, highly plastic expansive clays.
2) Sand with a maximum particle size of 1⁄4 inch or gravel with a minimum grain size of 1⁄4 inch, or pea gravel or
crushed rock mixed with sand.
2
Burial recommendations Pipe laying
(cont.) Assemble the pipe in accordance with the appropriate instructions for the joining
system being used.
On grades exceeding 10%, the pipe should be laid uphill.
In order to insure against line movement in the ditch, place a small quantity of select
backfill (no rocks or heavy clods) carefully around the pipe after each joint is laid and
tamp it thoroughly around the bottom of the pipe. Wear leather gloves when making up
the threads by hand. Although the parts are carefully deflashed in the plant, some
sharp, undressed edges may remain.
Temporary thrust blocking consisting of When work is not in progress, cap the pipe ends to prevent entry of debris, rodents and
floor jacks and wooden timber should
the like.
be used during hydrotesting to prevent
excessive pipe movement and possible Thrust blocks
shear or bending failures. Point As noted under GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS, Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe systems do not
loadings on pipe or fittings should be require thrust blocking or tie rod harnesses as all of the pipe and fitting connections are
avoided by means of wooden block capable of taking the full axial load imposed by internal pressure with a minimum safety
contoured to bear on pipe or fittings.
factor 4:1. Prudence, however, dictates that, where a change in direction occurs close
to a large positive displacement pump, the fitting be thrust blocked to prevent racking
of the line when the pump cycles. In every case, the design, location and placement of
thrust blocks must comply with NFPA No. 24 and any local authority having juris-
diction. Typical thrust block details are shown in Figure 1.
Concrete thrust
block Concrete thrust block
Fig. 1. Thrust blocking at fittings
Backfill
1) Backfill materials shall be so placed that the pipe will not be displaced or damaged.
Materials placed as pipe zone backfill shall be free of stones or lumps exceeding one
(1) inch in greatest dimension, and shall be so placed as to prevent the formation of
voids.
2) Pipe zone backfill preparation shall be specified along the entire reach of the
pipeline as shown on the plans and the drawings. Pipe zone backfill shall consist of
sound earth or granular soil free of vegetation that might leave voids upon decompo-
sition. Pipe zone backfill shall be carefully packed and compacted to the applicable
dimensions and relative compactions specified.
The requirements for pipe zone backfill preparation shall be determined on the basis of
the local native soil conditions and earth and traffic load magnitudes at the pipe zone
depth so that vertical ring deflection will be limited to 5% of the nominal pipe diameter.
In general, the pipe zone backfill shall be placed immediately after laying the pipe,
provided the pipe is true to line and grade.
3
Burial recommendations 3) The backfill shall be blended sufficiently to secure the best practicable degree of
(cont.) compaction and stability.
Compaction may be performed by mechanical or hand tamping methods or by
hydraulic methods, except in the following cases:
a) Where soils are clayey or silty and would impede free drainage, hydraulic
methods shall not be used.
b) Free-draining granular soils may be compacted by hydraulic methods with or
without the aid of surface or internal vibration as required to achieve specific
compactions.
Care shall be taken during compaction to prevent displacement of the pipe due to
floating or shifting, and to prevent hydrostatic or impact damage to the pipe and
foundation. Avoid using heavy mechanical tamping or rolIing equipment directly over
the top of the pipe as this might cause excessive reduction of the vertical diameter of
the installed pipe until a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches of earth cover has been
placed.
4) Backfill above the pipe zone backfill1 shall not be placed until conformance with
specified relative compactions of pipe zone backfill materials has been confirmed.
1) Shall comprise that portion of the backfill surrounding the installed pipe extending after compact ion from
the foundation to a level six (6) inches above the top of the pipe.
Attention is drawn to §8-9.2 of NFPA No. 24. Pipe between joints must be covered with
a minimum of 24 inches of earth cover leaving the pipe joints and fittings exposed until
after hydrotesting.
Pressure testing Air testing

Low pressure (5-10 psi) air testing has been used successfully as a low cost preliminary
test to determine joint integrity. Pinched or missing O-rings will normally result in
audible leakage at these pressures.
It should be pointed out that an air test is not considered a substitute for the final
hydrostatic test; it is merely an expedient means to evaluate the seating of the O-rings
that may eliminate the need for costly cleanup and/or Line drainage should repairs be
necessary.
Air testing at any pressure can be dangerous and should be conducted carefully with
experienced personnel only. High pressure air (compressed gas) testing is extremely
dangerous and should never be used. Flammable or explosive gases should never be
used for pressure testing.
Hydrotesting
It is advantageous to test a pipe line in short sections of about 1,000 feet. This is partic-
ularly true at the beginning of an installation as it gives the contractor and all concerned
a check of the initial installation methods. Additionally, testing in short sections permits
one section to be backfilled to grade while the installation continues on to the next
section. Installing a system in its entirety before testing may allow errors to be carried
through the whole job with the result that corrective repairs may be very expensive and
time consuming.
Venting air from the line is of major importance. As the pipeline is filled with water, the
turbulent flow of the rushing water causes air to become entrained. As the water
settles, the air collects at high points and becomes entrapped in the pipeline. This air
must be allowed to escape by using an air vent at the highest part of the line. Lost air
must be replaced by more water so that the line is completely filled with water before it
is pressurized.
The line should be filled with water 24 hours before testing and should be held at a
nominal pressure (30 to 50 psi) during this period. At this time, the Pronto-Lock II
connections should be inspected for leakage as any pinched or missing O-rings will
leak at this pressure. Note that a pinched O-ring will often seal at 250 psi, but leak at
30 psi. Before the line is brought up to total test pressure, all air vents should be opened
and any remaining air purged from the system.
4
Pressure testing Bondstrand Series 3200 piping systems should be tested in accordance with NFPA
(cont.) No. 24.
1) The following paragraphs defining permitted leakage are reproduced from NFPA
No. 24, Section 8-9.3.
a) (§8-9.3.1*) All new yard piping shall be tested hydrostatically at not less than 200
pounds per square inch (13.8 bars) pressure for two hours, or at 50 pounds per
square inch (3.4 bars) in excess of the maximum static pressure when the maximum
static pressure is in excess of 150 pounds per square inch (10.3 bars). (See A-8-9.8.1)
b) (§8-9.3.2*) The amount of leakage in piping shall be measured at the specified test
pressure by pumping from a calibrated contained, For new pipe, the amount of
leakage at the joints shall not exceed two quarts per hour (1.89l/h) per 100 gaskets or
joints irrespective of pipe diameter.
c) (§8-9.3.3) The amount of allowable leakage specified in 8-9.3.2 may be increased by
one fluid ounce per inch valve diameter per hour (30ml/25mm/h) for each metal
seated valve isolating the test section. If dry barrel hydrants are tested with the main
valve open causing the hydrants to be under pressure, an additional five ounces per
minute (150ml/min) leakage is permitted for each hydrant.
2) New pipe laid with rubber gasketed joints should, if the workmanship is satisfactory,
have no leakage at the joints. Unsatisfactory amounts of leakage usually result from
twisted, pinched or cut gaskets. However, some leakage might result from small
amounts of grit or small gasket imperfections. The amount of leakage at the joints
should not exceed two quarts per hour per 100 joints, irrespective of pipe diameter.
The leakage should be distributed over all joints. If such leakage occurs at a few joints,
the installation should be considered unsatisfactory and necessary repairs made.
3) Tests shall be made by the contractor in the presence of the inspector of the
authority having jurisdiction or of the representative of the owner. If the completed
systems fail, the following check points may be helpful in locating leaks:
a) A hydrant valve held open by a piece of rag, wood or some other foreign matter. When
the valve is held slightly open, line pressure will be relieved through a hydrant drain.
b) Dirt or foreign material in the O-ring groove.
c) Pipe not sufficiently covered in the trench.
d) Fittings and valves in the test section not sufficiently blocked.
e) Air in line (no relief valve).
f) Leakage through valve at the end of test section.
g) Valve bonnet leaking.
h) Packing on valves and wet-barrel hydrants leaking.
i) Test pump leaking, check valves as well as gate valve.
j) Curves not sufficiently covered in the trench.
k) Testing overly long sections of pipeline.
l) Insufficient saturation time (less than 24 hours).
m) Ruptured pipe that has cracked or blown out.
n) Broken fittings.
o) Faulty accessory equipment such as valves, fittings, hydrants, saddles, relief valves.
p) Faulty test gauge.
q) Test pump suction line drawing air.
Miscellaneous details Water pits and manholes

Where “water pits” are used, pipe penetrations will be necessary though the concrete
wall of the water pit. Figure 2 shows a typical wall penetration. Where differential
settling may occur, a Pronto-Lock II joint should be located within 2 to 3 feet of the
penetration. Severe applications should leave a second Pronto-Lock II joint as close to
the first as possible. The 2° deflection capability of the joints will enable them to
function as limited flexible connectors. As a guide to sizing the penetration opening,
Pronto-Lock II coupling dimensions are given on the next page.
5
Miscellaneous details Pronto-Lock II Coupling Dimensions
Nominal Maximum O.D.
Pipe Size Male End Female End
(in) (mm) (in) (in)
8 200 10.00 10.75
10 250 12.25 13.25
12 300 14.25 15.25
14 350 16.25 17.25
16 400 18.50 19.50
Steel pipe sleeve
Fiberglass pipe
Fig. 2. Typical wall penetration. The wall

thickness of the fiberglass pipe may be
increased by bonding split pipe sections to
the pipe. The split sections should extend
2 to 3 inches beyond the penetration.
Elastomeric caulking
2-in min. thickness
Valves
Valves in water pits or manholes should not bear on the pipe. Figure 3 shows a typical
support at a flange.
Fig. 3. Pipe support at flanges
Where steel flanges are used, they must be flat-faced or a spacer ring must be used.
Flange bolts must always use flat washers under the bolt head and nut. Flat gaskets
shall be elastomeric with a Shore A Durometer hardness of 70±5. Flange bolts should
be tightened uniformly to the bolt torque shown below.
6
Miscellaneous details Nominal Maximum Nominal Maximum
(cont.) Pipe Size Bolt Torque Pipe Size Bolt Torque
(in) (mm) (ft•lbs) (N•m) (in) (mm) (ft•lbs) (N•m)
— — — — 8 200 60 81
2 50 35 48 10 250 70 95
3 80 50 68 12 300 80 108
All fiberglass blind flanges must
employ steel back-up flanges. 4 100 50 68 14 350 100 136
6 150 50 68 16 400 100 136
Sleeved road crossings

Fiberglass pipe should be sleeved at all railroad crossings. As noted under BURIAL
RECOMMENDATIONS. Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe is designed for H-20 live loads with
3-ft cover. However, where frequent heavy truck traffic can be expected, it may be
prudent to sleeve the pipe. Yard piping under crossroads does not require sleeving.
Pipe should be protected against excessive beam deflection by means of centralizers
and from bearing against the end of the casing with Link-Seal* or other elastomeric
bearing materials. Where differential settling may occur, the same steps as described
under WATER PITS may be followed. Figure 4 below shows typical sleeving details.
* Registered trademark of The Thunderline Corporation.
Casing seal Link-Seal or equivalent

Elastomeric bearing material
Fig. 4. Typical sleeving details

Centralizer
Hydrant connections
Hydrant connections may be made by means of flanges (where permitted) or by
Bondstrand Series 3200 cast iron pipe crossovers. CIPE crossovers will connect to
gasketed bell or mechanical joint cast iron pipe and must always be restrained.
CIPE crossovers are available for adhesive-bonded pipe in 6-inch sizes and below.
Cast iron pipe (or fittings)

with slip-on bell end or Wear saddle
mechanical joint
Fig. 5. Cast iron pIpe to fiberglass pipe
transition. For 8-16 inch CIPE
crossovers, a 360° saddle made from CIPE crossover
split pipe sections must be placed
between the fiberglass pipe and the
retaining clamp; the clamp must be
tightened only to a snug fit. The clamp
must not grip the pipe, but only bear
against the Pronto-Lock II bell. For 3-6
inch CIPE crossovers, a 360° saddle is Fiberglass pipe
not necessary. Here, too, the retaining Standard CIP retaining or fitting
clamp should be tightened only to a clamps (2)
snug fit and should bear against the
raised shoulder of the crossover that
has been adhesive-bonded to the
fiberglass pipe.
7
Miscellaneous details Bending
(cont.) Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe is somewhat flexible. Gradual changes in direction
may be made as long as the minimum bending radius is not exceeded. In
8 through 16-inch sizes, the 2° deflection capability of the Pronto-Lock II joint
decreases the distance required for a given change in direction. The guidelines
shown below should be followed for making gradual changes in direction.
Minimum Maximum Minimum

Nominal Bending Deflection Length Required
Pipe Size Radius1 per 39-ft Joint for 10° Change
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (deg) (ft) (m)
2 50 75 23 30.2 13.2 4
3 80 100 30 20 20 6
4 100 150 46 15 27 8
6 150 200 61 1 40 12
8 200 300 91 7 + 2 = 9.3 57 - 13 = 444 12
10 250 350 107 6+2= 8 67 - 13 = 54 16
12 300 400 123 5+2= 7 80 - 13 = 67 20
14 350 450 137 4+2= 6 100 - 13 = 87 27
16 400 500 152 3+2= 5 133 - 13 =120 37
1) At rated pressure. Sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations. Do not bend pipe until
adhesive has cured.
2) 2 - 6 inch: pipe deflection only.
3) 8 - 16 inch: pipe deflection plus 2° Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection.
4) 8 - 16 inch: pipe minimum length minus 13-ft (4 m) effect of Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection.
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1991 Ameron • FP267C (3/99) supersedes FP267B (5/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [472]
Lubricant Plant Lines Convey

Lubricants from Dock to Plant
with Bondstrand Series 3200
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Mamonal, Colombia
Client Texaco/Colombia
Application Conveying lubricants from dock to plant
Product 12" Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe with Pronto-Lock® II joining system.
FP263 (10/98)
" Twin pipelines convey lubricants from dock to
plant.
# Bondstrand 3200 has provided trouble-free service for

over 25 years.
with Pronto-Lock® II joining system was installed in 1979 at this lubricant plant in
Colombia. The piping conveys lubricants from the dock to the plant.
The pipe is installed in a highly corrosive environment subject to heavy tropical rains
during most of the year. The twin pipelines are installed above ground and exposed
to constant bio-corrosion and UV.
The pipeline has experienced trouble-free service for approximately 20 years,
exceeding the life expectancy of comparable metallic products.
Advantages Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and UV

degradation.
Cost savings - Using Bondstrand eliminated the need for costly replacement and
maintenance which would have been needed for comparable metallic products.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

®
Refinery Fire
Protection Lines
Location Salt Lake City, Utah
Client Amoco
Application Total of 8000 feet of fire protection piping for oil refinery.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP174C (10/95)
Pipe system Eight-inch Bondstrand Series 3200 with Pronto-Lock® II mechanical joining
system.
Advantages Corrosion resistance: The high water table, combined with the high soil concentra-
tion of salt, caused an average of one failure per month in the existing cast iron pipe.
Reduced thrust block requirements: Thrust blocks were needed only for tying into
existing pipelines.
UL listing: Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for 200 psi fire protection service.
Non-conductive, non-metallic construction: No cathodic protection required.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1985 Ameron • FP174C (10/95) supersedes FP174B (6/94) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [021]
Potable Water Line

in Abu Dhabi
using Bondstrand Series 3200 piping
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Adnoc-Ruwais Refinery, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Client Abu Dhabi National Oil Company
Application Underground transport of potable water across 12,700 m (41,700 ft); maximum
operating pressure 16 bar (232 psi) and maximum temperature 50°C (122°F).
FP175B (8/96)
Pipe System Twelve-inch diameter Bondstrand Series 3200 with Pronto-Lock® II
mechanical joining system.
Advantages Corrosion resistance: Bondstrand Series 3200 is able to resist corrosion due to
ground salts.
Potable water approval: Bondstrand Series 3200 is approved for use as potable
water lines.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1985 Ameron • FP175B (8/96) supersedes FP175A (12/94) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [021]
Bondstrand® Product Data

Pipe and Fittings
using Key-Lock® mechanical
or taper/taper adhesive
bonded joint
Uses and applications Brackish water lines Saltwater and seawater lines
Crude oil transmission pipelines Seawater intake and discharge lines
Drainage systems Sewage systems
Electrical conduit Submerged pipelines
Fire protection systems Temporary pipelines
Highly corrosive crude oil pipelines Waste water lines
Potable water lines General industrial service for mildly
Oil field reinjection systems corrosive liquids
Description Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with Key-Lock male and female
mechanical joining system or matching taper adhesive-bonded joint.
Pipe designs from 150 to 725 psig using a 7200 psi hydrostatic design basis (cyclic)
with a 1.0 service factor, or 21,500 psi HDB Static and SF=0.5.
Cycloaliphatic amine cured resin construction for operating temperatures to 200°F.
Manufactured per ASTM D2996. ASTM D2310 classification: RTRP-11AX,
RTRP-11 FX (including 20-mil liner on request).
System designed to provide 4:1 safety factor for static applications in accordance
with ASTM D1599.
The information in this document is available in metric format: request Product Data
Sheet FP452, revision C or later.
Joining systems Key-Lock male and female mechanical joint assembled with locking keys in inte-
grally wound male and female ends. Systems in larger diameters and higher pres-
sure ratings are provided with dual locking keys. Key-Lock joined systems employ
elastomeric O-rings for hydrostatic seal.
Taper/taper for adhesive-bonded joint using integrally wound bells and spigots.
Pipe lengths Nominal Pipe Size Random Length

(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
2-6 50-150 20 6.1
8-24 200-600 20, 40 6.1, 12.2
28-40 700-1000 40 11.8
FP159D (4/99)
Typical pipe pressure Nominal Internal Ultimate Collapse Pressure (psig)3
performance Pipe Size Pressure Rating 34101 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425
(in) (mm) (psig) 1502 180 200 230 290 360
2 50 180 to 725 368 368 368 368 368 368
3 80 180 725 98 98 98 98 98 115
1) Pipe series designation: final two dig-
4 100 180 725 46 46 46 35 35 109
its indicate metric pressure class: e.g.
3425 is rated at 25 bar. 6 150 180 725 18 24 28 36 56 90
8 200 150 725 18 18 22 27 43 92
2) Pressure class (psig)
10 250 150 725 14 14 17 28 40 83
3) Ultimate collapse pressures for higher
12 300 150 725 12 14 16 27 42 85
pressure classes exceed tabulated
values. 14 350 150 580 10 14 19 26 39 91
4) Italicized bold-face entries indicate 16 400 150 580 9 12 17 26 41 89
dual locking key design. 18 450 150 580 8 14 17 27 40 87
20 500 150 580 10 14 18 27 39 87
24 600 150 460 8 13 16 26 41 88
28 700 150 230 7 10 16 27 — —
30 750 150 230 7 10 17 27 — —
32 800 150 230 6 10 17 27 — —
36 900 150 230 5 9 16 26 — —
40 1000 150 230 5 9 17 26 — —
Typical pipe dimensions Nominal Pipe Minimum Total Wall Thickness1 (in)
Pipe Size ID 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 3450
(in) (mm) (in) 150 180 200 230 290 360 460 580 725
2 50 2.10 .091 .091 .091 .091 .091 .091 .091 .098 .110
1) Total wall thickness includes 20-mil 3 80 3.22 .091 .091 .091 .091 .091 .094 .102 .126 .153
liner thickness.
4 100 4.14 .091 .091 .091 .098 .098 .114 .126 .157 .197
6 150 6.26 .098 .106 .110 .118 .134 .154 .181 .228 .283
8 200 8.22 .122 .122 .130 .138 .157 .197 .232 .095 .366
10 250 10.35 .138 .138 .146 .169 .189 .236 .287 .366 .453
12 300 12.35 .154 .161 .169 .197 .224 .280 .339 .429 .535
14 350 13.56 .161 .177 .193 .213 .240 .311 .370 .472 —
16 400 15.50 .173 .189 .209 .240 .276 .350 .421 .535 —
18 450 17.08 .181 .217 .228 .264 .299 .382 .461 .551 —
20 500 18.98 .213 .236 .256 .291 .327 .421 .512 .650 —
24 600 22.78 .236 .276 .296 .343 .398 .504 .610 — —
28 700 27.56 .276 .299 .354 .413 — — — — —
30 750 29.52 .283 .319 .382 .441 — — — — —
32 800 31.50 .291 .339 .406 .469 — — — — —
36 900 35.43 .311 .378 .449 .524 — — — — —
40 1000 39.37 .338 .417 .500 .579 — — — — —
Pipe weight Nominal Minimum Weight of Empty Pipe (lb/ft)

Pipe Size 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 3450
(in) (mm) 150 180 200 230 290 360 460 580 725
2 50 .47 .47 .47 .47 .47 .47 .47 .47 .54
3 80 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .74 .81 1.01 1.21
4 100 .87 .87 .87 .94 .94 1.15 1.28 1.62 2.02
6 150 1.42 1.55 1.62 1.75 2.02 2.29 2.76 3.57 4.45
8 200 2.36 2.36 2.56 2.70 3.10 3.98 4.72 6.07 7.62
10 250 3.37 3.37 3.57 4.25 4.72 6.00 7.35 9.5 11.9
12 300 4.52 4.79 5.00 5.86 6.74 8.49 10.4 13.3 16.8
14 350 5.26 5.80 6.34 7.01 7.95 10.4 12.5 16.1 —
16 400 6.40 7.08 7.82 9.03 10.4 13.4 16.2 20.9 —
18 450 7.41 8.96 9.44 11.0 12.5 16.1 19.6 25.2 —
20 500 14.4 10.9 11.8 13.5 15.2 19.8 24.2 31.1 —
24 600 13.0 15.2 16.4 19.1 22.3 28.5 34.7 — —
28 700 18.4 20.1 24.1 28.0 — — — — —
30 750 20.3 22.9 27.6 32.0 — — — — —
32 800 22.2 26.0 31.3 36.3 — — — — —
36 900 26.8 32.7 39.0 45.7 — — — — —
40 1000 32.4 40.2 48.4 56.2 — — — — —
2
properties Thermal conductivity
Pipe wall Btu•in/(hr•ft2•°F) 2.3 C177
W/m•°C 0.33
Thermal expansion linear
Axial 10-6 in/in/°F 10 D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 18
Circumferential 10-6 in/in/°F 6 D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 10.8
10-6 m 5.3
Density lb/in3 0.065 D792
g/cm3 1.8

properties Pipe Property Units (21°C) (93°C) Method
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 18.6 - D1599
MPa 128 -
Tensile modulus 106 psi 3.67 3.19
GPa 25.3 22.0
Poisson’s ratio 0.50 0.65 D2105
Longitudinal
Tensile strength 103 psi 9.43 7.25 D2105
MPa 65 50
Tensile modulus 106 psi 1.45 1.13 D2105
GPa 10.0 7.80
Poisson’s ratio 0.40 0.45 D2105
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus 106 psi 1.33 1.02 D2925
GPa 9.2 7.0
Hydrostatic design basis
Static 103 psi 21.41 - D2992B
MPa 148 -
Cyclic 103 psi 7.31 - D2992A
MPa 50 -
1) At 150°F.
Recommended span Nominal Recommended Span Lengths for Horizontal Support @ 70°F1 (ft)
lengths Pipe Size 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 3450
(in) (mm) 150 180 200 230 290 360 460 580 725
2 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
3 80 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 13
4 100 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 14 15
6 150 14 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 18
8 200 16 16 16 16 17 18 19 20 21
10 250 17 17 18 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 300 19 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
14 350 20 20 20 21 21 23 24 25 —
16 400 20 21 21 22 23 25 26 27 —
18 450 21 22 23 23 24 26 27 29 —
20 500 23 23 24 25 25 27 29 30 —
24 600 25 26 26 27 28 30 31 — —
28 700 27 28 29 30 — — — — —
30 750 28 29 30 31 — — — — —
32 800 28 30 31 32 — — — — —
36 900 30 31 33 34 — — — — —
40 1000 31 33 35 36 — — — — —
1) Span recommendations are based on pipe filled with fresh water (S.G. = 1.0) and include no provision
for weight from valves, flanges, or other heavy objects. Span recommendations are calculated for a
maximum long-term deflection of 1⁄2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. Fully
continuous spans may be used with support spacing up to 20% greater for this deflection: in simple
spans, support spacing should be 20% less.
3
Minimum bending radius Nominal Minimum Allowable Bending Radius @ 70°F (ft)
Pipe Size 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 3450
(in) (mm) 150 180 200 230 290 360 460 580 725
2 50 30 30 30 30 40 40 60 70 90
3 80 50 50 55 60 75 105 165 150 150
4 100 70 75 85 90 125 140 210 185 175
6 150 125 135 160 175 205 245 305 280 275
8 200 165 205 240 275 335 310 390 355 355
10 250 230 300 375 340 455 425 490 445 460
12 300 285 355 450 410 515 495 584 545 545
14 350 335 380 430 460 600 515 640 585 —
16 400 415 490 550 525 644 595 640 675 —
18 450 495 490 600 570 740 670 810 475 —
20 500 485 550 640 630 855 745 880 830 —
24 600 655 670 820 775 940 885 1060 — —
28 700 925 1050 985 915 — — — — —
30 750 1050 1130 1130 990 — — — — —
32 800 1180 1210 1100 1060 — — — — —
36 900 1460 1370 1270 1190 — — — — —
40 1000 1710 1520 1390 1339 — — — — —
Field testing Bondstrand 3400 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic testing at 150% of
rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2 1 ft = 0.3048 m

1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2 1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 MPa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2 1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 GPa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2 °C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
1 in = 25.4 mm
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1988 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP159D (4/99) 5M[186]

®
with guide specification

Pipe and Fittings
for corrosive industrial service
2”-6” installs with no shaving required
Uses and applications Acid drains

Chemical process piping
Corrosive slurries
Food processing
Geothermal
Nonoxidizing chemicals and acids
Listings Meets USFDA requirements for food processing piping under Federal Regulations
21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2280 when bonded using Bondstrand RP6B
adhesive.
Performance Working pressure from 150 to 300 psig (1.0 to 2.0 MPa) depending on pipe size.
Operating temperatures to 250°F (120°C), depending on fluid. Subzero
temperatures will not adversely affect mechanical properties.
most soils.
to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine
the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
Joining systems Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint. 2” through 6” pipe outside

diameter is within tolerance for reliable bonding without shaving. Integral pipe stop
in socket featured for predictable, precise laying length.
FP215E (11/99)
Composition Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with nominal 0.050-inch (1.3 mm)
resin-rich reinforced liner.
Nominal
(in) (mm) (D2996)
2-3 50-75 RTRP 11FW-2221
4-6 100-150 RTRP 11FW-2222
8-16 200-400 RTRP 11FE-1113
Furnished with reinforced liner using same materials as pipe.
Tees 90° and 45° elbows
Crosses Nipples and couplings
45° laterals Tapered body reducers
Saddles (no liner) Threaded adapters (2 to 6 inch)
Victaulic adapters (2 to 6 inch)
Bondstrand Series 4000
filament-wound fittings, pipe
and adhesive provide a
continuous liner throughout Molded fittings (General Service only)
the piping system.
Tees 90° and 45° elbows
Reducing flanges Reducer bushings
Endcaps Plugs
Flanges
2 to 16-inch flanges match ANSI B16.5 bolt hole pattern for Cl 150 lb flanges.
Other flange drilling patterns such as DIN, ISO, JIS, ANSI B16.5 Cl 300, etc.
available on special request.
Flanged fittings
2 to 12-inch filament-wound flanged fittings match ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5
bolt hole pattern and laying length dimensions. ANSI 90° elbows must be specified
as being either ‘long’ or ‘short’ when ordering.
Bondstrand type PSX™•34 two-part epoxy adhesive for field fabrication.

Pipe Size Length
(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
2- 6 50-150 20 or 40 6 or 12
8 200 20 or 30 6 or 9
10-16 250-400 20 6
2
and weights Pipe Size ID Thickness1 Sectional Area2 Weight
2 50 2.10 53 .123 3.1 0.52 335 0.7 1.1
3 80 3.21 82 .126 3.2 0.81 525 1.0 1.5
4 100 4.14 105 .151 3.8 1.38 890 1.6 2.4
6 150 6.19 157 .181 4.6 2.63 1700 2.5 3.7
8 200 8.22 209 .229 5.8 5.83 3760 4.1 6.1
10 250 10.35 263 .229 5.8 7.31 4720 5.1 7.7
12 300 12.35 314 .229 5.8 8.69 5610 6.1 9.1
14 350 13.56 344 .250 6.3 10.40 6710 7.4 11.0
16 400 15.50 394 .286 7.3 13.40 8650 9.6 14.0
1) The minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 87.5% of nominal wall thickness in
accordance with ASTM D2996.
Typical pipe performance Nominal Internal Ultimate Collapse

Pipe Size Pressure Rating1 Pressure
2 50 300 3.10 215 1.46
3 80 300 2.21 61 0.40
4 100 300 2.41 100 0.56
6 150 300 1.72 68 0.17
8 200 220 1.52 16 0.11
10 250 175 1.21 8 0.06
12 300 150 1.03 5 0.03
14 350 150 1.03 5 0.03
16 400 150 1.03 6 0.04
1) At 200°F (93°C) using Bondstrand type PSX™•34 adhesive. For sustained service
above 200°F, reduce rating linearly from tabulated 200°F values to 50% of those
values at 250°F (121°C). Above 250°F, reduce ratings linearly to 0 at 300°F (149°C).
2) At 70°F (21°C). Reduce linearly to 90% at 150°F (66°C), 80% at 200°F and 65% at
230°F (110°C).
3
Fittings pressure Nominal Filament-Wound Molded Tapered Body
ratings Pipe Size Elbows & Tees Elbows & Tees Reducers & Flanges
2 50 375 2.59 300 2.07 450 3.10
3 80 325 2.24 225 1.55 350 2.41
4 100 300 2.07 175 1.21 350 2.41
6 150 225 1.55 150 1.03 250 1.72
8 200 225 1.55 - - 225 1.55
10 250 200 1.38 - - 175 1.21
12 300 175 1.21 - - 150 1.03
14 350 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03
16 400 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03
Nominal Blind Flanges

Pipe Size Laterals Crosses & Saddles
2 50 275 1.90 150 1.03 150 1.03
3 80 250 1.72 150 1.03 150 1.03
4 100 200 1.38 150 1.03 150 1.03
6 150 150 1.03 100 0.69 150 1.03
8 200 150 1.03 100 0.69 150 1.03
10 250 150 1.03 100 0.69 150 1.03
12 300 150 1.03 100 0.69 150 1.03
14 350 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03
16 400 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03
1) All pressure ratings valid from room temperature to 225°F (107°C) using Ameron epoxy adhesives.
For service above 225°F, reduce the ratings shown linearly by 50% from 225°F to 250°F (121°C).

properties Nominal Pipe Size 2”-6” 8”-16”
Pipe wall Btu•in/(hr•ft2•°F) 1.70 1.70 C177
W/m•°C 0.25 0.25
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 8.50 10.00 D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 15.30 18.00
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 -
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 17.40 17.40 -
10-6 m 5.30 5.30
Specific gravity - 1.80 1.80 D792
Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07
4
properties Pipe Property Units 21°C 93°C Method
1”, 11/2” 2”-6” 1”, 11/2” 2”-6”
Nominal Pipe Size
8”-16” 8”-16”
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 18.50 32.00 - - D1599
MPa 128.00 220.00 - -
GPa 25.20 29.00 22.10 25.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.56 0.26 0.68 0.32 D2105
Longitudinal
MPa 58.60 110.00 47.60 90.00
GPa 11.10 20.70 8.60 16.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.37 0.16 0.41 0.20 D2105
Beam apparent
GPa 11.70 16.60 6.90 12.20
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic) 103 psi 6.00 16.001 - - D2992
MPa 41.40 110.00 - -
1) Static

Pipe Size Factor3 Stiffness3 of Inertia4
2 50 95 10.7 420 2.90 0.38 0.16
3 80 105 11.9 200 1.40 1.16 0.48
4 100 230 26.9 155 1.10 3.25 1.35
6 150 500 56.5 110 0.76 13.60 5.66
8 200 1288 146.0 114 0.78 40.10 16.70
10 250 1288 146.0 68 0.40 78.60 32.70
12 300 1288 146.0 35 0.24 132.00 55.00
14 350 1759 199.0 36 0.25 194.00 80.90
16 400 2761 312.0 38 0.26 338.00 141.00
2) At 150°F (66°C).
3) Per ASTM D2412.

Pipe Size (R) (30 m) Bending Length (α)
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (deg)
2 50 75 22.9 15.9 4.8 76
3 80 100 30.5 12.1 3.7 57
α
4 100 200 70.0 6.4 2.0 29
H 6 150 250 76.2 5.0 1.5 23
8 200 304 93.0 4.1 1.3 19
cL
10 250 379 116.0 3.3 1.0 15
S
12 300 450 137.0 2.8 0.85 13
α
14 350 494 151.0 2.5 0.76 12
16 400 564 172.0 2.2 0.67 10
5
Buried installations Thrust blocks: most properly bedded installations do not require thrust blocks at
ambient operating temperatures. Consult Ameron for information regarding
blocking of buried pipelines for your specific application.
Live loads: when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided
with at least 3 ft (1 m) of cover, Bondstrand 4000 will carry H20 wheel loadings of
at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) per axle.
Span lengths Recommended maximum support spacings for Bondstrand Series 4000 pipe at
midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0.
Nominal
Pipe Size Continuous Spans (ft) Single Spans (ft)
(in) (mm) 100°F 150°F 200°F 250°F 100°F 150°F 200°F 250°F
2 50 13.6 12.9 12.0 10.8 9.1 8.6 8.0 7.2
3 80 15.6 14.7 13.7 12.4 10.4 9.8 9.1 8.3
4 100 17.9 17.0 15.8 14.3 12.0 11.3 10.5 9.5
6 150 20.0 18.9 17.6 15.9 13.4 12.6 11.8 10.6
8 200 22.3 21.1 19.6 17.7 14.8 14.0 13.1 11.8
10 250 23.6 22.3 20.8 18.8 15.7 14.9 13.8 12.5
12 300 24.7 23.4 21.8 19.7 16.5 15.6 14.4 13.1
14 350 26.0 24.6 22.9 20.7 17.3 16.4 15.3 13.8
16 400 28.0 26.5 24.6 22.2 18.6 12.6 16.4 14.8
1) Span recommendations include no provision for weights (fittings,valves, flanges, etc.) or thrusts (branches,
turns, etc.).
2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good
3) Continuous spans are defined as interior (not end) spans that are uniform in length and free from structural
rotation at the supports. Single spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the
supports.
Field testing Bondstrand 4000 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic testing at 150% of
rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.
6
Pipe construction The structural wall of Bondstrand 4000 pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall have
continuous glass fibers wound in a matrix of aromatic amine cured epoxy resin.
The integral reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of C-glass and a resin/hardener
system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 50-mil nominal
thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not be
allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation
and operation of the pipe.
Pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psig at 200°F.
In 2 through 6-inch sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capability at 70°F.
Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 Specification for filament-
wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP). When classified under
ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 1 and Class F (RTRP-11FE or
-11FW) cell limits in 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes.
Filament-wound epoxy fiberglass pipe shall be translucent to allow for inspection of
damage.
Pipe in 2 through 8-inch sizes shall be furnished in 30 or 40-ft random lengths to
minimize the number of field-bonded joints for rapid installation.
Standard fittings Fittings in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resin-
construction rich liner of 50-mil nominal thickness and of the same glass and resin type as the
pipe. When properly installed with Ameron adhesive and lined filament-wound
Bondstrand fittings, Series 4000 piping systems shall provide the equivalent of a
continuous resin-rich liner throughout.
Compression-molded fittings in 2, 3, 4 and 6-inch nominal sizes may also be
allowed upon agreement between purchaser and manufacturer. Contact-molded,
spray-up or hand-layup fittings shall not be allowed.
Pipe and fittings shall be joined using a bell x straight spigot joint with a 0.5° taper
and pipe stop inside the bell to allow precise makeup.
Testing Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard
quality control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American
Society for Testing and Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products:
ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B.
7
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1988 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP215E (11/99) supersedes FP215D • (5/95) 5M[186]
®
Bondstrand 4000 Pipe & Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy
resin pipe for plant piping in general service
Scope This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used
in those sections of Plant Piping–General Services calling for fiberglass piping systems.
Physical and 70°F 200°F ASTM

1”, 11/2” 2”-6” 1”, 11/2” 2”-6”
Nominal Pipe Size 8”-16” 8”-16”
Circumferential
weeping MPa 128.00 220.00 - -
GPa 25.20 29.00 22.10 25.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.56 0.26 0.68 0.32 D2105
Longitudinal
MPa 58.60 110.00 47.60 90.00
GPa 11.10 20.70 8.60 16.50
Poisson’s ratio 0.37 0.16 0.41 0.20 D2105
Beam apparent
GPa 11.70 16.60 6.90 12.20
Hydrostatic design
MPa 41.40 110.00 - -
W/m•°C 0.25 0.25 - -
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 8.50 10.00 - - D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 15.30 18.00 - -
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 - -
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 17.40 17.40 - -
10-6 m 5.30 5.30
Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07 - -
1) Static
Performance Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 Specification for RTRP. When
Requirements classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade I and Class F (RTRP
11FE) cell limits in 2” through 16” nominal pipe sizes.
ISO-9001
The piping system must meet USFDA requirements for food processing piping under
Federal Regulations 21CFR 175.105 and 21CFR 177.242 when bonded with RP6B
adhesive.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP694A (2/00)
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand® 4000 as manufac-
tured by Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The integral reinforced
corrosion barrier shall have a nominal 50 mil thickness and be constructed with the same epoxy
resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced liners, or corrosion barriers, shall not be allowed
due to potential for fracturing during lower temperatures, transportation and installation.
Structural wall
The pipe shall have the following nominal wall thickness:
Pipe end preparation options Pipe Diameter Nom. Wall Thickness
The piping manufacturer will provide 20’ or 40’ RL (inches) inches mm
joints if the contractor requests them in sizes 2”
2 .123 3.1
through 6” to reduce field labor time in those 3 .126 3.2
sections of the system where longer lengths may be 4 .151 3.8
employed. Additionally, the pipe manufacturer will 6 .181 4.6
8 .226 5.7
provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already 10 .226 5.7
prepared for adhesive application to reduce field 12 .226 5.7
labor time on all pipe sizes (2” – 16”). 14 .250 6.4
16 .269 6.8
Pressure rating
Aromatic amine cured epoxy resin piping shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psi at 200°F in sizes
through 16”.
Fittings It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system
performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer.
Fittings in 1” through 16” sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-rich liner of equal or
greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with the same resin type as the
pipe.
Compression-molded fittings
Compression molded fittings in sizes 2” through 6” may be used in some services, contact manufac-
turer. Where fast closure of valves may produce surges (water hammer), filament-wound fittings will be
used. Contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.

Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI
B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with water at 11⁄2 times the
design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component.
The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are
required.
Installation Installation procedures and techniques as well as system design criteria including burial,
anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of the piping system
manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system assembly in the field.
subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
®

Pipe and Fittings
for severely corrosive
industrial service
Uses and applications Acid drains

Bleach processing
Chemical process piping
Chlorinated water
Chlorine
Corrosive slurries
Food processing plant
Organic chemicals
Oxidizing chemicals and acids
Phosphoric acid
General industrial service for severely corrosive liquids
Listings Meets USFDA requirements for food processing piping under Federal Regulations
21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2420 when assembled with RP-105B vinyl ester
adhesive.
Performance Working pressure from 150 to 450 psig (1 to 3.1 MPa) depending on pipe size.
Operating temperatures to 200°F (93°C). Subzero temperatures will not adversely
affect mechanical properties.
most soils.
Low thermal conductivity minimizes heat losses.
Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to
the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP216F (9/97)
Typical mechanical 70°F 100°F 170°F 200°F ASTM
properties Pipe Property1 Units 21°C 38°C 77°C 93°C Method
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 18.5 - - - D1599
MPa 128 - - -
GPa 21.6 19.2 16.0 8.62
Poisson’s ratio 0.45 0.45 0.66 1.03 D2105
Longitudinal
MPa 48.3 44.8 37.9 27.6
GPa 10.1 9.03 6.89 3.59
Poisson’s ratio 0.35 0.35 0.43 - D2105
Beam apparent
GPa 9.65 5.40 3.00 1.24
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic)2 103 psi - 6.0 - - D2992
MPa - 41.4 - -

Pipe Size Factor3 Stiffness3 of Inertia4
2 50 340 38.4 1540 10.6 0.48 0.20
3 80 340 38.4 460 3.2 1.61 0.67
4 100 820 92.6 530 3.7 4.7 1.96
6 150 820 92.6 160 1.1 15.5 6.40
8 200 1180 133.3 105 .72 39 16.3
10 250 1180 133.3 53 .37 77 32
12 300 1180 133.3 31 .23 129 54
14 350 1330 150.2 36 .25 209 88
16 400 2190 247.4 38 .26 368 154
2) At 150°F (66°C).
3) Per ASTM D2412.

Pipe Size (R) (30 m) Bending Length, S (a)
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (deg)
2 50 69.4 21 17.5 5.3 84
3 80 101.1 31 12.1 3.7 57
α
4 100 129.9 40 9.5 2.9 44
6 150 191.8 58 6.5 1.9 30
8 200 250 76 5.0 1.5 23
L
10 250 312 95 4.0 1.2 18
12 300 370 113 3.4 1.0 15
2α
14 350 410 125 3.2 0.9 14
16 400 410 143 2.7 0.8 12
Fittings pressure ratings Nominal Elbows & Tees Tapered Body Blind Flanges &
Pipe Size Filament-Wound Molded Reducers & Flanges Bushed Saddles1
(in) (mm) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa)
2 50 300 2.07 200 1.38 450 3.10 150 1.03
3 80 275 1.89 150 1.03 350 2.41 150 1.03
4 100 200 1.38 150 1.03 350 2.41 150 1.03
6 150 175 1.21 150 1.03 250 1.72 150 1.03
8 200 225 1.03 - - 225 1.55 150 1.03
10 250 150 1.03 - - 175 1.21 150 1.03
12 300 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03 150 1.03
14 350 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03 150 1.03
16 400 150 1.03 - - 150 1.03 150 1.03
1) Use Bondstrand Series 2000 epoxy saddles with 316 stainless steel outlet. Other outlet materials
available on special order.
Nominal
Pipe Size Laterals Crosses Reducer Bushings
2 50 275 1.90 150 1.03 50 .35
3 80 250 1.72 150 1.03 50 .35
4 100 200 1.38 150 1.03 50 .35
6 150 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
8 200 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
10 250 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
12 300 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
14 350 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
16 400 150 1.03 100 0.69 50 .35
1) Reducer bushings bonded into flanges will have the same rating as the flange. Otherwise, rated as
shown.

properties Thermal conductivity
Pipe wall Btu•in/(hr•ft2•°F) 2.0 C177
W/m•°C 0.28
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 10 D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 18
10-6 m 5.3
Specific gravity - 1.8 D792
Density lb/in3 0.07
4
and weights Pipe Size1 ID Thickness2 Sectional Area3 Weight
2 50 2.10 53 .157 4.0 1.13 730 1.0 1.5
3 80 3.22 82 .157 4.0 1.70 1100 1.5 2.3
4 100 4.14 105 .203 5.2 2.73 1760 2.4 3.5
6 150 6.20 159 .203 5.2 4.06 2620 3.5 5.2
8 200 8.22 209 .226 5.7 5.83 3760 5.0 7.4
10 250 10.35 263 .226 5.7 7.31 4710 6.2 9.3
12 300 12.35 314 .226 5.7 8.69 5600 7.4 11.0
14 350 13.56 344 .250 6.4 10.85 7000 8.7 14.7
16 400 15.50 394 .286 7.3 14.18 9150 11.2 19.0
1) For availability of1, 11⁄2, 14 and 16-inch (25, 40, 350 and 400 mm) sizes, consult your Ameron
representative.
2) Minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 87.5% of nominal wall thickness in accordance with
ASTM D2996.
Typical pipe Nominal Internal Collapse

performance Pipe Size Pressure Rating Pressure Rating1
2 50 450 3.10 580 4.00
3 80 350 2.41 160 1.10
4 100 350 2.41 225 1.55
6 150 250 1.76 65 0.45
8 200 225 1.55 45 0.31
10 250 175 1.21 22 0.15
12 300 150 1.03 13 0.09
14 350 150 1.02 11 0.08
16 400 150 1.02 11 0.08
1) At 70°F (21°C). Reduce linearly to 84% at 140°F (60°C), 76% at 170°F and 50% at
200°F (93°C).
3
Buried installations Live loads
Bondstrand 5000 will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) per
axle when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at
least 3 ft (1 m) of cover,
Thrust blocks
Most properly bedded installations do not require thrust blocks. Consult Ameron for
recommendations for systems operating at elevated temperatures.
Earth loads on buried pipe
Nominal Maximum Earth Cover1
Pipe Size 100 psi 0.69 MPa 125 psi 0.86 MPa 150 psi 1.03 MPa
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m)
2 50 30 9.14 30 9.14 30 9.14
3 80 30 9.14 30 9.14 30 9.14
4 100 30 9.14 30 9.14 30 9.14
6 150 30 9.14 24 7.32 23 7.01
8 200 23 7.01 22 6.71 21 6.40
10 250 23 7.01 21 6.40 19 5.79
12 300 23 7.01 21 6.40 18 5.49
14 350 23 7.01 21 6.40 17 5.18
16 400 23 7.01 20 6.10 16 4.88
1) Based on a 120 lb/ft3 (1925 kg/m3) soil density and 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) modulus of soil reaction.
Span lengths Recommended maximum support spacings for Bondstrand 5000 vinyl ester pipe at
midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. For fully continuous spans, values may be
increased up to 20%. Decrease values by 20% for single spans.
Nominal
Pipe Size Span (ft)
(in) (mm) 100°F 140°F 170°F 200°F
2 50 12.1 10.8 9.4 7.5
3 80 13.7 12.3 10.7 8.6
4 100 16.1 14.5 12.6 10.0
6 150 18.1 16.1 14.2 11.2
8 200 20.1 18.1 15.5 12.6
10 250 21.4 19.2 16.6 13.5
12 300 22.3 20.2 17.5 13.9
14 350 23.1 20.7 18.1 14.4
16 400 24.3 21.6 18.9 15.0
1) Span recommendations are intended for normal horizontal piping support
arrangements (a compromise between continuous spans and simple
spans), but include no provision for weights (fittings,valves, flanges, etc.)
or thrusts (branches, turns, etc.).
2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term
deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
3) Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacing up to 20%
greater for this deflection: in simple spans, support spacing should be
20% less.
Field testing Bondstrand 5000 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic field testing at 150%
of rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.
6
Pipe construction The structural wall of fiberglass pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall have continuous
glass fibers wound at a 543/4 helical angle in a matrix of premium vinyl ester resin.
The integral, reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of Nexus veil and a
resin/hardener system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 50-mil
nominal thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not
be allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation,
installation and operation of the pipe.
Pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psig at 200°F. In
2 through 8-inch sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capability at 70°F, when
installed above ground with a safety factor of 3:1.
Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 specification for filament-
wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM
D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 2 and Class E (RTRP-12ED) cell limits in
2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes.
Filament-wound vinyl ester fiberglass pipe shall be gray.
Pipe in 2 through 8-inch sizes shall be furnished in 30-ft length to minimize the
number of field-bonded joints for rapid installation.
Standard fittings Fittings in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resin-rich
construction liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and of the same glass and resin
type as the pipe.
Compression-molded fittings in 2, 3, 4 and 6-inch nominal sizes may also be allowed
upon agreement between purchaser and manufacturer.
Contact-molded, spray-up or hand-layup fittings shall not be allowed. Pipe and fittings
shall be joined using a straight spigot by socket with a 0.5° taper angle and a pipe
stop inside the socket to allow precise makeup.
Testing Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard quality
control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American Society for
Testing of Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599,
D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B.
7
Composition Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced vinyl ester pipe with integral 0.050-inch
(1.3 mm) resin-rich reinforced liner.
Nominal
(in) (mm) (D2996)
2-6 50-150 RTRP 12ED-1012
8-16 200-400 RTRP 12ED-1013
Tees
90° and 45° elbows
Crosses
45° laterals
Molded fittings
Tees (2 to 6 inch only)
90° and 45° elbows (2 to 6 inch only)
Reducing flanges
Plugs and end-caps
Flanges
Filament-wound or molded flanges with ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 drilling Molded
reducing and blind flanges
RP105B two-part vinyl ester
RP34C two-part epoxy adhesive.
Joining systems Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell
for predictable, precise laying lengths.

Pipe Size Lengths
(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
2-8 50-200 30 9
10-16 250-400 20 6
Elbows
Tees
Flanges, blind flanges and reducing flanges
Plugs and end-caps
Crosses
45° laterals
Tapered body reducers, tees and 90° and 45° elbows are available with any
combination of Quick-Lock female and filament-wound or molded flange ends.
Laying lengths of filament-wound fittings with Quick-Lock ends match those of ANSI
B16.9 steel buttwelding fittings. Flanged ends match ANSI B16.1 and B16.5 center-
to-face and face-to-face dimensions.
2
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
F IBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Group Headquarters Fiberglass Pipe Div.-Asia/Pacific Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe Fiberglass Pipe Division-Americas
P.O. Box 801148 Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878
Houston TX 77280 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (713) 690-2842
Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (940) 569-2764
http://www.ameron-net.com
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1988 • Ameron Printed in U.S.A. • FP216F (9/97) supersedes FP216E (2/95) • 5M. • [186]
®
Bondstrand Guide Specifications
Bondstrand 5000
Pipe and Fittings
Vinylester reinforced thermosetting resin pipe
for plant piping fiberglass piping systems
to be used in those sections of Plant Piping General Services calling for fiberglass
piping systems.
References, References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section.
Quality Assurance Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed
70°F 170°F ASTM
Physical and Pipe Property Units 21°C 77°C Method
Nominal Pipe Size 2”-6” 8”-16” 2”-6” 8”-16”
Circumferential
weeping MPa 138.00 138.00 - -
GPa 25.50 21.60 20.00 16.00
Poisson’s ratio 0.28 0.45 0.35 0.66 D2105
Longitudinal
MPa 82.70 48.30 55.20 37.90
GPa 13.80 10.00 9.70 6.89
Poisson’s ratio 0.20 0.35 0.26 0.43 D2105
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus 106 psi 1.70 1.40 1.45 .44 D2925
GPa 11.70 9.65 10.10 3.00
Hydrostatic design
MPa 55.20 41.40 - -
W/m•°C 0.28 0.28 - -
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 10.00 10.00 - - D696
10-6 mm/mm°C 18.00 18.00 - -
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 - -
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 17.40 17.40 - -
10-6 m 5.30 5.30
Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07 - -
Performance The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 Specification for
Requirements RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade 2 and
ISO-9001 Class E (RTRP-12ED) for 2” through 16” nominal pipe sizes.
Pipe shall be rated for a minimum internal pressure of 150 psig at 200°F in sizes 1”
through 16” and shall have full vacuum capability at 80°F in sizes 1” through 10” when
installed above ground.
CERTIFICATED FIRM FP706A (6/00)

Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced vinylester resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 5000 as
manufactured by Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The
pipe shall have an integral corrosion barrier, nominally 50 mils thick, constructed with
the same vinylester resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced liners or corrosion
barriers shall not be allowed due to potential for fracturing during lower temperature,
transportation, and installation.

The pipe shall have the following inches inches mm
nominal wall thickness:
1 .140 3.5
Pipe end preparation options 1.5 .140 3.5
3 .126 3.2
20’ or 40’ RL joints, if the contractor 4 .151 3.8
requests them, in sizes 2" through 6 .181 4.6
8 .226 5.7
6" to reduce field labor assembly 10 .226 5.7
time in those sections of the system 12 .226 5.7
where longer joint lengths may be 14 .250 6.4
16 .269 6.8
employed. In addition, the pipe
manufacturer will provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already prepared for
adhesive application to reduce field labor time on all pipe sizes (1”-16”) along with
factory installed bells or couplings.
the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the
same manufacturer.
Fittings in 1” through 16” nominal sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-
rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with
the same resin type as the pipe.
Compression Molded Fittings
Compression molded fittings in sizes 2" through 6” nominal sizes may be used in
services at or below 150°F. Where fast closure of valves may produce surges (water
hammer), filament wound fittings will be used.
Testing Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the require-
ments of ANSI B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with
water at 11⁄ 2 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component.
The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs
are required.
burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting the pipe shall be in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations.
the field.
Important Notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed
to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no represen-
tation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to
the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
866 U.N. Plaza, NYC

Salt Water Cooling System
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location New York City, New York
Client 866 U.N. Plaza
Application Salt water cooling system
FP709 (7/96)
No-weld installation and light weight made
Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe the ideal
choice for this tight installation in the
basement of a New York City office building.
Using Bondstrand reduced the number of
supports needed and lifting equipment
required to get the pipe in place.
Pipe system Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and filament-wound fittings in 10-, 12-, and 14-inch
diameters replaced rubber lined carbon steel pipe in the salt water cooling water
system. The original system, in place 10 years, showed evidence of bad exterior
corrosion. The installation of more efficient chillers required higher flow rates. The
engineers took the opportunity to replace the existing rubber-lined piping with
Ameron fiberglass pipe.
Ameron fiberglass pipe also afforded no-weld installation. In the tight spaces of
the enclosed basement, this provided a significant advantage.
The developer and engineer are very satisfied with the Bondstrand pipe.
Advantages Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand pipe and fittings were chosen for excellent
resistance to salt water corrosion both inside and outside of the pipe.
Ease of installation - The light weight of Bondstrand piping saved on supports
needed and made installation possible in tight spaces in the New York City
building. No-weld installation was a significant advantage in the tight, enclosed
space of the basement.
Increased flow rates result in cost savings - Bondstrand piping provided higher
flow rates than the rubber lined steel material it replaced. The higher flow rates, in
conjunction with the high efficiencies of the chillers, reduced the costs of running
the machines.
Technical support Ameron provided installation training and technical support to the client.

Fax: (713) 690-2842
Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: 862-1302 Fax: +31 345 575 254

HVAC Cooling Tower Piping

For Aircraft Assembly Hangers
using Bondstrand Series 5000 fiberglass
pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Long Beach, California
Client McDonnell Douglas Long Beach Facility
Application Condensate and chilled water piping operating at 75 psi (.52 MPa) and 104°F (40°C)
Product Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe, filament wound fittings, prefabricated 6" to 12",
Bondstrand LD SVE in 18" to 24”, prefabricated
FP728 (2/97)
" Cooling water blow down system
Flanged Bondstrand piping with

butterfly valve and actuator #
Pipe system Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and filament-wound fittings in 6- to 12-inch diameters
and Bondstrand LD in 18- to 24-inch diameters are used for the HVAC cooling
tower piping in these aircraft assembly hangers. To prevent scale build up inside
such HVAC equipment as boilers, chillers and heat exchangers, various scale
removing chemical agents are added to the HVAC water circulation. The chemicals
which attack metallic oxides and other scaling minerals in the process also attack
traditional metallic piping, such as carbon steel, causing rapid deterioration.
Higher priced exotic materials, such as 304L stainless steel, would prove
prohibitively expensive–up to 4 times the cost–in a project such as this where pipe
sizes up to 24" in diameter are used. Delivery time was also a factor. The 304L
stainless steel delivery time would run approximately four to five months versus the
normal four to five week delivery of Bondstrand.
Advantages Chemical resistance - Bondstrand withstands the chemical agents used to

prevent scale build-up in the piping.
Ease of installation - Epoxy bonded joining system saves time and money.
Prefabricated spools expedited installation. Lightweight fiberglass, approximately 1⁄5
the weight of traditional materials, can be moved without heavy lifting equipment.
Cost savings - Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and fittings eliminated the costly
welding process necessary for 304L stainless steel. Prefabricated fiberglass spools
reduced installation time.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Camden Aquarium Water

Circulation System Piping
with Bondstrand Series 3000A epoxy and
Series 5000 vinyl ester fiberglass-reinforced
pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Camden, New Jersey
Client Camden Aquarium, Camden, New Jersey
Application Salt and fresh water lines for circulation system between tanks; ozone life support
system, working pressure of 40 psi (3 bar) at ambient temperature
Product Bondstrand Series 3000A and Series 5000 pipe, filament wound
and molded fittings, 4” to 12" (100 mm to 300 mm) FP849 (2/00)
Pipe system In 1991, over 2000 feet (600 m) of 4- through 12-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series
3000A pipe and filament-wound fittings were installed in the Camden Aquarium,
Camden, New Jersey. The piping is used in the salt and fresh water circulation
system between tanks. In 1997, the ozone life support system was piped using
Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and fittings.
The aquarium has been operating since February 1991 without interruption, enter-
taining tourist and visitors daily.

Ease of installation - With light weight fiberglass no heavy lifting equipment was
needed. The pipe was installed easily.
Cost savings - Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost of frequent
piping system replacement.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

®
Bondstrand Series 7000

Antistatic Fiberglass
Pipe and Fittings
for industrial service
Uses and applications Above ground jet fuel lines

Double-contained jet fuel lines
General industrial service where static electrical charge build-up is possible
Listings and approvals MIL-P-29206A for jet fuels and petroleum liquids
Performance Bondstrand Series 7000 fiberglass pipe, fittings and flanges incorporate high-strength
conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static
electrical charges caused by the flow of liquids such as refined petroleum products.
Series 7000 piping systems are made electrically continuous by using a conductive
adhesive in the adhesive-bonded joint and for mounting flanges. Accumulated charges
are drained from the fiberglass pipe system by stainless steel cables embedded in
fiberglass grounding saddles. The grounding saddles are adhesive bonded to the pipe at
convenient locations.
System rating of 150 psig at 210°F (10 bar at 99°C).
Composition Pipe: Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe with conductive filaments in
the pipe wall.
Fittings: Wide range of filament-wound epoxy resin fittings reinforced with fiberglass
strands and conductive veils employing Quick-Lock® adhesive joint or flanged ends.
Flanges: Filament-wound epoxy reinforced with fiberglass strands and conductive
filaments.
Blind flanges: Injection molded nonconductive epoxy in 2 through 12-inch (50 to
300 mm) sizes.
Grounding saddles: Filament-wound fiberglass with stainless steel grounding cable.
Adhesive: RP60B two-part thermosetting electrically conductive epoxy.
Joining systems Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for
precise laying lengths.
One-piece flanges in hubbed (standard) and hubless (heavy duty) configuration.
All pipe is shipped ready for assembly with Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot.
FP305C (1/95)
Static electricity generation Static electricity accumulation is most likely to be a problem in pipes conveying nonpolar
and accumulation fluids at high velocities. Measurable amounts of electricity can be generated when the
flow velocity exceeds 9 ft/sec in fiberglass pipe and 20 ft/sec in metallic systems.
Filtration units and valves typically experience the highest rate of static electricity
accumulation when high flow rates occur. Charge densities are affected by the conduc-
tivity of the fluid, the pipe and the filter media. Depending on the media, flow through
filters generally tends to give rise to charge densities 5 to 1000 times greater than flow
through unrestricted pipes.
Pipe lengths Bondstrand pipe is produced

in different lengths depending Nominal Pipe Size Length
on pipe size and location of (in) (mm) (ft) (m)
manufacture. Pipe can be cut 2-6 50-150 20, 30* 6.1, 9.1*
to specified lengths at the 8 200 20, 30* 6.1, 9.1*
factory. Consult your Ameron 10-16 250-400 20* 6.1*
representative. * S t a d lengths
n d a r
Fittings and flanges 90° and 45° elbows 45° Laterals

Tees and reducing tees Crosses
Reducers Nipples and couplings
Reducing saddles furnished with Flanges are produced with ANSI B16.5
Quick-Lock spigot outlet Cl. 150 drilling.
Flanged outlet Other drillings, as well as undrilled
Metallic bushing outlet flanges, are available.
Grounding saddles
Typical pipe dimensions Series 7000 pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS) outside diameters.
and weights Nominal Pipe Nominal Wall Shipping
Pipe Size Inside Diameter Thickness Weight
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
2 050 2.09 53 .16 4.1 1.0 1.5
3 080 3.22 82 .16 4.1 1.5 2.3
4 100 4.14 105 .20 5.2 2.4 3.5
6 150 6.26 159 .20 5.2 3.5 5.2
8 200 8.22 209 .25 6.5 5.0 7.4
100 250 10.35 263 .32 8.1 6.2 9.3
120 300 12.35 314 .38 9.6 7.4 11.0
140 350 13.56 344 .41 10.5 8.7 14.7
160 400 15.50 394 .47 11.9 11.2 19.0
Typical pipe performance Nominal Internal Ultimate Designation

Pipe Size Pressure Rating* Collapse Pressure** per ASTM D2996
2 50 450 3.10 210 1.45 RTRP-11FE-1112
3 80 425 2.93 135 0.93 RTRP-11FE-1112
4 100 400 2.76 150 1.03 RTRP-11FE-1113
6 150 300 2.07 45 0.31 RTRP-11FE-1113
8 200 250 1.72 30 0.21 RTRP-11FE-1114
10 250 200 1.38 14 0.10 RTRP-11FE-1114
12 300 170 1.17 8 0.06 RTRP-11FE-1114
14 350 165 1.14 8 0.06 RTRP-11FE-1115
16 400 165 1.14 8 0.06 RTRP-11FE-1116
* At 210°F (99°C) using Bondstrand RP60B adhesive.
** At 70°F (21°C). Reduce linearly to 90% at 150°F (66°C) and 80% at 200°F (93°C).
Typical pipe performance Nominal Stiffness Pipe Beam Moment
Pipe Size Factor* Stiffness of Inertia**
(in) (mm) (lb·in) (N·m) (psi) (MPa) (in4) (106 mm4)
2 50 620 70 2900 20.0 0.59 0.25
3 80 620 70 860 5.93 1.99 0.83
4 100 1360 154 890 6.14 5.50 2.29
6 150 1360 154 270 1.86 18.10 7.53
8 200 1890 214 170 1.17 45.10 18.8
10 250 1890 214 86 0.59 88.60 36.9
12 300 1890 214 51 0.35 149 62.0
14 350 2230 252 46 0.32 208 86.6
16 400 3250 367 0045 0.31 353. 147
* Per ASTM D2412.
** Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
Typical physical properties Pipe Property Units Value Method

Pipe wall Btu?in/(hr?ft2?°F) 2.3 Ameron
W/m?°C 0.33
Thermal expansion
Linear 10-6 in/in/°F 10 Ameron
10-6 mm/mm/°C 18
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150
Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 17.4 –
10-6 m 5.3 –
Specific gravity – 1.79 D792
Density lb/in3 0.07
Grounding resistance
@ 1500 volts 106 ohms 1.0*
Shielding capability volts 100*
* Maximum values when measured in accordance with Annexes 2 and 3 of proposed ASTM standard for
marine antistatic pipe.
Typical mechanical properties 70°F 200°F

Pipe Property Units (21°C) (93°C) Method
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 24.0 18.5 ASTM D1599
MPa 165 128
Tensile modulus 106 psi 3.65 3.20
GPa 25.2 22.1 Ameron
Poisson’s ratio 0.56 0.70 Ameron
Longitudinal
Tensile strength 103 psi 8.50 6.90 ASTM D2105
MPa 59.0 44.6
Tensile modulus 106 psi 1.60 1.24 ASTM D2105
GPa 11.1 8.50
Beam apparent
elastic modulus 106 psi 1.70 1.00 ASTM D2925
GPa 11.7 6.90
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic)* 103 psi 6.0 — ASTM D2992A
MPa 41.4 —
* At 150°F (66°C).
Support spacing Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe at various
operating temperatures. Values based on 0.5-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan for
fluid specific gravity = 1.0.
Nominal Span in Feet (m)*
Pipe Size Temperature in °F (°C)
(in) (mm) 100 (38) 150 (66) 200 (93)
2 50 11.8 3.6 11.2 3.4 10.4 3.2
3 80 13.6 4.1 12.8 3.9 11.9 3.6
4 100 15.4 4.7 14.6 4.5 13.6 4.1
6 150 17.2 5.2 16.4 5.0 15.1 4.6
8 200 19.2 5.9 18.1 5.5 16.9 5.2
10 250 20.3 6.2 19.2 5.9 17.9 5.5
12 300 21.3 6.5 20.1 6.1 18.7 5.7
14 350 22.3 6.8 21.2 6.5 19.6 6.0
16 400 23.3 7.1 22.3 6.8 20.5 6.2
* Span recommendations are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements, a compromise
between continuous spans and simple spans, but include no provision for weight such as fittings, valves,
flanges, etc. or thrust from branches and turns. Fully continuous spans may be installed with support spacing
up to 20% greater than values shown for this deflection; for simple spans the support spacing should be
reduced by 20% from tabulated values.
Technical support Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the use of Bondstrand pipe
systems. For more information regarding static electricity in fuel pipelines, request
Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division publication EB-43.
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably
believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or instal-
lation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results.
Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recom-
mendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection
with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering Manager,
Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
ss Pipe Group • P.O. Box 801148 • Houston TX 77280 • Tel: (713) 690-7777 • Fax: (713) 690-2842
Singapore 2263 4191 MZ Geldermalsen B u rk bu rnett, Texas 76354
Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Tel: 03455-73341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: 862-1302 Telex: 40257 BONDS NL
Fax: 03455-75254
Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.
© 1991 Amer o • FP305C
n ( 1 /supersedes
9 5 ) FP 305B (8/93)• Printed in U.S .A. • 5M [186]
®
Bondstrand 7000
Pipe and Fittings
Fiberglass reinforced
thermosetting epoxy resin pipe
for anti-static applications
to be used in those services that may produce a dangerous build-up of static
electrical charges. Such services include above-ground jet fuel lines, double-
contained jet fuel lines, and transmission of refined petroleum products, gases,
or non-polar fluids at high velocities.
Quality Assurance modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and
listed references, the specification shall prevail.
Physical and Typical 70°F 200°F ASTM

Circumferential Tensile Stress 103 psi 24.0 – D1599
at Weeping MPa 165.0 –
Circumferential Tensile Modulus 106 psi 3.65 3.20
GPa 25.5 22.1
Circumferential Poisson’s Ratio .56 .70
–
Longitudinal Tensile Strength 103 psi 8.50 6.90 D2105
MPa 59.0 44.6
Longitudinal Tensile Modulus 106 psi 1.6 1.24 D2105
GPa 11.0 8.5
Longitudinal Poisson’s Ratio – .37 .41
Hydrostatic Design Basis (cyclic) 103 psi 6.0 D2992(A)

[at 150°F(66°C)] MPa 41.4
Beam Apparent Elastic Modulus 106 psi 1.7 1.0 D2925
GPa 11.7 6.9
Value
Flow Coefficient Hazen Williams 150
Thermal Conductivity Pipe Wall BTU-in./(hr. ft.2 °F) 2.3
W/M °C .33
Grounding Resistance at 1500 volts 106 ohms 1.0 max.
Coefficient of Thermal 10-6in./in./°F 10 D696
Expansion, Linear 10-6mm/mm/°C 18
Performance The pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-P-29206A and ASTM
D5677-95. Pipe dimensions must conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS) outside diameters. In
Requirements
sizes 2” through 16” the piping must be rated for a minimum internal pressure rating of
165 psig at 200°F. In 2” through 16” sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capabilities at
70°F when installed above ground.
ISO-9001 Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 Specifications for RTRP,
with designations as follows:
2”, 3” RTRP-11AE-1112 8”, 10”,12” RTRP-11AE-1114
4”, 6” RTRP-11AE-1113 14” RTRP-11AE-1115
16” RTRP-11AE-1116
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP701A (6/00)
The conductive filament wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be
Bondstrand 7000 as manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group or approved
equal. The piping system will be made electrically continuous by using conductive
filaments in the pipe wall, conductive adhesive in the bonded joints, and may be
grounded by use of filament wound fiberglass saddles with stainless steel grounding
cable. External or field installed techniques such as conductive wire or mesh, for
achieving conductivity along the length of the pipe shall not be allowed.
The pipe shall have the following nominal (inches) inches mm
wall thickness: 2 .16 4.1
3 .16 4.1
8 .25 6.3
standard pipe joint lengths up to 30 feet 10 .32 8.1
RL in sizes 2” through 8” to reduce field 12 .38 9.6
14 .41 10.4
labor assembly time The pipe manufac- 16 .47 11.9
turer will prepare the bell end and the
spigot end of each joint in the factory to reduce field labor assembly time.
the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the
same manufacturer.
Fittings will be constructed with epoxy resin and conductive material, filament wound to
specific dimensions. Flanges will be filament wound with epoxy resin and conductive
filaments.
Spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs
are required. The installed piping shall be hydrostatically tested with water at 11⁄2 times
the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component.
Hydrostatic and conductivity testing of buried systems will be completed prior to backfill.
burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
the field.
subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
®
Bondstrand
PSXTM•L3 and PSX TM•JF
Polysiloxane-phenolic
Fire-resistant Fiberglass
Pipe and Fittings
For offshore platforms, marine
and onshore service
Description Bondstrand PSX•JF and PSX•L3 fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic piping
systems may be used for offshore platforms and onshore services where fire-resistant
piping with low smoke emissions and low toxicity are required. Bondstrand PSX•JF and
PSX•L3 products are designed for use in dry and wet deluge systems where low weight,
corrosion resistance and fire-resistance are desired. The polysiloxane-phenolic (PSX™)
resin is a revolutionary technological breakthrough developed through extensive research
and testing by Ameron. The product is designed to withstand hydrocarbon fire including
jet fire at over 300 KW/m2 heat flux from 0.3 kg/sec., high velocity impinging propane
flame. Low smoke and toxicity emission, and low flame spread make it suitable for use in
enclosed space and critical service areas.
Uses and applications • Offshore fire water lines • Onshore fire water lines
• Piping in offshore living quarters • Refinery and petrochemical general
• Offshore general services applications
Approvals PSX•L3 and PSX•JF have Type Approval from ABS (Certificate No. 98-HS24317-X for
Steel Vessel Rules (1997)) Section 4/6.14, MODU Rules (1997) Section 4/2.17, IMO
Resolution A.753(18)-Level 3 Fire Endurance Test.
PSX•L3 and PSX•L3C (conductive) have U.S. Coast Guard Type Approval per IMO
Resolution A.753 (18) and PFM 1-98 (Certificates 164.141/5/0 and 164.141/6/0, respec-
tively.)
Performance PSX•JF pipe has proved capable of maintaining rated service pressure with no leak after
exposure to impinging jet fire for a period of 5 minutes with the pipe empty, followed by
injection of water at 150 psi (10 bar) and a flow rate of less than 73 liters/minute for an
additional 15 minutes. After the heat was removed, the piping was pressurized for an
additional 60 minutes at 150 psi (10 bar), then 60 minutes at 225 psi (15 bar), followed by 5
minutes at 350 psi (24 bar). No passive fire protection is needed on the joints.
ISO-9001 PSX•L3 pipe is capable of maintaining rated service pressure after 30 minutes stagnant
wet exposure to 1100°C fire and 113.5 kW/m2 heat flux. PSX•L3 pipe and fittings meet
IMO Level 3 fire test requirements even with the smallest diameter (1") pipe and Quick-
Lock® joint with no passive fire protection needed on the joint.
Pipe and fittings are designed to operate at up to 225 psi system pressure.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP721C (4/01)
Testing and standards Bondstrand products are manufactured to meet the highest standard of quality in
accordance with ISO 9001. The products are designed to meet ANSI and ASTM
standards. Bondstrand PSX•L3 and PSX•JF piping meet all applicable requirements of
ASTM F1173 for fiberglass-reinforced resin pipe and fittings.
Testing for IMO Level 3 fire endurance has been performed by independent laboratories
and witnessed by third parties. Det Norske Veritas has certified that PSX•L3 pipe systems
meet the requirements for IMO Level 3. The United States Coast Guard has accepted
PSX•L3 products for applications requiring IMO Level 3 performance in 8-inch and
smaller diameters.
PSX•JF products have been tested by SINTEF Energy for performance in jet fire
conditions in accordance with UKOOA guidelines. The PSX•JF system meets the require-
ments for fire endurance in a hydrocarbon jet fire, certified by SINTEF.
Characteristics Pipe
PSX•L3: Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with factory-
prepared Quick-Lock spigot ends.
PSX•JF: Bondstrand PSX•L3 pipe with layers of thermoplastic tape and filament-wound
polysiloxane-phenolic resin to form an integral fire protection jacket.
Fittings — Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with

integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
Flanges — Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin Quick-

Lock bell and flanged ends drilled to ANSI Class 150. Flanges conforming to other
standards such as ANSI Class 300, JIS, DIN or ISO are available upon request.
Joining systems — Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive bonded joint, with integral pipe
stop in bell for predictable, precise laying lengths. The pipe is shipped with Quick-Lock
bell x shaved spigot end configurations. Matching taper adhesive bonded joint available
for 12- through 16-inch sizes for 225 psi (15 MPa) rating.
Adhesive — Bondstrand PSX•34 epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding joints. For more
information, consult product data sheet FP698. It is available in 3 oz., 5 oz. or 8 oz. single
kits or 6-packs.
Pipe lengths — Pipe is manufactured and shipped in the following standard lengths.
Nominal Pipe Size Length

(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
1 - 11⁄2 25 - 40 10' 3.0
2-8 50 - 200 20' & 30' 6.1 & 9.1
10 - 16 250 - 400 20' 6.1
Installation The installation procedures for Bondstrand PSX pipe are identical to those for Series
2000M. For complete instructions refer to Ameron installation guide, QUICK-LOCK
ADHESIVE-BONDED BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS FOR BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS,
FP170.
Typical Physical Pipe Property Unit Value Test Method

Properties Thermal Conductivity Btu•in./(hr.•ft.2•°F) 2.3 Ameron
Pipe Wall W/m°K 0.33
Thermal Expansion, Linear 10-6 in./in./°F 8.0 ASTM D696
10-6 mm/mm/°C 18.0
Flow Coefficient Hazen-Williams 150
Density lb./in.3 .069
g/cm3 1.93
Degree of Cure Tg 188°C
2
Typical Mechanical Pipe Property Unit 73°F/21°C 200°F/93°C Test Method
Properties Bi-axial
Short term hoop tensile strength psi 32,000
at weeping MPa 220 ASTM D1599
Circumferential
Tensile strength psi 21,900 19,100
MPa 151 131 ASTM D1599
Tensile Modulus psi 3.48 x 106 2.59 x 106
GPa 24.0 17.8 Ameron
Poisson's ratio * 0.54 0.81
Longitudinal
Tensile strength psi 7,680 4,870
MPa 53 33 ASTM D2105
Tensile Modulus psi 1.35 x 106 0.73 x 106
GPa 9.3 5.0 ASTM D2105
Poisson's ratio ** .39 .44
Note: Physical and Mechanical Properties shown above are for Bondstrand PSX•L3. Since PSX•L3 forms the
core of PSX•JF pipe, these properties will apply to both systems.
* Circumferential change due to longitudinal applied stress.
** Longitudinal change due to circumferential applied stress.
Support Spacing for Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand PSX•L3 pipe when
Bondstrand PSX•L3 carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0 at various operating temperatures.
Nominal Pipe Size 150°F 66°C 200°F 93°C

in. mm ft. m ft. m.
1 25 9.7 3.0 8.2 2.5
11⁄2 40 10.9 3.3 9.2 2.8
2 50 11.8 3.6 10.0 3.1
3 80 13.5 4.1 11.4 3.5
4 100 15.3 4.7 13.0 4.0
6 150 17.2 5.1 14.6 4.2
8 200 19.8 6.0 16.8 5.1
10 250 22.1 6.7 18.7 5.7
12 300 24.1 7.3 20.4 6.2
14 350 25.0 7.6 21.2 6.5
16 400 26.7 8.1 22.6 6.9
Support Spacing for Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand PSX•JF pipe when
Bondstrand PSX•JF carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0.
Nominal Pipe Size 150°F 66°C 200°F 93°C

in. mm ft. m ft. m.
1 25 10.7 3.3 9.0 2.8
11⁄2 40 11.7 3.8 9.9 3.0
2 50 13.0 4.0 11.0 3.4
3 80 14.9 4.5 12.6 3.8
4 100 16.7 5.1 14.2 4.3
6 150 18.9 5.7 16.0 4.9
8 200 21.2 6.5 17.9 5.5
10 250 23.5 7.2 19.9 6.1
12 300 25.5 7.8 21.6 6.6
14 350 26.3 8.0 22.3 6.8
16 400 28.0 8.5 23.7 7.2
Allowable Bending
Nominal Minimum Maximum Deflection Turning
Radius for Pipe Size Bending Radius for 100 ft. length Angle
Bondstrand PSX•L3 at
in. mm ft. m ft. m deg.
Rated Pressure
1 25 58 17.7 28.7 8.7 119
11⁄2 40 83 25.1 16.9 5.1 75
2 50 101 30.7 13.3 4.0 59
3 80 148 45.0 8.7 2.7 40
4 100 190 57.8 6.7 2.0 31
6 150 278 84.8 4.5 1.4 21
8 200 366 111.5 3.4 1.0 16
10 250 460 140.1 2.7 0.8 12
12 300 548 167.0 2.3 0.7 10
14 350 590 179.7 2.1 0.6 10
16 400 674 205.4 1.9 0.6 9
Note: Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. 3
Typical dimensions Nominal Pipe Inside Nominal Wall Pipe O.D. Shipping Weight
and weights for Pipe Size Diameter Thickness* (approx)
Bondstrand PSX•L3 (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
Jacketed pipe 1 25 1.07 27 .143 3.6 1.61 41 0.9 1.3
11⁄2 40 1.66 42 .143 3.6 2.20 56 1.6 2.4
2 50 2.10 53 .147 3.7 2.64 67 1.7 2.5
3 80 3.22 82 .150 3.8 3.77 96 2.6 3.8
4 100 4.14 105 .197 5.0 4.78 121 3.6 5.3
6 150 6.27 159 .195 4.9 6.92 176 5.7 8.4
8 200 8.23 209 .216 5.5 8.91 226 7.8 11.6
10 250 10.35 263 .243 6.2 11.09 282 10.3 15.3
12 300 12.35 314 .287 7.3 13.17 335 12.9 19.1
14 350 13.56 344 .305 7.8 14.42 366 14.4 21.4
16 400 15.50 394 .351 8.9 16.45 418 18.1 26.9
* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .125” thick jacket.
Typical dimensions Nominal Pipe Inside Nominal Wall Pipe O.D. Shipping Weight
and weights for Pipe Size Diameter Thickness* including jacket (approx)
Bondstrand PSX•JF pipe (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
1 25 1.07 27 .143 3.6 1.86 47 1.3 2.0
11⁄2 40 1.66 42 .143 3.6 2.45 62 2.4 3.6
2 50 2.10 53 .147 3.7 2.89 74 2.5 3.8
3 80 3.22 82 .150 3.8 4.02 102 3.7 5.5
4 100 4.14 105 .197 5.0 5.03 128 4.9 7.3
6 150 6.27 159 .195 4.9 7.17 182 7.8 11.5
8 200 8.23 209 .216 5.5 9.16 233 11.1 16.5
10 250 10.35 263 .243 6.2 11.34 288 13.8 20.5
12 300 12.35 314 .287 7.3 13.42 341 17.0 25.4
14 350 13.56 344 .305 7.8 14.67 373 18.9 28.1
16 400 15.50 394 .351 8.9 16.70 424 23.2 34.5
* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .250” thick jacket.
Technical support Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shoreside or offshore
use of Bondstrand piping systems.
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
change.

Asia Europe Americas Centron International

Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 490
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 Burkburnett, TX 76354 600 FM 1195 South
Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Tel: (940) 569-1471 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (940) 569-2764 Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1997 Ameron • FP721C (4/01) supercedes FP721B (4/00) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [186]
®
FIBERGLASS-COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
Bondstrand PSX•L3
and PSX•JF Fittings
for marine, offshore and onshore service
Table of contents Quick-Lock® 90° elbows...................................................02

Quick-Lock 45° elbows.....................................................02
Quick-Lock 22.5° elbows..................................................02
Quick-Lock tees................................................................03
Quick-Lock reducing tees.................................................03
Quick-Lock 45° laterals.....................................................03
Quick-Lock crosses ..........................................................04
Quick-Lock reducers ........................................................04
Quick-Lock couplings .......................................................04
Quick-Lock nipples ...........................................................05
Quick-Lock socket depths................................................05
Flanged 90° long radius elbows ........................................05
Flanged 45° elbows...........................................................06
Flanged tees......................................................................06
Flanged reducers ..............................................................06
Flanged reducing tees.......................................................07
Deluge couplings..............................................................07
Reducing saddle with fiberglass bushed outlet ................07
Reducing saddle with Quick-Lock socket outlet ..............08
Reducing saddle with flanged outlet.................................09
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Common flange dimensions..............10
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt lengths........................................10
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt torques .......................................10
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Nuts and washers ..............................11
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Heavy duty flanges ............................11
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Blind flanges ......................................11
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Common flange dimensions..............12
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Heavy duty and Van Stone flanges ....12
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Bolt torques .......................................12
Important notice................................................................12
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP733A (5/01)
Quick-Lock 90° elbows Filament-wound 90° elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult
Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
DS
L
PSX•L3 PSX•JF
Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
1 25 2.56 65 0.6 0.3 1.5 0.7
1.5 40 3.19 81 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.2
2 50 3.00 76 1.4 0.6 3.7 1.7
3 80 4.50 114 2.5 1.1 6.0 2.7
4 100 6.00 152 4.0 1.8 9.6 4.4
6 150 9.00 229 13.6 6.2 30.6 13.9
8 200 12.00 305 32.6 14.8 51.4 23.3
10 250 15.00 381 48.4 22.0 76.5 34.7
12 300 18.00 457 75.6 34.3 119.5 54.2
Quick-Lock 45° elbows Filament-wound 45° elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult
Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
PSX•L3 PSX•JF
DS Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
L 1 25 .88 22 0.6 0.3 1.4 0.7
1.5 40 1.12 29 0.9 0.4 2.2 1.0
2 50 1.38 35 1.1 0.5 2.4 1.1
3 80 2.00 51 2.1 0.9 4.3 1.9
4 100 2.50 64 3.1 1.4 6.4 2.9
6 150 3.75 95 8.6 3.9 17.1 7.8
8 200 5.00 127 18.6 8.4 27.9 12.7
10 250 6.25 159 34.8 15.8 52.2 23.7
12 300 7.50 191 52.9 24.0 79.3 36.0
Quick-Lock 22.5° elbows Filament-wound 22.5° (special angle) elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded
joints. Special angle elbows are made to order and can be supplied in any specified
angle from about 15° to 85°. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
DS PSX•L3 PSX•JF
L 1 25 0.38 9 0.3 0.1 0.6 0.3
1.5 40 0.38 9 0.5 0.2 1.3 0.6
2 50 0.31 8 0.8 0.4 1.9 0.9
3 80 0.63 16 1.6 0.7 3.8 1.7
4 100 0.93 24 2.3 1.1 5.7 2.6
6 150 1.69 43 4.7 2.1 11.3 5.1
8 200 2.00 51 8.3 3.8 13.2 6.0
10 250 2.00 51 15.2 6.9 24.4 11.1
12 300 3.00 76 18.9 8.5 30.2 13.7
2
Quick-Lock tees Filament-wound tees with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-Lock
socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
DS PSX•L3 PSX•JF
1 25 1.06 27 1.1 0.5 2.1 1.0
1.5 40 1.19 30 1.6 0.7 2.7 1.2
2 50 2.50 64 3.7 1.7 5.9 2.7
3 80 3.38 86 6.4 2.9 9.6 4.3
4 100 4.12 105 10.5 4.7 14.7 6.7
6 150 5.62 143 25.3 11.5 35.0 15.9
8 200 7.00 178 42.2 19.2 48.9 22.2
10 250 8.50 216 76.2 34.6 88.4 40.1
12 300 10.00 254 119.6 54.3 138.8 53.0
Quick-Lock Filament-wound reducing tees with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints.

reducing tees
PSX•L3 PSX•JF
Nominal Size (in/mm) L1 (in/mm) L2 (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
2x2x1 50x50x25 2.52 64 2.25 57 2.9 1.3 4.9 2.2
L1
2x2x1.5 50x50x40 2.52 64 3.50 89 3.3 1.5 5.6 2.6
DS1
3x3x1.5 80x80x40 5.20 132 4.25 108 3.3 1.5 5.6 2.6
3x3x2 80x80x50 3.38 86 3.00 76 5.1 2.3 8.6 3.9
4x4x2 100x100x50 4.12 105 3.50 89 9.5 4.3 16.2 7.3
L2
4x4x3 100x100x80 4.12 105 3.88 99 11.0 5.0 18.7 8.5
6x6x2 150x150x50 5.62 143 4.50 114 17.0 7.7 23.9 10.8
6x6x3 150x150x80 5.62 143 4.88 124 19.9 9.0 28.1 12.8
DS2
6x6x4 150x150x100 5.62 143 5.12 130 22.0 10.0 31.0 14.1
8x8x3 200x200x80 7.00 178 5.88 149 30.8 14.0 36.9 16.8
8x8x4 200x200x100 7.00 178 6.12 155 33.3 15.1 40.0 18.1
8x8x6 200x200x150 7.00 178 6.62 168 37.5 17.0 45.0 20.4
10x10x4 250x250x100 8.50 216 7.25 184 41.6 18.9 50.0 22.7
10x10x6 250x250x150 8.50 216 7.62 194 53.8 24.4 54.6 29.3
10x10x8 250x250x200 8.50 216 8.00 203 62.5 28.4 74.9 34.0
12x12x4 300x300x100 10.00 254 8.12 206 68.4 31.1 82.1 37.3
12x12x6 300x300x150 10.00 254 8.62 219 73.2 33.2 87.8 39.9
12x12x8 300x300x200 10.00 254 9.00 229 79.9 36.3 95.9 43.5
12x12x10 300x300x250 10.00 254 9.50 241 92.8 42.1 111.4 50.6
Quick-Lock 45° laterals Filament-wound 45° laterals with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints are rated to the
same pressures as crosses of the corresponding size. Available in Bondstrand
PSX•L3 only.Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. Consult
Ameron for availability of reducing laterals.
Nominal Size (in/mm) L1 (in/mm) L2 (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg)

1 25 2.50 64 8.00 203 3.6 1.6
L2 1.5 40 3.00 76 10.00 254 6.6 3.0
2 50 2.50 64 8.00 203 3.6 1.6
3 80 3.00 76 10.00 254 6.6 3.0
4 100 3.00 76 12.00 305 8.7 3.9
6 150 3.50 89 14.50 368 15.0 6.8
8 200 4.50 114 17.50 445 27.0 12.0
L1
L2
DS 10 250 5.00 127 20.50 521 47.0 21.0
12 300 5.50 140 24.50 622 67.0 30.0
3
Quick-Lock crosses Filament-wound crosses with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Available in
Bondstrand PSX•L3 only.Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimen-
sion, Ds.
L
Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) Rating (psi/bar) Wt.(lb/kg)

DS 2 50 2.50 64 150 10 2.8 1.3
3 80 3.38 86 150 10 5.5 2.5
4 100 4.12 105 150 10 7.0 3.2
6 150 5.62 143 150 10 13.0 5.9
8 200 7.00 178 100 6.8 23.0 10.0
10 250 8.50 216 100 6.8 37.0 16.0
12 300 10.00 254 100 6.8 61.0 27.0
Quick-Lock reducers Filament-wound tapered body reducers with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints.
Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
PSX•L3 PSX•JF
L Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
DS2 11⁄2 x1 40x25 1.25 32 0.5 0.2 0.9 0.4
DS1
2x1 50x25 2.50 64 0.8 0.4 1.3 0.6
2x11⁄2 50x40 1.25 32 1.3 0.6 2.2 1.0
3x11⁄2 80x40 3.00 76 1.6 0.7 2.6 1.2
3x2 80x50 2.12 54 3.0 1.4 5.1 2.3
4x2 100x50 3.00 76 3.2 1.4 4.5 2.0
4x3 100x80 2.88 73 3.2 1.5 4.5 2.1
6x3 150x80 3.81 97 5.2 2.4 7.4 3.3
6x4 150x100 3.69 94 8.6 3.9 10.4 4.7
8x4 200x100 5.44 138 12.2 5.5 14.6 6.6
8x6 200x150 3.88 98 14.1 6.4 17.0 7.7
10x6 250x150 4.62 117 15.5 7.0 18.5 8.4
10x8 250x200 4.12 105 20.7 9.4 24.9 11.3
12x8 300x200 5.88 149 23.0 10.4 27.6 12.5
12x10 300x250 5.38 137 24.3 11.1 29.2 13.3
Quick-Lock couplings Filament-wound couplings with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-
Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
Nominal Size PSX•L3 PSX•JF

Ds (in/mm) L1 (in/mm) t (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
t
1 25 2.50 64 0.38 9 0.3 0.1 0.6 0.3
1.5 40 3.00 76 0.38 9 0.6 0.3 1.2 0.5
2 50 2.50 64 0.38 9 0.7 0.3 1.5 0.7
3 80 3.00 76 0.38 9 1.3 0.6 2.7 1.2
4 100 3.00 76 0.38 9 1.7 0.8 3.6 1.6
6 150 3.50 89 0.38 9 2.6 1.2 5.5 2.5
8 200 4.50 114 0.38 9 3.9 1.8 5.8 2.6
10 250 5.00 127 0.38 9 6.1 2.8 9.1 4.2
12 300 5.50 140 0.38 9 8.0 3.7 12.1 5.5
4
Quick-Lock nipples Filament-wound nipples to fit Quick-Lock socket. The same nipples are used for
PSX•L3 and PSX•JF pipe.
Nominal Size
(in/mm) B (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg)
B
1 25 2.25 57 0.3 0.1
1.5 40 2.63 67 0.3 0.2
2 50 3.77 96 0.4 0.2
3 80 3.77 96 0.4 0.2
4 100 3.77 96 0.5 0.2
6 150 4.63 117 1.0 0.5
8 200 5.13 130 1.6 0.7
10 250 5.63 143 2.3 1.1
12 300 6.13 156 2.8 1.3
Quick-Lock Socket depths, Ds, for all pipe and fittings using the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded
joint are the same for a given diameter
socket depths
Nominal Size (in/mm) Ds (in/mm)

1 25 1.06 27
1.5 40 1.25 32
2 50 1.82 46
3 80 1.82 46
4 100 1.82 46
6 150 2.25 57
DS
8 200 2.50 64
10 250 2.75 70
12 300 3.00 76
Flanged 90° Flanged 90° elbows with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see
Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1.
long radius elbows 150 flanges.
L
T* Nominal Size PSX•L3 PSX•JF
(in/mm) L (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
1 25 5.00 127 3.2 1.4 4.0 1.8
1.5 40 6.00 152 5.0 2.3 6.5 2.9
2 50 6.94 175 9.1 6.0 11.4 5.2
3 80 8.44 214 13.1 3.6 16.6 7.5
4 100 9.94 252 18.8 8.5 24.4 11.1
6 150 13.75 349 36.1 16.4 53.1 24.1
8 200 17.25 438 66.8 30.3 85.5 38.8
10 250 20.75 527 96.4 43.7 124.4 56.5
12 300 24.25 616 147.9 67.1 191.8 87.0
5
Flanged 45° elbows Flanged 90° elbows with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see
150 flanges.

1 25 3.25 83 3.1 1.4 4.0 1.8
1.5 40 3.88 98 4.8 2.2 6.1 2.8
2 50 5.31 135 8.9 4.0 10.1 4.6
3 80 5.94 151 12.7 5.8 14.9 6.8
4 100 6.44 164 17.9 8.1 21.2 9.6
L 6 150 8.50 216 31.0 14.1 39.6 18.0
8 200 10.25 260 52.7 23.9 62.0 28.2
T*
10 250 12.00 305 82.7 37.6 100.1 45.5
12 300 13.75 349 125.1 56.8 151.6 68.8
Flanged tees Flanged tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see
150 flanges.
L
T* Nominal Size PSX•L3 PSX•JF
1 25 3.50 89 5.0 2.2 5.9 2.7
1.5 40 4.00 102 7.5 3.4 8.6 3.9
2 50 6.44 164 15.3 6.9 17.4 7.9
3 80 7.31 186 22.4 10.1 25.5 11.6
4 100 8.06 205 32.6 14.8 36.9 16.7
6 150 10.38 264 59.0 26.8 68.7 31.2
8 200 12.25 311 93.4 42.4 100.1 45.5
10 250 14.25 362 148.1 67.2 160.3 72.8
12 300 16.25 413 228.0 103.5 247.2 112.2
Flanged reducers Flanged reducers with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see
Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5
C1. 150 flanges.

T* (in/mm) L (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
11⁄2 x1 40x25 6.50 165 3.7 1.7 4.1 1.9
2x1 50x25 8.88 225 5.9 2.7 6.4 2.9
2x11⁄2 50x40 8.00 203 7.1 3.2 8.0 3.6
3x11⁄2 80x40 9.75 248 8.8 4.0 9.9 4.5
3x2 80x50 10.00 254 12.2 5.5 14.3 6.5
4x2 100x50 10.88 276 14.4 6.5 15.7 7.1
4x3 100x80 10.75 273 15.9 7.2 17.2 7.8
6x3 150x80 12.50 317 21.8 9.9 23.9 10.8
6x4 150x100 12.38 314 27.3 12.4 29.0 13.2
8x4 200x100 14.62 371 36.6 16.6 39.0 17.7
8x6 200x150 13.88 352 42.4 19.3 45.3 20.5
10x6 250x150 15.12 384 50.7 23.0 53.8 24.4
10x8 250x200 15.12 384 61.8 28.1 66.0 29.9
12x8 300x200 17.38 441 76.2 34.6 80.8 36.7
12x10 300x250 17.38 441 84.5 38.3 89.3 40.5
6
Flanged reducing tees Flanged reducing tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, see
Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5
C1. 150 flanges.

L
T* 2x2x1 50x50x25 11.8 5.4 11.4 5.2
2x2x1.5 50x50x40 13.0 5.9 11.4 5.2
3x3x2 80x80x50 7.31 186 19.5 8.9 15.1 6.9
4x4x2 100x100x50 8.06 205 28.1 12.8 16.6 7.6
4x4x3 100x100x80 8.06 205 31.1 14.1 24.4 11.1
6x6x2 150x150x50 10.38 264 43.3 19.6 26.4 12.0
6x6x3 150x150x80 10.38 264 47.7 21.7 29.0 13.2
6x6x4 150x150x100 10.38 264 51.9 23.5 39.6 18.0
8x8x3 200x200x80 12.25 311 70.3 31.9 42.2 19.2
8x8x4 200x200x100 12.25 311 74.8 34.0 47.1 21.4
8x8x6 200x200x150 12.25 311 82.9 37.6 56.2 25.6
10x10x4 250x250x100 14.25 362 97.0 44.0 63.1 28.7
10x10x6 250x250x150 14.25 362 113.0 51.3 123.8 56.2
10x10x8 250x250x200 14.25 362 127.5 57.9 140.0 63.5
12x12x4 300x300x100 16.25 413 148.1 67.2 161.7 73.4
12x12x6 300x300x150 16.25 413 156.7 71.1 171.3 77.8
12x12x8 300x300x200 16.25 413 169.3 76.8 185.3 84.1
12x12x10 300x300x250 16.25 413 189.1 85.8 207.7 94.3
Deluge Coupling Outlet is available with 1/2 ”, 3/4”, 1” NPT threads. Threaded portion available in brass
or stainless steel.

(in/mm) B (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg) Wt.(lb/kg)
B 2 50 6.00 152 7.1 3.2 8.0 3.6
3 80 6.00 152 8.8 4.0 9.9 4.5
4 100 6.00 152 12.2 5.5 14.3 6.5
6 150 6.89 174 14.4 6.5 15.7 7.1
Reducing saddles with

fiberglass bushed outlet Nominal Size (in/mm) (deg.) PSX•L3 Saddle Wt.(lb/kg)
3x11⁄2 80x40 180 1.3 0.6
(IPS) (1, 11⁄4 and 11⁄2 inch) 4x11⁄2 100x40 180 1.8 0.8
6x11⁄2 150x40 90 1.0 0.5
8x11⁄2 200x40 90 1.3 0.6
10x11⁄2 250x40 45 0.8 0.4
12x11⁄2 300x40 45 1.5 0.7
Note 1: For bushed 1 and 11⁄2-inch outlets, use above 11⁄2-inch fiberglass

bushed outlet fitted with stainless steel reducing bushing.
Note 2: All components connected to 11⁄2-inch fiberglass bushed outlets
to be grounded.
Note 3: All above saddles are 6-inches in length.
7
Reducing saddles with Available in Bondstrand PSX•L3 only.
Quick-Lock
socket outlet (IPS) PSX•L3
Nominal Size (in/mm) (deg.) L (in/mm) B (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg)
3x1 80x25 180 5.50 140 6.00 152 2.2 1.0
3x11⁄2 80x40 180 5.50 140 6.00 152 2.5 1.1
3x2 80x50 180 5.50 140 6.00 152 2.8 1.3
4x1 100x25 180 6.25 159 6.00 152 3.8 1.7
4x11⁄2 100x40 180 6.25 159 6.00 152 4.0 1.8
DS
4x2 100x50 180 6.25 159 6.00 152 4.3 2.0
4x3 100x80 180 6.25 159 9.50 241 6.8 3.1
6x1 150x25 180 7.62 194 6.00 152 6.6 3.0
L
6x11⁄2 150x40 180 7.62 194 6.00 152 6.9 3.1
6x2 150x50 180 7.62 194 6.00 152 7.2 3.3
B
6x3 150x80 180 7.62 194 9.50 241 11.4 5.2
6x4 150x100 180 7.62 194 12.00 305 14.8 6.7
8x1 200x25 90 8.38 213 6.00 152 10.3 4.7
8x11⁄2 200x40 90 8.38 213 6.00 152 10.6 4.8
8x2 200x50 90 8.38 213 6.00 152 10.9 4.9
8x3 200x80 180 8.38 213 9.50 241 17.2 7.8
8x4 200x100 180 8.88 226 12.00 305 22.2 10.1
8x6 200x150 180 9.25 235 17.00 432 32.2 14.6
10x1 250x25 90 9.38 238 6.00 152 12.4 5.6
10x11⁄2 250x40 90 9.38 238 6.00 152 12.6 5.7
10x2 250x50 90 9.38 238 6.00 152 13.0 5.9
10x3 250x80 90 9.38 238 9.50 241 20.5 9.3
10x4 250x100 180 9.88 251 12.00 305 26.4 12.0
10x6 250x150 180 10.38 264 17.00 432 38.2 17.3
12x1 300x25 90 10.62 270 6.00 152 14.4 6.5
12x11⁄2 300x40 90 10.62 270 6.00 152 14.6 6.6
12x2 300x50 90 10.62 270 6.00 152 14.9 6.8
12x3 300x80 90 10.62 270 9.50 241 23.7 10.7
12x4 300x100 90 10.62 270 12.00 305 30.3 13.7
12x6 300x150 180 10.62 270 17.00 432 43.6 19.8
8
Reducing saddles with Available in Bondstrand PSX•L3 only.
flanged outlet (IPS)
Length (axial) PSX•L3
Nominal Size (in/mm) (deg.) L (in/mm) B (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg)
3x1 80x25 180 5.25 133 6.00 152 3.3 1.5
3x11⁄2 80x40 180 5.25 133 6.00 152 3.9 1.8
T*
3x2 80x50 180 5.25 133 6.00 152 4.7 2.1
4x1 100x25 180 6.00 152 6.00 152 4.8 2.2
4x11⁄2 100x40 180 6.00 152 6.00 152 5.4 2.4
L
4x2 100x50 180 6.00 152 6.00 152 6.2 2.8
4x3 100x80 180 6.00 152 9.50 241 9.5 4.3
6x1 150x25 180 7.38 187 6.00 152 7.7 3.5
6x11⁄2 150x40 180 7.38 187 6.00 152 8.3 3.8
6x2 150x50 180 7.38 187 6.00 152 9.1 4.1
6x3 150x80 180 7.38 187 9.50 241 14.1 6.4
6x4 150x100 180 7.38 187 12.00 305 18.8 8.6
8x1 200x25 90 8.12 206 6.00 152 11.3 5.2
8x11⁄2 200x40 90 8.12 206 6.00 152 11.9 5.4
8x2 200x50 90 8.12 206 6.00 152 12.8 5.8
8x3 200x80 180 8.12 206 9.50 241 19.9 9.0
8x4 200x100 180 8.62 219 12.00 305 26.3 11.9
8x6 200x150 180 9.00 229 17.00 432 39.4 17.9
10x1 250x25 90 9.12 232 6.00 152 13.4 6.1
10x11⁄2 250x40 90 9.12 232 6.00 152 14.0 6.4
10x2 250x50 90 9.12 232 6.00 152 14.8 6.7
10x3 250x80 90 9.12 232 9.50 241 23.2 10.5
10x4 250x100 180 9.62 244 12.00 305 30.4 13.8
10x6 250x150 180 10.12 257 17.00 432 45.3 20.6
12x1 300x25 90 10.38 264 6.00 152 15.4 7.0
12x11⁄2 300x40 90 10.38 264 6.00 152 16.0 7.3
12x2 300x50 90 10.38 264 6.00 152 16.8 7.6
12x3 300x80 90 10.38 264 9.50 241 26.4 12.0
12x4 300x100 90 10.38 264 12.00 305 34.3 15.6
12x6 300x150 180 11.12 282 17.00 432 50.9 23.1
9
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150
Flange Bolt Overall Bolt Hole Bolt Bolt
Common flange Nominal OD Circle Thickness Diameter Size Count
dimensions Pipe Size A BC D F — —
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) qty.
F
D 1 25 4.88 124.0 3.12 79.3 1.12 28.4 .62 15.8 .50 12.7 4
11⁄2 40 6.12 155.4 3.88 98.6 1.38 35.1 .62 15.8 .50 12.7 4
2 50 6.00 152.4 2.00 50.8 .75 19.1 .62 15.8 .50 12.7 4
3 80 7.50 190.5 6.00 152.4 2.00 50.8 .75 19.1 .62 15.8 4
4 100 9.00 228.6 7.50 190.5 2.00 50.8 .75 19.1 .62 15.8 8
L A 6 150 11.00 279.4 9.50 241.3 2.38 60.4 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 8
BC
8 200 13.50 342.9 11.75 298.5 2.62 66.6 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 8
Ds 10 250 16.00 406.4 14.25 361.9 2.88 73.2 1.00 25.4 .88 22.4 12
12 300 19.00 482.6 17.00 431.8 3.12 79.3 1.00 25.4 .88 22.4 12
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Recommended bolts lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Bolt lengths
Nominal
Pipe Size Hubbed HD van Stone Steel
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 .— — 3.50 88.9 .— — 3.00 76.2
11⁄2 40 .— — 4.00 101.6 .— — 3.50 88.9
2 50 3.25 82.6 5.25 133.4 4.50 114.3 4.00 101.6
3 80 3.50 88.9 5.25 133.4 4.50 114.3 4.25 108.0
4 100 3.50 88.9 5.25 133.4 4.50 114.3 4.25 108.0
6 150 4.75 120.7 6.50 165.1 5.25 133.4 5.00 127.0
8 200 5.25 133.4 7.00 177.8 6.25 158.8 5.50 139.7
10 250 5.25 133.4 7.50 190.5 6.25 158.8 5.50 139.7
12 300 5.75 146.1 8.00 203.2 6.75 171.5 6.00 152.4
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt torques for standard (hubbed) and heavy duty (hubless) flanges with ANSI
Bolt torques B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Size Range Torque Increments Final Torque
(in) (mm) (ft•lb) (N•m) (ft•lb) (N•m)
1-4 25 - 100 5 7 20 28
6 - 12 150 - 300 10 14 30 42
Bolt torques for van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.

1-2 25 - 50 10 14 20 28
3-4 80 - 100 10 14 40 56
6-8 150 - 200 20 28 60 84
10 - 12 250 - 300 20 28 80 112
10
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Recommended nut and washer sizes.
Nuts and washers
Bolt Nut Washer Washer
Size Thickness Thickness OD
.50 12.7 .46 11.7 .12 3.0 1.06 26.9
.62 15.8 .56 14.2 .12 3.0 1.31 33.3
.75 19.1 .64 16.3 .16 4.1 1.47 37.3
.88 22.4 .75 19.1 .16 4.1 1.75 44.5
1.00 25.4 .86 21.8 .16 4.1 2.00 50.8
1.12 28.5 .97 24.6 .16 4.1 2.25 57.2
1.25 31.7 1.06 26.9 .16 4.1 2.50 63.5
1.38 35.1 1.18 30.0 .16 4.1 2.75 69.8
1.50 38.1 1.28 32.5 .16 4.1 3.00 76.2
1.62 41.1 1.59 40.4 .16 4.1 3.50 88.9
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150

hubbed and heavy-duty
(HD) flanges Nominal
Pipe Size Thickness (D) Wt. (Hubbed Flange) Wt. (HD Flange)
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) (lb) (kg)
F
D 1 25 .— — .— — 1.1 .50
11⁄2 40 .— — .— — 2.3. 1.04
2 50 1.00 25.4 1.6 .72 2.9. 1.31
3 40 1.12 28.5 2.5 1.13 4.0 1.80
4 100 1.25 31.8 3.9 1.78 6.1 2.70
L A 6 150 1.75 44.4 6.4 2.88 10.0. 4.50
BC
8 200 2.00 50.8 10.0 4.50 11.0. 5.00
Ds 10 250 2.00 50.8 14.0 6.30 21.0 9.50
12 300 2.12 53.9 23.0 10.40 32.0. 14.40
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150

Blind flanges
Flange Bolt Overall Bolt Hole Bolt Bolt
Nominal OD Circle Thickness Diameter Size Count
Pipe Size A BC D F — —
D
1 25 4.25 108.0 3.13 79.4 0.98 25 0.63 15.9 0.50 12.7 4
F
11⁄2 40 5.00 127.0 3.87 98.4 0.98 25 0.63 15.9 0.50 12.7 4
2 50 6.00 152.4 4.75 120.7 1.18 30 0.75 19.1 0.50 12.7 4
3 40 7.50 190.5 6.00 152.4 1.18 30 0.75 19.1 0.62 15.8 4
BC
A 4 100 9.00 228.6 7.50 190.5 1.38 35 0.75 19.1 0.62 15.8 8
6 150 11.00 279.4 9.50 241.3 1.58 40 0.87 22.2 0.75 19.1 8
8 200 13.50 342.9 11.75 298.5 1.77 45 0.87 22.2 0.75 19.1 8
10 250 16.00 406.4 14.25 362.0 1.97 50 1.00 25.4 0.88 22.6 12
12 300 19.00 482.6 17.00 431.8 2.36 60 1.00 25.4 0.88 22.6 12
11
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Flange Bolt Overall Bolt Hole Bolt Bolt
Common flange Nominal OD Circle Thickness Diameter Size Count
dimensions Pipe Size A BC D F — —
F 1 25 4.88 124.0 3.50 88.9 1.10 27.9 .75 19.1 .32 8.1 4
D
11⁄2 40 6.12 155.5 4.50 114.3 1.38 35.1 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 4
2 50 6.00 152.4 5.00 127.0 2.00 50.8 .75 19.1 .62 15.7 8
3 80 8.25 209.6 6.62 168.1 2.00 50.8 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 8
4 100 10.00 254.0 7.88 200.2 2.00 50.8 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 8
L 6 150 12.50 317.5 10.62 269.8 2.38 60.5 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 12
A
BC 8 200 15.00 381.0 13.00 330.2 2.62 66.6 1.00 25.4 .88 22.4 12
Ds 10 250 17.50 444.5 15.25 387.4 2.88 73.2 1.12 28.5 1.00 25.4 16
12 300 20.50 520.7 17.75 450.9 3.12 79.3 1.25 31.8 1.12 28.5 16
Appropriate bolt lengths for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges may be found in the ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 bolt length
table under the heavy-duty and heavy-duty van Stone entries.
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Loose ring (van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe and hubless
Heavy-duty flanges and (heavy-duty) flanges.
van Stone flanges
van Stone Flange Hubless Flange
Nominal Thickness Setback Weight Weight
Pipe Size E G — —
D (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) (lb) (kg)
G 1 25 — — — 1.5 0.64
11⁄2 40 — — — 2.3 1.04
2 50 0.75 19.05 0.38 9.65 1.6 0.73 3.7 1.68
3 80 0.88 22.35 0.38 9.65 2.8 1.27 5.7 2.58
L 4 100 0.88 22.35 0.38 9.65 5.1 2.31 8.1 3.67
BC A 6 150 1.00 25.40 0.50 12.70 7.0 3.18 14.0 6.35
Ds
8 200 1.12 28.45 0.87 22.10 12.0 5.44 20.0 9.07
10 250 1.31 33.27 1.00 25.40 16.0 7.26 28.0 12.70
12 300 1.50 38.10 1.12 28.45 26.0 11.79 41.0 18.60
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Bolt torques for van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 drilling. For hubless (heavy-duty)
Bolt torques ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges, use bolt torques for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 van Stone flanges.

2 50 10 14 30 42
3-4 80 - 100 10 14 40 56
6 150 20 28 60 84
8 - 10 200 - 250 20 28 80 112
12 300 20 28 100 136
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operat-
ing procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or war-
ranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no lia-
bility whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP — HEADQUARTERS

Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
12
© 1997 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP733A (5/01) •5M[186]
Suspended Fire Protection System

in Commissary Building
with Bondstrand PSX™•L3
polysiloxane-phenolic fiberglass pipe
and filament-wound fittings
Location La Salina, Estado Zulia, Venezuela
Client PDVSA Oil & Gas
Application Fire water system
Product Bondstrand PSX•L3 pipe and fittings in 2" & 4"; Bondstrand 3000A
FP261 (3/98)
" Bondstrand PSX•L3 pipe and fittings provide protection not only from fire,
but also from dense smoke and toxic emissions in the event of a fire.
# Bondstrand PSX•L3 pipe and fittings installed above

the ceiling in commissary building.
Pipe system PDVSA looked to Bondstrand PSX•L3 piping to provide a high measure of safety for
the fire protection system in its commissary in Venezuela. This marks the first
onshore use of Bondstrand PSX piping. Extensive testing of Ameron's patented
polysiloxane resin system has demonstrated not only its superior fire resistance, but
also, very low smoke density and low toxic emissions.
Approximately 1100 meters (3600 feet) of 2- and 4-inch diameter Bondstrand
PSX•L3 and Bondstrand 3000A pipe and fittings were installed in the fire protection
system of this commissary. Bondstrand 3000A transports water from the main water
pipeline to the fire water system. The PSX•L3 piping is installed above the ceiling as
part of the sprinkler system.
Advantages These factors provide an advantage for Bondstrand over steel pipe.
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale
Bondstrand also provides excellent protection against external corrosion in this
marine environment. It will not require frequent replacement due to corrosion.
Ease of installation - Light weight fiberglass is easy to handle and install. Ameron-
trained crews completed the installation.
Fire resistance - Bondstrand PSX•L3 provides excellent fire resistance coupled with
low smoke density and toxic emissions.
Technical support Ameron Technical Service provided installation training. This ensured that the proper
techniques were utilized during installation.

P.O. Box 801148 Ameron Pte. Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com Tel: 65-861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (817) 569-2764
Fax: 65-862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587-587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Double containment
without doubling
the cost.
Bondstrand®•CX:
one-piece design,
featuring integral containment layer,
reduces installation time and labor costs.
meron’s Bondstrand•CX features a proprietary double-wall,
A coaxial design that provides integral containment of a wide variety

of chemicals. Between the primary pipe and the protective fiber-
glass outer wall is a porous layer of inert granular material that creates a
tight interstitial space. Should a leak occur in the primary system, only a
minimal volume of liquid would set off detection sensors.
This one-piece design needs no centralizers, and its slim profile often
allows replacement of existing single-wall systems in the same pipe racks
or trenches without extensive modification or expansion.
Bondstrand •CX is very lightweight: a 6" double-wall system weighs 50%
less than a conventional 10" over 6" system and 30% less than a minimal
8" over 6" double-wall system. The pipe is easy to install using standard
Ameron procedures: once the primary has been tested, you merely apply
adhesive to the secondary closures, snap them in place and allow them
to cure.
These features add up to real cost savings. Now there’s no need to
compromise with cheaper materials that may not do the job. You can
have all the strength and reliability of fiberglass and save money.
Bondstrand•CX saves time, saves space
and saves your budget.
Fiberglass Pipe Group
5300 Hollister•Suite 111, Houston, Texas 77040

713/690-7777•Fax 713/690-2842• www.ameron-net.com
®
Bondstrand•CX™*
Rigid Fiberglass Coaxial
Double Containment
Pipe & Fittings
for hazardous or corrosive chemicals in
buried or aboveground installations
Uses and applications Chemical process piping Hazardous waste

Drain systems Heavy-metal effluents
Waste lines
Description Bondstrand•CX is a one-piece double wall rigid fiberglass double containment system.
The pipe and fittings are filament-wound fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin. The
double wall design provides exceptional impact resistance, making Bondstrand•CX
suitable for corrosion and abuse prone applications where single wall fiberglass pipe
would not be suitable.
EXTERIOR COATING
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
SEAL
Figure 1. POROUS LAYER
EXT. COATING
PRIMARY
LINER
ISO-9001
Between the primary pipe and the secondary pipe is a porous layer of inert granular
material. This small interstitial space affords rapid leak detection with a minimal amount
of fluid.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
*Patent applied for

FP741B (7/00)
Description (cont’d) EXTERIOR COATING
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
SEAL
POROUS LAYER
Figure 2.
EXT. COATING
PRIMARY FITTING
For filament wound fittings, coaxial fittings maintain the same type of interstitial space
as on the pipe. Separate, easy to install closure pieces permit visual inspection of the
primary bond during testing. The closures are then set in place and bonded to securely
close the containment piping.
Figure 3.
45° Elbow
90° Elbow
Closure
Tee
Coupling
Clamshell fittings are available in 2-through 4-inch sizes in 90° elbow, 45° elbow, tee,
coupling and termination configurations. 2-piece fittings are bonded in place after
primary testing is complete.
Bondstrand•CX is available in all Bondstrand piping systems. Diameters range from
1- to 16-inches (25 to 400 mm).
2
Advantages • Dual wall design yields high impact resistance.
• One-piece design is more economical to install than traditional containment systems
• Small interstitial space provides rapid leak detection. Only a small volume of leaked
fluid is needed to reach a detection point to trigger an alarm.
• Pipe and fittings are lighter weight than standard double containment piping.
• Secondary closure pieces are adhesive-bonded in minutes. Double contained piping
system can be installed in significantly less time than a traditional containment system.
• Integral containment layer produces a small profile. Bondstrand•CX is ideal for close
tolerance installations.
• Fittings laying length is identical to that of a single wall fitting of the primary diameter.
Fittings can be placed in close proximity.
• Pipe and fittings are fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin for outstanding
resistance to corrosion.
• Full range of fittings
• Available in all Bondstrand pipe series
• Bill of materials determined in same manner as single pipe system.
Piping series information Specific information on the service capabilities of the primary system piping may be
found in the product data sheet (PDS) for the individual series:
Bondstrand PDS Resin Temp Press Liner Service

Series No. System (°F/°C) (psi/bar) (mil)
2000 FP163 epoxy 250/120 150/10 20 Moderately corrosive
media
3000A FP516 epoxy 210/99 150/10 20-25 General industrial
3200 FP99 epoxy 150/68 200/14 20-25 General industrial
4000 FP215 epoxy 250/120 150/10 50 Severely corrosive
media
5000 FP216 vinyl ester 200/92 150/10 50 Severely corrosive
media
7000 FP305 electrically 210/99 150/10 — Antistatic piping
conductive for refined hydro
carbons and jet fuel
90° elbows Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are
dependent upon materials used in piping.
Ds Centerline Laying Socket

L
Nominal to Face Length Depth
Size B L1 Ds
(in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm)
1 25 3.62 91.95 2.56 65.02 1.06 26.92
1.5 40 4.44 112.78 3.19 81.03 1.25 31.75
2 50 4.82 122.43 3.00 76.20 1.82 46.23
3 80 6.32 160.53 4.50 114.30 1.82 46.23
4 100 7.82 198.63 6.00 152.40 1.82 46.23
6 150 11.25 285.75 9.00 228.60 2.25 57.15
8 200 14.50 368.30 12.00 304.80 2.50 63.50
10 250 17.75 450.85 15.00 381.00 2.75 69.85
12 300 21.00 533.40 18.00 457.20 3.00 76.20
14 350 17.62 447.55 14.12 358.65 3.50 88.90
B 16 400 19.62 498.35 15.62 396.75 4.00 101.60
1
Primary Piping System
3
45° elbows Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are
B
Centerline Laying Socket
Ds Nominal to Face Length Depth
L Size B L1 Ds
1 25 1.94 49.28 0.88 22.35 1.06 26.92
1.5 40 2.37 60.20 1.12 28.45 1.25 31.75
2 50 3.20 81.28 1.38 35.05 1.82 46.23
3 80 3.82 97.03 2.00 50.80 1.82 46.23
4 100 4.32 109.73 2.50 63.50 1.82 46.23
6 150 6.00 152.40 3.75 95.25 2.25 57.15
8 200 7.50 190.50 5.00 127.00 2.50 63.50
10 250 9.00 228.60 6.25 158.75 2.75 69.85
12 300 10.50 266.70 7.50 190.50 3.00 76.20
14 350 8.19 208.03 4.69 119.13 3.50 88.90
16 400 9.38 238.25 5.38 136.65 4.00 101.60
1
Tees Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are
B
Centerline Laying Socket
L Nominal to Face Length Depth
Ds Size B L1 Ds
1 25 2.12 53.85 1.06 26.92 1.06 26.92
1.5 40 2.44 61.98 1.19 30.23 1.25 31.75
2 50 3.81 96.77 2.50 63.50 1.82 46.23
3 80 4.50 114.30 3.38 85.85 1.82 46.23
4 100 5.50 139.70 4.12 104.65 1.82 46.23
6 150 7.50 190.50 5.62 142.75 2.25 57.15
8 200 9.50 241.30 7.00 177.80 2.50 63.50
10 250 11.25 285.75 8.50 215.90 2.75 69.85
12 300 13.00 330.20 10.00 254.00 3.00 76.20
14 350 14.00 355.60 10.50 266.70 3.50 88.90
16 400 15.50 393.70 11.50 292.10 4.00 101.60
1
4
45° laterals Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are
Laying Laying Socket

Nominal Length Length Depth
Size L11 L21 Ds
2 50 2.50 63.50 8.00 203.20 1.82 46.23
3 80 3.00 76.20 10.00 254.00 1.82 46.23
4 100 3.00 76.20 12.00 304.80 1.82 46.23
6 150 3.50 88.90 14.50 368.30 2.25 57.15
L2 8 200 4.50 114.30 17.50 444.50 2.50 63.50
L1 Ds
10 250 5.00 127.00 20.50 520.70 2.75 69.85
12 300 5.50 139.70 24.50 622.30 3.00 76.20
14 350 5.50 139.70 24.50 622.30 3.50 88.90
16 400 5.50 139.70 24.50 622.30 4.00 101.60
1
Couplings Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are
t
Ds
Face Pipe Socket
Nominal to Face Stop Depth
Size A t Ds
1 25 2.50 63.50 0.38 9.65 1.06 26.92
1.5 40 2.88 73.15 0.38 9.65 1.25 31.75
2 50 4.00 101.60 0.38 9.65 1.82 46.23
3 80 4.00 101.60 0.38 9.65 1.82 46.23
4 100 4.00 101.60 0.38 9.65 1.82 46.23
6 150 4.88 123.95 0.38 9.65 2.25 57.15
8 200 5.38 136.65 0.38 9.65 2.50 63.50
10 250 5.88 149.35 0.38 9.65 2.75 69.85
12 300 6.38 162.05 0.38 9.65 3.00 76.20
A 14 350 7.75 196.85 0.75 19.04 3.50 88.90
16 400 8.75 222.25 0.75 19.04 4.00 101.60
5
Tapered Body Reducers Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are
L
Ds1 Laying Socket Socket

Nominal Length Depth Depth
Ds2 Size L Ds1 Ds2
1.5x1 40x25 1.25 31.75 1.06 26.92 1.25 31.75
2x1 50x25 2.50 63.50 1.06 26.92 1.82 46.23
2x1.5 50x40 1.25 31.75 1.12 28.45 1.82 46.23
3x1.5 80x40 3.00 76.20 1.25 31.75 1.82 46.23
3x2 80x50 2.12 53.85 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23
4x2 100x50 3.00 76.20 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23
4x3 100x80 2.88 73.15 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23
6x3 150x80 3.81 96.77 1.82 46.23 2.25 57.15
6x4 150x100 3.69 93.73 1.82 46.23 2.25 57.15
8x4 200x100 5.44 138.18 1.82 46.23 2.50 63.50
8x6 200x150 3.88 98.55 2.25 57.15 2.50 63.50
10x6 250x150 4.62 117.35 2.25 57.15 2.75 69.85
10x8 250x200 4.12 104.65 2.50 63.50 2.75 69.85
12x8 300x200 5.88 149.35 2.50 63.50 3.00 76.20
12x10 300x250 5.38 136.65 2.75 69.85 3.00 76.20
14x10 350x250 7.25 184.15 2.75 69.85 3.50 88.90
14x12 350x300 7.00 177.80 3.00 76.20 3.50 88.90
16x12 400x300 6.50 165.10 3.00 76.20 4.00 101.60
16x14 400x350 6.00 152.40 3.50 88.90 4.00 101.60
Quick-Lock® Reducing Tees Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are dependent upon
materials used in piping.
L1
Laying Laying Socket Socket
Nominal Length Length Depth Depth
Ds1 Size L1 L2 Ds1 Ds2
(in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm)
3x3x2 80x80x50 3.38 85.85 3.00 76 1.82 46 1.82 46
4x4x2 100x100x50 4.12 105 3.50 89 1.82 46 1.82 46
4x4x3 100x100x80 4.12 105 3.88 98 1.82 46 1.82 46
L2
6x6x2 150x150x50 5.62 143 4.50 114 2.25 57 1.82 46
6x6x3 150x150x80 5.62 143 4.88 124 2.25 57 1.82 46
Ds2 6x6x4 150x150x100 5.62 143 5.12 130 2.25 57 1.82 46
8x8x3 200x200x80 7.00 178 5.88 149 2.50 63 1.82 46
8x8x4 200x200x100 7.00 178 6.38 162 2.50 63 1.82 46
8x8x6 200x200x150 7.00 178 6.62 168 2.50 63 2.25 57
10x10x4 250x250x100 8.50 216 7.25 184 2.75 69 1.82 46
10x10x6 250x250x150 8.50 216 7.62 194 2.75 69 2.25 57
10x10x8 250x250x200 8.50 216 8.00 203 2.75 69 2.50 63
12x12x4 300x300x100 10.00 254 8.12 206 3.00 76 1.82 46
12x12x6 300x300x150 10.00 254 8.62 219 3.00 76 2.25 57
12x12x8 300x300x200 10.00 254 9.00 229 3.00 76 2.50 63
12x12x10 300x300x250 10.00 254 9.50 241 3.00 76 2.75 69
14x14x6 350x350x150 10.50 267 9.62 244 3.50 89 2.25 57
14x14x8 350x350x200 10.50 267 10.00 254 3.50 89 2.50 63
14x14x10 350x350x250 10.50 267 10.50 267 3.50 89 2.75 69
14x14x12 350x350x300 10.50 267 11.00 279 3.50 89 3.00 76
16x16x6 400x400x150 11.50 292 10.38 264 4.00 101 2.25 57
16x16x8 400x400x200 11.50 292 10.75 273 4.00 101 2.50 63
16x16x10 400x400x250 11.50 292 11.12 283 4.00 101 2.75 69
16x16x12 400x400x300 11.50 292 11.62 295 4.00 101 3.00 76
6 16x16x14 400x400x350 11.50 292 11.50 292 4.00 101 3.50 89
Clamshell Fittings
L Vinyl ester molded clamshell.
Min. Insertion Face to

Nominal Length Depth End of Taper
Size L C E
C
2 50 6.51 165 1.35 34 2.76 70
3 80 7.79 198 1.35 34 2.54 64
E 4 100 8.75 222 1.35 34 3.44 87
6 150
90° Elbow
Vinyl ester molded clamshell.

L

Size L C E
2 50 5.88 149 1.35 34 2.76 70
C
3 80 7.01 178 1.35 34 2.54 64
E 4 100 7.48 190 1.35 34 3.44 87
45° Elbow 6 150

L

Size L C E
2 50 6.51 165 1.35 34 2.76 70
C
3 80 7.79 198 1.35 34 2.54 64
E 4 100 8.75 222 1.35 34 3.44 87
Tee 6 150
A
L
Face Laying Min. Insertion Face to
Nominal to Face Length Depth End of Taper
Size A L C E
(in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm) (in/mm)
2 50 12.75 324 7.25 184 1.35 34 2.76 70
Coupling C 3 80 12.81 325 7.81 198 1.35 34 2.54 64
4 100 12.25 311 5.38 136 1.35 34 3.44 87
E
6 150
A
L
Face Laying Min. Insertion

Nominal to Face Length Depth
Size A L C
2 50 3.75 95 1.05 27 1.35 34
3 80 3.75 95 1.05 27 1.35 34
4 100 3.75 95 1.05 27 1.35 34
C Terminator 6 150
Note: This Clamshell is available with standard air valve for testing the
secondary containment.
7
Drains Floor drains are sized to fit 8-inch Quick-Lock bell ends in the secondary and
containment and either 4 or 6-inch Quick-Lock spigot ends in the primary. Smaller
primary line sizes can be accommodated by using Quick-Lock reducer bushings.
Refer to BONDSTRAND FITTINGS PRODUCT DATA SHEET, FP282, for bushing dimensions.
9.87 9.87
8.75 8.75
Nominal Bell
4.00 6.00
Pipe Depth
Size Ds
1.50 1.50
(in) (in)
2 1.82 5.00 5.00
3 1.82
Ds
4 1.82 Ds
6 2.25
Fits 4-inch Fits 6-inch
8 2.50 QL spigot
QL spigot
Fits 8-inch QL bell Fits 8-inch QL bell
change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1997 Ameron • FP741B (7/00) supercedes FP741 (8/99) • 5M [186]
MEK Floor Drain Lines

with Bondstrand® CX™ 2000 no shave
fiberglass pipe fittings
Location Tuscon, Arizona
Client Immations
Application MEK Floor Drain Lines
FP842 (11/99)
Pipe system Approximately 200 feet 3 thru 6-inch diameter, Bondstrand® CX™ Series 2000 no
shave pipe and filament-wound fittings with secondary closures were installed.
Comments from the

installing contractor
estimated over 50%
reduction in installation
time when compared to
double wall steel.
No shaving tools were

required to install the
system. The secondary
system was closed using
a two piece, filament-
wound closure.
Note the compact

assembly allowed by
coaxial design of fittings.

CX Pipe allows faster leak detection through the small interstitial space.
CX Pipe has a greater impact resistance than single wall piping.
Installation time was cut by over 50%.
No Shave pipe requires no shaving tools.
Uses same dependable QL design.
CX Fittings have same laying length as primary, allowing fittings to be assembled in
close proximity.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Large Diameter Pipe

in Refinery Fire Protection Piping
with Bondstrand Series 3400 fiberglass pipe
& fittings with Key-Lock® joining system
Location Cartagena, Colombia
Client Ecopetrol
Application Fire protection piping
Product Bondstrand Series 3400 pipe, filament wound Key-Lock fittings, up to 36”
(900 mm); Series 3200L, 4" through 16" (100 mm-400 mm) with
Pronto-Lock II joining system FP346 (4/98)
" Right, 16"
Bondstrand 3200L
provides fire
protection line to
refinery plant.
" Far right, worker

inspects 36"
Bondstrand
Series 3400 prior
to installation.
Pipe system Over 50,000 feet (15,250 m) of 4- through 36-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 3400
pipe with Key-Lock fittings and Series 3200L with Pronto-Lock joining system were
installed in the fire protection system of this refinery in Colombia.
The refinery is located in a subtropical region and close to the Caribbean Ocean.
The highly corrosive marine environment, combined with a high water table in the
area caused the original steel line to corrode and fail.
Ameron's FM-approved and UL Listed Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems are
inherently resistant to external corrosion. Bondstrand, used successfully in a variety
of marine applications, is able to withstand the harsh marine climate.
The mechanical joining systems lowered installation costs by about 60%. No
cathodic protection was required.

Ease of installation - Using a mechanical joining system eliminated the need for
welding or complicated joining systems requiring highly-trained crews.
Cost savings - Bondstrand reduced the installationcost by about 60%


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

®
Bondstrand LD Case History
Crooked Creek Odor Control

Reclamation Facility
using Bondstrand Large Diameter
Vinyl Ester fiberglass pipe and fittings
Location Gwinett County, Georgia
Client Crooked Creek Reclamation Facility

Installed By: Alcon Associates
Product 36-, 42- and 60-inch Vinyl Ester Duct
Fiberglass - Composite Pipe Asia Europe Americas Centron International

Group - Headquarters Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 490
P.O. Box 801148 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 Burkburnett, TX 76354 600 FM 1195 South
Houston, TX 77280 Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (940) 569-2764 Tel: (940) 325-1341
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: (713) 690-2842 info@ameron.com.sg Fax: +31 345 587 561 http://www.centrongre.com
http://www.ameron.com info@ameron-fpg.nl
© 1998 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP867 (11/00) • 5M[021] FP867 (11/00)

®
Odor Control FRP Duct

Location Deer Island, Massachusetts
Client Deer Island Waste Water Treatment Plant, Batteries C & D

Installed by: Worcester Air Conditioning
Product 14 through 66-inch Vinyl Ester Duct
Fiberglass - Composite Asia Europe Americas Centron International

Pipe Group - Headquarters Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 490
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681

®
Cooling Tower
Distribution Header
Location Geismar, Louisiana
Client Geismar Olefin Plant

Installed by: Union Texas Petrochemical Co.
Product Large Diameter Vinyl Ester Duct
Fiberglass - Composite Asia Europe Americas Centron International

Pipe Group - Headquarters Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 490
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681

®
FRP Elevator Castings for

Buckhead MARTA Station
Location Atlanta, Georgia
Client Buckhead MARTA Station

Installed by: Kenneth Haire
Product 24-inch Vinyl Ester Elevator Castings

Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681

®
FRP Duct for Scrubbers in

Precious Metals Recovery
Location Seneca, South Carolina
Client Englehard Chemical Company

Installed by: Davis Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
Product 4- through 48-inch Vinyl Ester Duct

Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681

®
Fittings Dimensions
for Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000,
and 7000 fiberglass piping systems
in 1 through 16-inch sizes
Table of contents Introduction.......................................................................02

Manufacturing methods ...................................................02
Assembly instructions ......................................................02
90° elbows.........................................................................03
90° flanged elbows............................................................03
90° combination elbows ...................................................04
45° elbows.........................................................................04
45° flanged elbows............................................................05
45° combination elbows ...................................................05
221/2° elbows .....................................................................05
Tees ...................................................................................06
Reducing tees ...................................................................06
Flanged tees......................................................................07
Combination tees..............................................................07
Flanged reducing tees.......................................................08
45° laterals.........................................................................08
45° flanged laterals............................................................09
Tapered body reducers .....................................................09
Flanged tapered body reducers ........................................10
Combination reducers (flanged small end)........................10
Combination reducers (flanged large end) ........................11
Pipe nipples.......................................................................11
Couplings and end caps ...................................................12
Crosses .............................................................................12
Flanges..............................................................................13
Reducing flanges ..............................................................13
Blind flanges......................................................................14
Heavy-duty flanges ...........................................................14
Orifice flanges ...................................................................14
Maintenance couplings.....................................................15
Adapters (threaded and Victaulic) .....................................15
Molded plugs ....................................................................15
Molded reducer bushings .................................................16
ISO-9001 Blank saddles....................................................................16
Reducing saddles (flanged and Quick-Lock® outlets) .......17
Reducing saddles (bushed outlets)...................................18
Pressure ratings for fittings................................................19
Important note...................................................................20
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP 282A (5/98)
Introduction Tolerance for centerline-to-face dimensions on fittings with flanged ends is ±1/8
inch; for centerline-to-face dimensions with bell-end fittings ± 1⁄16 inch: and for
angular measures is ±1°.
Shipping weights are approximate.
The Quick-Lock bell end has a 1/2° taper and is the standard end configuration.
All other end configurations, including size reductions, are made to order.
Flanges are drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.5, Class 150. Other drillings
specifications are available upon request. For pressure and temperature ratings;
refer to product data sheet for specific series.
Manufacturing methods Material Applicable Fittings

Filament winding · Epoxy resin · Elbows, tees, couplings
· Vinylester resin · Flanges, laterals, nipples
· Glass fibers · Saddles, crosses, reducers
· Maintenance couplings
· Special angle fittings
Compression molding · Epoxy resin · Flanges, bushings, plugs
· Vinylester resin · Caps, blind flanges
· Discontinuous · Elbows, 45°, 90°; tees
glass fibers · Eccentric reducers
·
Machining · 316 stainless steel · Orifice flanges
· Saddles for reductions
Assembly instructions Consult the following publications for installation details regarding
Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000, 5020 and 7000 piping systems:
Quick-Lock Adhesive-bonded Bell and Spigot Joints, FP170. Contains
instructions for preparing the Quick-Lock adhesive joint, using end preparation
tools, applying and curing adhesives and mounting Bondstrand flanges on
fiberglass pipe. Usage instructions for the various Bondstrand adhesives are
included in the adhesive kits.
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges, FP196. Contains
information pertinent to selection of gaskets, nuts, washers, and bolts when
joining Bondstrand fiberglass flanges to fiberglass flanges and to flanges of
other materials. Includes recommended bolt torques and bolt tightening
sequence diagrams.
Maintenance Coupling Assembly for butt-end joints, FP199. Assembly
instructions for the Bondstrand maintenance coupling.
2
90° elbows Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Fittings marked with an
asterisk (*) are molded.
Nom Laying Overall Socket Approx
Pipe Length Length Depth Wt
Size (L) (B) (Ds)
D
S
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
01 25 2.56 65 3.62 92 1.06 27 1 0.5
11⁄2 40 03.19 81 04.44 113 1.25 32 1 0.5
02 50 03.00 76 04.82 122 1.82 46 1 0.5
02.01* 51 03.83 97 1.82 46 1 0.5
03 80 04.50 114 06.32 161 1.82 46 3 1.4
02.61* 66 04.43 113 1.82 46 2 0.9
04 100 06.00 152 07.82 199 1.82 46 4 1.8
03.69* 94 05.51 140 1.82 46 3 1.4
06 150 09.00 229 11.25 286 2.25 57 8 3.6
05.25* 133 07.50 191 2.25 57 7 3.2
41 08 200 12.00 305 14.50 368 2.50 64 15 6.8
10 250 15.00 381 17.75 451 2.75 70 25 11.3
12 300 18.00 457 21.00 533 3.00 76 41 18.6
14 350 14.12 359 17.62 448 3.50 89 37 16.8
16 400 15.62 397 19.62 498 4.00 102 68 30.8
90° flanged elbows Flanged 90° elbows feature filament-wound bodies and filament-wound (f/w) or
molded (m) flanges. They are available in ANSI short-radius (s/r) or long-radius
(l/r) laying lengths. Flanged short-radius elbows meeting ANSI laying lengths are
not available in 1, 11/2, 14 or 16 inch sizes. Fittings marked with two asterisks (**)
are available only with filament-wound flanges.
Nom Radius Laying Flange Thickness Approx Wt
L
Pipe Type Length At Face At Hub Flange Type
Size (L) (t) (D) (m) (f/w)
t
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg lb. kg
D
1 25 l/r 5.00** 127** 1.13 29 1.13 29 – – 1 0.5
11⁄ 2 40 l/r 6.00** 152 1.38 35 1.38 35 – – 1 0.5
2 50 s/r 4.50 114 1.00 25 2.00 51 5 2.3 4 1.8
l/r 6.50 165 1.00 25 2.00 51 5 2.3 5 2.3
3 80 s/r 5.50 140 1.13 29 2.00 51 8 3.6 7 3.2
l/r 7.75 197 1.13 29 2.00 51 9 4.1 8 3.6
4 100 s/r 6.50 165 1.25 32 2.00 51 11 5.0 10 4.5
l/r 9.00 229 1.25 32 2.00 51 13 5.9 12 5.4
6 150 s/r 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 22 10.0 18 8.2
l/r 11.50 292 1.75 44 2.38 60 26 11.8 22 10.0
8 200 s/r 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 35 15.9 29 13.2
l/r 14.00 356 2.00 51 2.63 67 41 18.6 37 16.8
10 250 s/r 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 50 22.7 43 19.5
l/r 16.50 419 2.00 51 2.88 73 57 25.9 54 24.5
12 300 s/r 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 82 37.2 77 34.9
l/r 19.00 483 2.13 54 3.13 80 91 41.3 86 39.0
14 350 l/r 21.50** 546 2.81 71 3.81 97 – – 150 68.0
16 400 l/r 12.00** 305 3.25 83 4.25 108 – – 180 81.6
3
90° combination elbows Only center-to-flange-face dimensions correspond to ANSI laying lengths. The
fitting body is filament wound; flanges are available in molded (m) or filament-
wound (f/w) variants. Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) indicate molded
flanges. Fittings marked with two asterisks (**) are available only with filament-
wound flanges.
Nom Radius Laying Flange Thickness Overall Laying Socket Approx Wt
Pipe Type Length At Face At Hub Length Length Depth Flange Type
Size (A) (t) (D) (B) (L) (Ds) (m) (f/w)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg lb. kg
01 25 l/r 5.00 127 1.13** 29 1.13 29 3.37 86 2.31 59 1.06 27 – – 2 0.9
011⁄2 40 l/r 6.00 152 1.38** 35 1.38 35 4.44 113 3.19 81 1.25 32 – – 3 1.4
02 50 s/r 4.50 114 1.00 25 2.00 51 6.56 167 4.75 121 1.81 46 4 1.8 3 1.4
l/r 6.50 165 1.00 25 2.00 51 8.56 217 6.75 171 1.81 46 4 1.8 4 1.8
03 80 s/r 5.50 140 1.13 29 2.00 51 7.56 192 5.75 146 1.81 46 6 2.7 5 2.3
l/r 7.75 197 1.13 29 2.00 51 9.81 249 8.00 203 1.81 46 6 2.7 6 2.7
04 100 s/r 6.50 165 1.25 32 2.00 51 8.56 217 6.75 171 1.81 46 8 3.6 8 3.6
l/r 9.00 229 1.25 32 2.00 51 11.31 287 9.25 235 2.06 52 10 4.5 10 4.5
06 150 s/r 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 10.50 267 8.25 210 2.25 57 16 7.3 14 6.4
l/r 11.50 292 1.75 44 2.38 60 14.00 356 11.75 298 2.25 57 20 9.1 18 8.2
08 200 s/r 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 11.75 298 9.25 235 2.50 64 26 11.8 23 10.4
l/r 14.00 356 2.00 51 2.63 67 16.75 425 14.25 362 2.50 64 32 14.5 31 14.1
10 250 s/r 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 14.00 356 11.25 286 2.75 70 38 17.2 34 15.4
l/r 16.50 419 2.00 51 2.88 73 19.50 495 16.75 425 2.75 70 45 20.4 45 20.4
12 300 s/r 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 15.25 387 12.25 311 3.00 76 61 27.7 61 27.7
l/r 19.00 483 2.13 54 3.13 80 22.25 565 19.25 489 3.00 76 70 31.8 70 31.8
14 350 l/r 21.50 546 2.88** 73 3.75 95 17.62 448 14.12 359 3.50 89 – – 85 38.6
16 400 l/r 24.00 610 3.25** 83 4.25 108 19.62 498 15.62 397 4.00 102 – – 104 47.2
45° elbows Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise designated. Fittings marked with
an asterisk (*) are molded.
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Approx
Size (L) (B) (Ds)
01 25 0.88 22 1.94 49 1.06 27 1 0.5
011⁄2 40 1.12 28 2.37 60 1.25 32 1 0.5
02 50 1.38 35 3.20 81 1.82 46 1 0.5
1.38* 35 3.20 81 1.82 46 1 0.5
03 80 2.00 51 3.82 97 1.82 46 2 0.9
1.62* 41 3.43 87 1.82 46 2 0.9
04 100 2.50 64 4.32 110 1.82 46 3 1.4
2.42* 61 4.23 107 1.82 46 3 1.4
06 150 3.75 95 6.00 152 2.25 57 5 2.3
3.31* 84 5.56 141 2.25 57 8 3.6
08 200 5.00 127 7.50 191 2.50 64 9 4.1
10 250 6.25 159 9.00 229 2.75 70 16 7.3
12 300 7.50 191 10.50 267 3.00 76 26 11.8
14 350 4.69 119 8.19 208 3.50 89 38 17.2
16 400 5.38 137 9.38 238 4.00 102 45 20.4
4
45° flanged elbows Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise designated. Fittings marked with
an asterisk (*) have molded flanges. Laying lengths meet ANSI criteria.
Nominal Laying Flange Thickness Approx
Pipe Length At Face At Hub Wt
Size (L) (t) (D) (m) (f/w)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg lb. kg
02 50 2.50 64 1.00 25 2.00 51 5 2.3 04 1.8
03 80 3.00 76 1.13 29 2.00 51 7 3.2 06 2.7
04 100 4.00 102 1.25 32 2.00 51 10 4.5 10 4.5
06 150 5.00 127 1.75 44 2.38 60 21 9.5 17 7.7
08 200 5.50 140 2.00 51 2.63 67 32 14.5 29 13.2
10 250 6.50 165 2.00 51 2.88 73 50 22.7 47 21.3
12 300 7.50 191 2.13 54 3.13 80 76 34.5 70 31.8
14 350 12.25** 311 2.81 71 3.81 97 – –. 59 26.8
16 400 13.94** 354 3.25 83 4.25 108 – – 77 34.9
45° combination elbows Flanges are available in molded (m) or filament-wound (f/w) construction.
Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) indicate molded flanges.
Nom Laying Flange Thickness Overall Laying Socket Approx Wt
Pipe Length At Face At Hub Length Length Depth Flange Type
Size (A) (t) (D ) (B) (L) (Ds) (m) (f/w)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg lb. k
*2 50 2.50 64 1.00 25 2.00 51 4.56 116 2.75 70 1.82 46 3 1.4 *3 1.4
*3 80 3.00 76 1.13 29 2.00 51 5.06 129 3.25 83 1.82 46 5 2.3 *4 1.8
*4 100 4.00 102 1.25 32 2.00 51 6.06 154 4.25 108 1.82 46 7 3.2 7 3.2
*6 150 5.00 127 1.75 44 2.38 60 7.50 191 5.25 133 2.25 57 15 6.8 13 5.9
*8 200 5.50 140 2.00 51 2.63 67 8.25 210 5.75 146 2.50 64 23 10.4 23 10.4
10 250 6.50 165 2.00 51 2.88 73 9.50 241 6.75 171 2.75 70 38 17.2 38 17.2
12 300 7.50 191 2.13 54 3.13 80 10.75 273 7.75 197 3.00 76 55 24.9 54 24.5
14 350 12.25** 311 2.81 71 3.81 97 16.00* 406 12.50** 318 3.50 89 63 28.6 60 27.2
16 400 13.94** 354 3.25 83 4.25 108 18.20* 462 14.20** 361 4.00 102 69 31.3 66 29.9
221/2 ° elbows Fittings feature filament-wound Quick-Lock bell ends. Elbows with angles such
as 111/4°, 30°, 60° and 75° and other special angles are available. Consult your
Ameron representative.
Size (L) (B) (Ds)
1 25 0.38 10 1.44 37 1.06 27 0.3 0.1
11⁄2 40 0.38 10 1.63 41 1.25 32 0.5 0.2
2 50 0.81 21 2.62 67 1.82 46 0.7 0.3
3 80 1.00 25 2.81 71 1.82 46 1.3 0.6
4 100 1.12 28 2.94 75 1.82 46 2.0 0.9
6 150 1.12 28 3.38 86 2.25 57 4.0 1.8
8 200 2.25 57 4.63 118 2.50 64 7.0 3.2
10 250 2.62 67 5.38 137 2.75 70 13.0 5.9
12 300 3.00 76 6.00 152 3.00 76 16.0 7.3
14 350 3.25 83 6.75 171 3.50 89 26.0 11.8
16 400 3.50 89 7.50 191 4.00 102 30.0 13.6
5
Tees Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded fittings are
indicated with an asterisk (*).
Size (L) (B) (Ds)
1 25 1.06 27 2.12 54 1.06 27 1 0.5
11⁄2 40 1.19 30 2.44 62 1.25 32 1 0.5
2 50 2.00* 51 3.81 97 1.82 46 3 1.4
2.50 64 4.32 110 1.82 46 2 0.9
3 80 2.69* 68 4.50 114 1.82 46 5 2.3
3.38 86 5.20 132 1.82 46 4 1.8
4 100 3.69* 94 5.50 140 1.82 46 7 3.2
4.12 105 5.94 151 1.82 46 5 2.3
6 150 5.25* 133 7.50 191 2.25 57 14 6.4
5.62 143 7.87 200 2.25 57 11 5.0
8 200 7.00 178 9.50 241 2.50 64 18 8.2
10 250 8.50 216 11.25 286 2.75 70 32 14.5
12 300 10.00 254 13.00 330 3.00 76 46 20.9
14 350 10.50 267 14.00 356 3.50 89 65 29.5
16 400 11.50 292 15.50 394 4.00 102 97 44.0
Reducing tees Fittings are filament wound
Nom Laying Laying Overall Overall Socket Socket Approx

Pipe Length Length Length Length Depth Depth Wt
Size (L1) (L2) (B1) (B2) (Ds1) (Ds2)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
2x2x1 50x50x25 2.50 64 2.25 57 4.31 109 3.31 84 1.81 46 1.06 27 3 1.4
3x3x2 80x80x50 3.38 86 3.00 76 5.19 132 4.81 122 1.81 46 1.82 46 4 1.8
4x4x2 100x100x50 4.12 105 3.50 89 5.93 151 5.31 135 1.81 46 1.82 46 5 2.3
4x4x3 100x100x80 4.12 105 3.88 99 5.93 151 5.68 144 1.81 46 1.82 46 5 2.3
6x6x2 150x150x50 5.62 143 4.50 114 7.87 200 6.31 160 2.25 57 1.82 46 8 3.6
6x6x3 150x150x80 5.62 143 4.88 124 7.87 200 6.69 170 2.25 57 1.82 46 9 4.1
6x6x4 150x150x100 5.62 143 5.12 130 7.87 200 6.93 176 2.25 57 1.82 46 10 4.5
8x8x3 200x200x80 7.00 178 5.88 149 9.50 241 7.69 195 2.50 64 1.82 46 14 6.4
8x8x4 200x200x100 7.00 178 6.12 155 9.50 241 7.94 202 2.50 64 1.82 46 15 6.8
8x8x6 200x200x150 7.00 178 6.62 168 9.50 241 8.87 225 2.50 64 2.25 57 17 7.7
10x10x4 250x250x100 8.50 216 7.25 184 11.25 286 9.06 230 2.75 70 1.81 46 20 9.1
10x10x6 250x250x150 8.50 216 7.62 194 11.25 286 9.87 251 2.75 70 2.25 57 24 10.9
10x10x8 250x250x200 8.50 216 8.00 203 11.25 286 10.50 267 2.75 70 2.50 64 28 12.7
12x12x4 300x300x100 10.00 254 8.12 206 13.00 330 9.93 252 3.00 76 1.81 46 30 13.6
12x12x6 300x300x150 10.00 254 8.62 219 13.00 330 10.87 276 3.00 76 2.25 57 34 15.4
12x12x8 300x300x200 10.00 254 9.00 229 13.00 330 11.50 292 3.00 76 2.50 64 38 17.2
12x12x10 300x300x250 10.00 254 9.50 241 13.00 330 12.25 311 3.00 76 2.75 70 42 19.1
14x14x6 350x350x150 10.50 267 9.62 244 14.00 356 11.87 301 3.50 89 2.25 57 45 20.4
14x14x8 350x350x200 10.50 267 10.00 254 14.00 356 12.50 318 3.50 89 2.50 64 50 22.7
14x14x10 350x350x250 10.50 267 10.50 267 14.00 356 13.25 337 3.50 89 2.75 70 55 24.9
14x14x12 350x350x300 10.50 267 11.00 279 14.00 356 14.00 356 3.50 89 3.00 76 60 27.2
16x16x6 400x400x150 11.50 292 10.38 264 15.50 394 12.63 321 4.00 102 2.25 57 70 31.8
16x16x8 400x400x200 11.50 292 10.75 273 15.50 394 13.25 337 4.00 102 2.50 64 75 34.0
16x16x10 400x400x250 11.50 292 11.12 282 15.50 394 13.87 352 4.00 102 2.75 70 80 36.3
16x16x12 400x400x300 11.50 292 11.62 295 15.50 394 14.62 371 4.00 102 3.00 76 85 38.6
16x16x14 400x400x350 11.50 292 11.50 292 15.50 394 15.00 381 4.00 102 3.50 89 90 40.8
6
Flanged tees Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded flanges available
in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Fittings noted with with asterisk (*) do not meet
ANSI laying lengths. Flange thickness with double asterisk (**) represents
molded flange dimension.
Nom Laying Flange Thickness Approx
Pipe Length At Face At Hub Wt
Size (L) (t) (D)
1 25 3.50 89 1.13 29 1.13 29 2 0.9
11⁄2 40 4.00 102 1.38 35 1.38 35 3 1.4
2 50 4.50 114 1.00 25 2.00 51 7 3.2
3 80 5.50 140 . 1.13 29 2.00 51 11 5.0
4 100 6.50 165 1.25 32 2.00 51 17 7.7
6.50 165 1.56** 40 – – 17 7.7
6 150 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 32 14.5
8 200 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 47 21.3
10 250 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 70 31.8
12 300 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 114 51.7
14 350 18.00* 457 2.81 71 3.81 97 220 99.8
16 400 20.00* 508 3.25 83 4.25 108 280 127.0
Combination tees Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded flanges are
available in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Any combination of flanged or Quick-
Lock ends is available. Fittings noted with an asterisk (*) do not match ANSI
laying length dimensions. Quick-Lock bell ends in 14- and 16-inch sizes are
integrally wound.
Nom Laying Laying Flange Thickness Approx Wt
Pipe Length Length At Face At Hub 1 cplg 2 cplg
Size (A) (B) (t) (D) 2 flgs 1 flg
in. mm in. mmin mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg lb. kg
1 25 3.50 89 1.06 27 1.13 29 1.13 29 3 1.4 3 1.4
1 1 ⁄2 40 4.07 103 1.19 30 1.38 35 1.38 35 4 1.8 4 1.8
2 50 4.50 114 4.75 121 1.00 25 2.00 51 6 2.7 5 2.3
3 80 5.50 140 5.75 146 1.13 29 2.00 51 10 4.5 8 3.6
4 100 6.50 165 6.75 171 1.25 32 2.00 51 14 6.4 12 5.4
6 150 8.00 203 8.25 210 1.75 44 2.38 60 28 12.7 24 10.9
8 200 9.00 229 9.25 235 2.00 51 2.63 67 41 18.6 35 15.9
10 250 11.00 279 11.25 286 2.00 51 2.88 73 61 27.7 52 23.6
12 300 12.00 305 12.25 311 2.13 54 3.13 80 98 44.5 82 37.2
14 350 18.00* 457 10.50 267 2.81 71 3.81 97 130 59.0 120 54.4
16 400 20.00* 508 11.50 292 3.25 83 4.25 108 145 65.8 130 59.0
7
Flanged reducing tees Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded flanges available
in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Fittings with asterisk (*) do not meet ANSI laying
lengths. Flange thicknesses with double asterisk (**) represent molded flange
dimensions.
Nom Laying Laying Flange Thickness Flange Thickness Approx
Pipe Length Length At Face At Hub At Face At Hub Wt
Size (L1) (L2) (t1) (D1) (t2) (D2)
3x3x2 80x80x50 5.50 140 5.50 140 1.13 29 2.00 51 1.00 25 2.00 51 10 4.5
4x4x2 100x100x50 6.50 165 6.50 165 1.25 32 2.00 51 1.00 25 2.00 51 15 6.8
6.50 165 6.50 165 1.56** 40 2.00 51 1.00 25 2.00 51 15 6.8
4x4x3 100x100x80 6.50 165 6.50 165 1.25 32 2.00 51 1.13 29 2.00 51 16 7.3
6.50 165 6.50 165 1.56** 40 2.00 51 1.13 29 2.00 51 16 7.3
6x6x2 150x150x50 8.00 203 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 1.00 25 2.00 51 25 11.3
6x6x3 150x150x80 8.00 203 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 1.13 29 2.00 51 27 12.2
6x6x4 150x150x100 8.00 203 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 1.25 32 2.00 51 29 13.2
8.00 203 8.00 203 1.75 44 2.38 60 1.56** 40 2.00 51 29 13.2
8x8x3 200x200x80 9.00 229 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 1.13 29 2.00 51 32 14.5
8x8x4 200x200x100 9.00 229 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 1.25 32 2.00 51 37 16.8
8x8x6 200x200x150 9.00 229 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 1.75 44 2.38 60 42 19.1
9.00 229 9.00 229 2.00 51 2.63 67 1.56** 40 2.00 51 43 19.5
10x10x4 250x250x100 11.00 279 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 1.25 32 2.00 51 50 22.7
11.00 279 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 1.56** 40 2.00 51 50 22.7
10x10x6 250x250x150 11.00 279 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 1.75 44 2.38 60 57 25.9
10x10x8 250x250x200 11.00 279 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.88 73 2.00 51 2.00 51 64 29.0
12x12x4 300x300x100 12.00 305 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 1.25 32 2.00 51 75 34.0
12.00 305 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 1.56** 40 2.00 51 75 34.0
12x12x6 300x300x150 12.00 305 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 1.75 44 2.38 60 85 38.6
12x12x8 300x300x200 12.00 305 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 2.00 51 2.63 67 95 43.1
12x12x10 300x300x250 12.00 305 12.00 305 2.13 54 3.13 80 2.00 51 2.88 73 105 47.6
14x14x6 350x350x150 18.00* 457 14.39 366 2.81 71 3.81 97 1.75 44 2.38 60 155 70.3
14x14x8 350x350x200 18.00* 457 15.25 387 2.81 71 3.81 97 2.00 51 2.63 67 170 77.1
14x14x10 350x350x250 18.00* 457 16.25 413 2.81 71 3.81 97 2.00 51 2.88 73 185 83.9
14x14x12 350x350x300 18.00* 457 17.25 438 2.81 71 3.81 97 2.13 54 3.13 80 200 90.7
16x16x6 400x400x150 20.00* 508 15.12 384 3.25 83 4.25 108 1.75 44 2.38 60 200 90.7
16x16x8 400x400x200 20.00* 508 16.00 406 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.00 51 2.63 67 215 97.5
16x16x10 400x400x250 20.00* 508 16.88 429 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.00 51 2.88 73 230 104.3
16x16x12 400x400x300 20.00* 508 17.88 454 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.13 54 3.13 80 245 111.1
16x16x14 400x400x350 *20.00* 508 19.06 484 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.81 71 3.81 97 260 117.9
45° laterals Nom Laying Laying Socket Approx

Size (L1) (L2) (Ds)
2 50 2.50 64 8.00 203 1.82 46 4 1.8
3 80 3.00 76 10.00 254 1.82 46 7 3.2
4 100 3.00 76 12.00 305 1.82 46 9 4.1
6 150 3.50 89 14.50 368 2.25 57 15 6.8
8 200 4.50 114 17.50 445 2.50 64 27 12.2
10 250 5.00 127 20.50 521 2.75 70 47 21.3
12 300 5.50 140 24.50 622 3.00 76 67 30.4
14 350 5.50 140 24.50 622 3.50 89 87 39.5
16 400 5.50 140 24.50 622 4.00 102 110 49.9
8
45° flanged laterals Flanges are filament wound and meet ANSI B16.5 Cl 150 requirements.
Nominal Laying Laying Flange Thickness Approx
Pipe Length Length At Face At Hub Wt
Size (L1) (L2) (t) (D)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
2 50 6.44 164 11.94 303 1.00 25 2.00 51 9 4.1
3 80 6.94 176 13.94 354 1.13 29 2.00 51 14 6.4
4 100 6.94 176 15.94 405 1.25 32 2.00 51 20 9.1
6 150 8.25 210 19.25 489 1.75 44 2.38 60 34 15.4
8 200 9.76 248 22.75 578 2.00 51 2.63 67 57 25.9
10 250 10.75 273 26.25 667 2.00 51 2.88 73 89 40.4
12 300 11.75 298 30.75 781 2.13 54 3.13 80 136 61.7
14 350 13.06 332 32.00 813 2.81 71 3.81 97 201 91.2
16 400 14.00 356 33.00 838 3.25 83 4.25 108 269 122.0
Nom Overall Laying Socket Socket Approx

Pipe Length Length Depth Depth Wt
Size (L) (L) (Ds1) (Ds2)
in. mm in. mmin mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
1 ⁄2 x1
1
40x25 3.56 90 1.25 32 1.06 27 1.25 32 0.4 0.2
2x1 50x25 5.38 137 2.50 64 1.06 27 1.82 46 0.6 0.3
2x11⁄2 20x40 4.32 110 1.25 32 1.25 32 1.82 46 1.0 0.5
3x2 80x50 5.75 146 2.12 54 1.82 46 1.82 46 1.4 0.6
4x2 100x50 6.62 168 3.00 76 1.82 46 1.82 46 2.0 0.9
4x3 100x80 6.50 165 2.88 73 1.82 46 1.82 46 2.0 0.9
6x3 150x80 7.88 200 3.81 97 1.82 46 2.25 57 4.0 1.8
6x4 150x100 7.75 197 3.69 94 1.82 46 2.25 57 4.0 1.8
8x4 200x100 9.75 248 5.44 138 1.82 46 2.50 64 7.0 3.2
8x6 200x150 8.63 219 3.88 99 2.25 57 2.50 64 7.0 3.2
10x6 250x150 9.62 244 4.62 117 2.25 57 2.75 70 9.0 4.1
10x8 250x200 9.37 238 4.12 105 2.50 64 2.75 70 8.0 3.6
12x8 300x200 11.38 289 5.88 149 2.50 64 3.00 76 14.0 6.4
12x10 300x250 11.12 282 5.38 137 2.75 70 3.00 76 13.0 5.9
14x10 350x250 13.50 343 7.25 184 2.75 70 3.50 89 36 .0 16.3
14x12 350x300 13.50 343 7.00 178 3.00 76 3.50 89 37.0 16.8
16x12 400x300 13.50 343 6.50 165 3.00 76 4.00 102 54.0 24.5
16x14 400x350 13.50 343 6.00 152 3.50 89 4.00 102 57.0 25.9
9
Flanged tapered body Flanges are filament wound. Flanges in 2-, 3- and 4-inch sizes are available only
reducers in heavy-duty (hubless) configuration. Molded flanges available in
2- through 12-inch sizes. Fittings with asterisk (*) meet ANSI laying lengths.
Nominal Laying Flange Thickness Flange Thickness Approx

Pipe Length At Face At Hub At Face At Hub Wt
Size (L) (t1) (D1) (t2) (D2)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
11⁄2x1 40x25 6.50 165 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.13 29 1.13 29 4 1.8
2x1 50x25 8.75 222 1.00 25 2.00 51 1.13 29 1.13 29 5 2.3
2x11⁄ 2 20x40 8.00 203 1.00 25 2.00 51 1.38 35 1.38 35 6 2.7
3x2* 80x50 6.00 152 1.13 29 2.00 51 1.00 25 2.00 51 9 4.1
4x2* 100x50 7.00 178 1.25 32 2.00 51 1.00 25 2.00 51 10 4.5
4x3* 100x80 7.00 178 1.25 32 2.00 51 1.13 29 2.00 51 11 5.0
6x3* 150x80 9.00 229 1.75 44 2.38 60 1.13 29 2.00 51 15 6.8
6x4* 150x100 9.00 229 1.75 44 2.38 60 1.25 32 2.00 51 17 7.7
8x4* 200x100 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.63 67 1.25 32 2.00 51 21 9.5
8x6* 200x150 11.00 279 2.00 51 2.63 67 1.75 44 2.38 60 23 10.4
10x6* 250x150 12.00 305 2.00 51 2.88 73 1.75 44 2.38 60 28 12.7
10x8* 250x200 12.00 305 2.00 51 2.88 73 2.00 51 2.63 67 35 15.9
12x8* 300x200 14.00 356 2.13 54 3.13 80 2.00 51 2.63 67 45 20.4
12x10* 300x250 14.00 356 2.13 54 3.13 80 2.00 51 2.88 73 50 22.7
14x10* 350x250 16.00 406 2.81 71 3.81 97 2.00 51 2.88 73 73 33.1
14x12* 350x300 16.00 406 2.81 71 3.81 97 2.13 54 3.13 80 84 38.1
16x12* 400x300 18.00 457 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.13 54 3.13 80 100 45.4
16x14* 400x350 18.00 457 3.25 83 4.25 108 2.81 71 3.81 97 115 52.2
Combination reducers Flanges are filament wound with tapered body. Molded flanges available in
(flanged small end) 2- through 12-inch sizes.
Nom Laying Overall Flange Thickness Approx

Pipe Length* Length At Face At Hub Wt
Size (L) (B) (t) (D)
3x2 80x50 6.25 159 8.06 205 1.13 29 2.00 51 8 3.6
4x2 100x50 7.25 184 9.06 230 1.25 32 2.00 51 9 4.1
4x3 100x80 7.25 184 11.06 281 1.25 32 2.00 51 10 4.5
6x3 150x80 9.25 235 11.06 281 1.75 44 2.38 60 13 5.9
6x4 150x100 9.25 235 11.06 281 1.75 44 2.38 60 14 6.4
8x4 200x100 11.25 286 13.06 332 2.00 51 2.63 67 18 8.2
8x6 200x150 11.25 286 13.50 343 2.00 51 2.63 67 19 8.6
10x6 250x150 12.25 311 14.50 368 2.00 51 2.88 73 24 10.9
10x8 250x200 12.25 311 14.75 375 2.00 51 2.88 73 29 13.2
12x8 300x200 14.25 362 16.75 425 2.13 54 3.13 80 39 17.7
12x10 300x250 14.25 362 17.00 432 2.13 54 3.13 80 41 18.6
14x10 350x250 16.13 410 19.88 505 2.82 72 3.81 97 59 26.8
14x12 350x300 16.13 410 19.13 486 2.82 72 3.81 97 56 25.4
16x12 400x300 18.13 461 21.13 537 3.25 83 4.25 108 78 35.4
16x14 400x350 18.38 467 21.88 556 3.25 83 4.25 108 82 37.2
* Laying length is measured from contact surface to pipe stop in Quick Lock bell.
10
Combination reducers Standard flanges are filament wound. Molded flanges available in 2- through
(flanged large end) 12-inch sizes.
Nom Laying Overall Flange Thickness Approx

Pipe Length* Length At Face At Hub Wt
Size (A) (B) (t) (D)
3x2 80x50 06.25 159 08.06 205 1.00 25 2.00 51 07 3.2
4x2 100x50 07.25 184 09.06 230 1.00 25 2.00 51 08 3.6
4x3 100x80 07.25 184 09.06 230 1.13 29 2.00 51 09 4.1
6x3 150x80 09.25 235 11.25 286 1.13 29 2.00 51 11 5.0
6x4 150x100 09.25 235 11.25 286 1.25 32 2.00 51 13 5.9
8x4 200x100 11.25 286 13.75 349 1.25 32 2.00 51 15 6.8
8x6 200x150 11.25 286 13.75 349 1.75 44 2.38 60 17 7.7
10x6 250x150 12.25 311 15.00 381 1.75 44 2.38 60 19 8.6
10x8 250x200 12.25 311 15.00 381 2.00 51 2.63 67 26 11.8
12x8 300x200 14.25 362 17.25 438 2.00 51 2.63 67 29 13.2
12x10 300x250 14.25 362 17.25 438 2.00 51 2.88 73 34 15.4
14x10 350x250 16.13 410 19.88 505 2.00 51 2.88 73 39 17.7
14x12 350x300 16.13 410 19.88 505 2.13 54 3.81 97 47 21.3
16x12 400x300 18.13 461 22.38 568 2.13 54 4.25 108 54 24.5
16x14 400x350 18.38 467 22.38 568 2.81 71 4.25 108 66 29.9
* Laying length is measured from contact surface to pipe stop in Quick Lock bell.
Pipe nipples Nom Overall Approx

Pipe Length Wt
Size (A)
in. mm in. mm lb. kg
1 25 2.25 57 0.1 0.0
11⁄2 40 2.62 67 0.2 0.1
2 50 3.75 95 0.2 0.1
3 80 3.75 95 0.3 0.1
4 100 3.75 95 0.5 0.2
6 150 4.62 117 0.9 0.4
8 200 5.12 130 1.4 0.6
10 250 5.62 143 1.9 0.9
12 300 6.12 155 2.4 1.1
14 350 7.25 184 6.7 3.0
16 400 8.25 210 9.7 4.4
11
Couplings and end caps Couplings are filament wound. End caps consist of filament-wound couplings
with molded plugs bonded in.
Nom Overall Socket Outside Pipe Approx

Pipe Length Depth Dia Stop Wt
Size (A) (Ds) (D) (t) Cplg Cap
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg lb. kg
1 25 2.50 64 1.06 27 1.62 41 0.38 10 0.2 0.1 0.9 0.4
11⁄ 2 40 2.88 73 1.25 32 2.31 59 0.38 10 0.3 0.1 1.0 0.5
2 50 4.00 102 1.81 46 2.81 71 0.38 10 0.6 0.3 1.2 0.5
3 80 4.00 102 1.81 46 3.94 100 0.38 10 0.9 0.4 2.2 1.0
4 100 4.00 102 1.81 46 5.06 129 0.38 10 1.4 0.6 3.4 1.5
6 150 4.88 124 2.25 57 7.19 183 0.38 10 2.4 1.1 8.4 3.8
8 200 5.38 137 2.50 64 9.25 235 0.38 10 4.0 1.8 14.0 6.4
10 250 5.88 149 2.75 70 11.38 289 0.38 10 5.0 2.3 22.0 10.0
12 300 6.38 162 3.00 76 13.38 340 0.38 10 7.0 3.2 22.0 10.0
14 350 7.75 197 3.50 89 14.69 373 0.75 19 12.0 5.4 – –
16 400 8.75 222 4.00 102 16.94 430 0.75 19 14.0 6.4 – –
Crosses Crosses are filament wound. Mitered crosses are available in 14- and
16-in sizes. Contact Ameron for dimensions and pressure ratings.
Nom Laying Socket Approx
Pipe Length Depth Wt
Size (L) (Ds)
in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
2 50 2.50 64 1.81 46 3 1.4
3 80 3.38 86 1.81 46 6 2.7
4 100 4.12 105 1.81 46 7 3.2
6 150 5.62 143 2.25 57 13 5.9
8 200 7.00 178 2.50 64 23 10.4
10 250 8.50 216 2.75 70 37 16.8
12 300 10.00 254 3.00 76 61 27.7
12
Flanges Filament-wound and molded flanges correspond to ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 classifi-
cation. Sealing ring thicknesses for 1- and 11/2-inch flanges are 0.035; for
2- through 8-inch flanges, 0.047; and for 10- through 16-inch flanges,
0.060, respectively. Molded flanges are indicated with an asterisk (*).See
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges, FP196, for
recommendations on gasket selection, nut and washer dimensions, bolt
lengths and torques, and tightening sequences.
Nom Flange Bolt Laying Flange Thickness Socket Hole Hole Bolt Approx
Pipe Dia Circle Length At Hub At Face Depth Count Dia Dia Wt
Size (A) (BC) (L) (D) (t) (Ds)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
1 25 4.25 108 3.13 80 0.063 2 – – – – 1.06 27 4 0.63 16 0.50 13 1 0.5
11⁄2 40 5.00 127 3.88 99 0.125 3 – – – – 1.25 32 4 0.63 16 0.50 13 2 0.9
2 50 6.00 152 4.75 121 0.188 5 2.00 51 1.00 25 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 2 0.9
6.00* 152 4.75 121 0.188 5 2.00 51 1.00 25 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 2 0.9
3 80 7.50 191 6.00 152 0.188 5 2.00 51 1.13 29 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 3 1.4
7.50* 191 6.00 152 0.188 5 2.00 51 1.13 29 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 3. 1.4
4 100 9.00 229 7.50 191 0.188 5 2.00 51 1.25 32 1.82 46 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 4 1.8
9.00* 229 7.50 191 0.188 5 2.00 51 1.56 40 1.82 46 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 4 1.8
6 150 11.00 279 9.50 241 0.125 3 2.38 60 1.75 44 2.25 57 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 7 3.2
11.00* 279 9.50 241 0.125 3 2.38 60 1.75 44 2.25 57 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 7 3.2
8 200 13.50 343 11.75 298 0.125 3 2.63 67 2.00 51 2.50 64 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 10 4.5
13.50* 343 11.75 298 0.125 3 2.63 67 2.00 51 2.50 64 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 12 5.4
10 250 16.00 406 14.25 362 0.125 3 2.88 73 2.00 51 2.75 70 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 14 6.4
16.00* 406 14.25 362 0.125 3 2.88 73 2.00 51 2.75 70 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 16 7.3
12 300 19.00 483 17.00 432 0.125 3 3.13 80 2.13 54 3.00 76 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 22 10.0
19.00* 483 17.00 432 0.125 3 3.13 80 2.13 54 3.00 76 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 27 12.2
14 350 21.00 533 18.75 476 0.312 8 3.81 97 2.81 71 3.50 89 12 1.12 28 1.00 25 37 16.8
16 400 23.50 597 21.25 540 0.250 6 4.25 108 3.25 83 4.00 102 16 1.12 28 1.00 25 53 24.0
Reducing flanges Reducing flanges are of molded construction. See assembly instructions for
bolting and gasket recommendations. Use 1⁄2-inch drive to avoid wrench socket
to flange hub interference while torquing bolts.
Nom Flange Bolt Laying Flange Thickness Hole Hole Socket Bolt Approx
Pipe Dia Circle Length At Hub At Face Dia Count Depth Dia Wt
Size (A) (BC) (L) (D) (t) (F) (Ds)
2x1 ⁄2
1
50x40 5.00 127 3.88 99 0.50 13 2.38 60 2.38 60 1.88 48 4 0.63 16 0.50 13 2 0.9
3x2 80x50 7.50 191 6.00 152 0.12 3. 1.93 49 1.12 28 1.81 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 3 1.4
4x2 100x50 9.00 229 7.50 191 0.12 3 1.93 49 1.25 32 1.81 46 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 6 2.7
4x3 100x80 9.00 229 7.50 191 0.12 3 1.93 49 1.25 32 1.81 46 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 5 2.3
6x3 150x80 11.00 279 9.50 241 0.69 18 2.50 64 1.75 44 1.81 46 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 12 5.4
6x4 150x100 11.00 279 9.50 241 0.69 18 2.50 64 1.75 44 1.81 46 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 11 5.0
8x4 200x100 13.50 343 11.75 298 0.94 24 2.75 70 2.00 51 1.81 46 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 21 9.5
8x6 200x150 13.50 343 11.75 298 0.50 13 2.75 70 2.00 51 2.25 57 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 17 7.7
10x6 250x150 16.00 406 14.25 362 0.75 19 3.00 76 2.00 51 2.25 57 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 29 13.2
10x8 250x200 16.00 406 14.25 362 0.50 13 3.00 76 2.00 51 2.50 64 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 24 10.9
12x8 300x200 19.00 483 17.00 432 0.75 19 3.25 83 2.12 54 3.00 76 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 43 19.5
12x10 300x250 19.00 483 17.00 432 0.50 13 3.25 83 2.12 54 3.00 76 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 36 16.3
13
Blind flanges Blind flanges are molded.
Nom Flange Bolt Flange Thickness Hole Hole Bolt Approx

Pipe Dia Circle At Face At Holes Count Dia Dia Wt
Size (A) (BC) (D) (t) (F)
2 50 6.00 152 4.75 121 1.18 30 1.00 25 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 3 1.4
3 80 7.50 191 6.00 152 1.25 32 1.13 29 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 4 1.8
4 100 9.00 229 7.50 191 1.43 36 1.25 32 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 6 2.7
6 150 11.00 279 9.50 241 2.50 64 1.75 44 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 14 6.4
8 200 13.50 343 11.75 298 2.75 70 2.00 51 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 23 10.4
10 250 16.00 406 14.25 362 3.00 76 2.00 51 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 35 15.9
12 300 19.00 438 17.00 432 3.25 83 2.13 54 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 55 24.9
Heavy-duty flanges Heavy-duty (hubless) flanges are filament-wound.
Nom Flange Bolt Laying Flange Socket Hole Hole Bolt Approx
Pipe Dia Circle Length Thickness Depth Count Dia Dia Wt
Size (A) (BC) (L) (D) (Ds) (F)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg
1 25 4.25 108 3.13 80 0.06 2 1.13 29 1.06 27 4 0.63 16 0.50 13 1 0.5
11⁄2 40 5.00 127 3.88 99 0.13 3. 1.38 35 1.25 32 4 0.63 16 0.50 13 2 0.9
2 50 6.00 152 4.75 121 0.19 5 1.94 49 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 3 1.4
3 80 7.50 191 6.00 152 0.19 5 1.94 49 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 4 1.8
4 100 9.00 229 7.50 191 0.19 5 1.94 49 1.82 46 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 6 2.7
6 150 11.00 279 9.50 241 0.13 3 2.38 60 2.25 57 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 10 4.5
8 200 13.50 343 11.75 298 0.13 3 2.63 67 2.50 64 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 14 6.4
10 250 16.00 406 14.25 362 0.13 3 2.88 73 2.75 70 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 21 9.5
12 300 19.00 483 17.00 432 0.13 3 3.13 80 3.00 76 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 32 14.5
14 350 21.00 533 18.75 476 0.31 8 3.81 97 3.50 89 12 1.12 28 1.00 25 45 20.4
16 400 23.50 597 21.25 540 0.25 6 4.25 108 4.00 102 16 1.12 28 1.00 25 59 26.8
Orifice flanges Orifice flanges are filament-wound.
Nom Flange Bolt Laying Flange Thickness Socket Hole Hole Bolt Approx
Pipe Dia Circle Length Maximum Minimum Depth Count Dia Dia Wt
Size (A) (BC) (L) (D) (F) (Ds)
2 50 6.00 152 4.75 121 0.19 5 3.38 86 2.38 60 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 3 1.4
3 80 7.50 191 6.00 152 0.19 5 3.38 86 2.50 64 1.82 46 4 0.75 19 0.63 16 5 2.3
4 100 9.00 229 7.50 191 0.19 5 3.38 86 2.63 67 1.82 46 8 0.75 19 0.63 16 7 3.2
6 150 11.00 279 9.50 241 0.13 3 3.75 95 2.94 75 2.25 57 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 11 5.0
8 200 13.50 343 11.75 298 0.13 3 4.00 102 3.19 81 2.50 64 8 0.88 22 0.75 19 17 7.7
10 250 16.00 406 14.25 362 0.13 3 4.25 108 3.25 83 2.75 70 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 24 10.9
12 300 19.00 483 17.00 432 0.13 3 4.50 114 3.50 89 3.00 76 12 1.00 25 0.88 22 36 16.3
14 350 21.00 533 18.75 476 0.31 8 5.00 127 4.00 102 3.50 89 12 1.12 28 1.00 25 49 22.2
16 400 23.50 597 21.25 540 0.25 6 5.50 140 4.50 114 4.00 102 16 1.12 28 1.00 25 57 25.9
14
Maintenance couplings Bondstrand maintenance coupling kits include inner and outer sections,
hose clamp(s), and instructions for assembly (Bondstrand Installation
Maintenance Coupling, FP199). Adhesive must be ordered separately.
Nom Pipe Overall Pressure Adhesive Kits

Size Length Rating Required
in. mm in. mm psi. N/m2 6 oz.
1 25 2.50 64 150 1.03x106 ⁄2
1
11⁄2 40 3.00 76 150 1.03x106 1

2 50 4.00 102 150 1.03x106 1
3 80 4.00 102 150 1.03x106 1
4 100 4.00 102 150 1.03x106 2
6 150 4.88 124 150 1.03x106 2
8 200 5.38 137 150 1.03x106 3
10 250 5.88 149 150 1.03x106 4
12 300 6.38 162 150 1.03x106 4
14 350 7.38 187 150 1.03x106 6
16 400 8.38 213 150 1.03x106 8
Adapters (threaded and Filament-wound adapters are available in Quick-Lock bell x NPT threaded male
Victaulic) (M), and Quick-Lock bell x Victaulic male end (V) configurations.
Nom End Overall Socket Inside Approx

Pipe Type Length Depth Dia Wt
Size (A) (Ds) (B)
1 25 M 2.38 60 0.87 22 0.76 19 0.3 0.1
11⁄2 40 M 2.81 71 1.37 35 1.43 36 0.4 0.2
2 50 M 3.57 91 1.81 46 1.89 48 0.6 0.3
V 4.16 106 1.81 46 1.89 48 0.6 0.3
3 80 M 4.36 111 1.81 46 2.80 71 1.2 0.5
V 5.00 127 1.81 46 2.80 71 1.2 0.5
4 100 M 4.63 118 1.81 46 3.89 99 1.6 0.7
V 5.19 132 1.81 46 3.89 99 1.6 0.7
6 150 M 4.67 119 2.25 57 5.90 150 2.6 1.2
V 6.00 152 2.25 57 5.90 150 2.6 1.2
Molded plugs 50 psi maximum

Nom Total Approx
Pipe Thickness Wt
Size (A)
in. mm in. mm lb. kg
2 50 1.94 49 0.6 0.3
3 80 1.94 49 1.3 0.6
4 100 1.94 49 2.0 0.9
6 150 2.38 60 6.0 2.7
8 200 2.63 67 10.0 4.5
10 250 2.88 73 17.0 7.7
12 300 3.13 80 27.0 12.2 15
Molded reducer bushings Nom Overall Pipe Eccentricity Approx
Pipe Length Stop Wt
Size (A) (L) (E)
3x2 80X50 1.94 49 0.13 3 0.25 6 0.7 0.3
4x2 100x50 1.94 49 0.13 3 0.75 19 1.5 0.7
4x3 100x80 1.94 49 0.13 3 0.13 3 0.8 0.4
6x3 150x80 2.38 60 0.56 14 1.25 32 4.1 1.9
6x4 150x100 2.38 60 0.56 14 0.63 16 3.1 1.4
8x4 200x100 2.63 67 0.81 21 1.63 41 8.0 3.6
8x6 200x150 2.63 67 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.0 2.3
10x6 250x150 2.88 73 0.63 16 1.63 41 12.0 5.4
10x8 250x200 2.88 73 0.38 10 0.63 16 7.0 3.2
12x8 300x200 3.13 80 0.63 16 1.63 41 15.0 6.8
12x10 300x250 3.13 80 0.38 10 0.63 16 8.0 3.6
Blank saddles Blank saddles are filament wound and are used for pipe support and
restraint. Thickness for all saddles is 0.56 inches. Available in same lengths
as reducing saddles.
Nom Pipe Approx Adhesive Kits
Size Wt Required
in•mm lb/in•kg/mm (3 oz ) (6 oz )
1 25 0.1 0.05 1
11⁄2 40 0.2 0.09 1
2 50 0.2 0.09 1
3 80 0.3 0.14 1
4 100 0.4 0.18 1
6 150 0.5 0.23 1
8 200 0.6 0.27 1
10 250 0.8 0.36 11⁄2
12 300 1.0 0.45 11⁄2
14 350 1.1 0.50 2
16 400 1.2 0.54 2
16
Reducing saddles Both filament-wound and molded flanges are available. Saddles are filament
with flanged and wound. See Quick-Lock coupling table for socket depth, Ds. See Quick-Lock
Quick-Lock outlets flange table for flange thickness.
Outlet Laying Nominal Saddle

Nom Nom Length Thickness Length Girth Approx Wt Adhesive
Size Size (L) (t) (B) (a) (Flg) (Q/L) Kits Required
in.•mm in.•mm in.•mm in.• mm in.•mm degrees lb.•kg lb.•kg 3 oz. 6 oz.
03 80 1,1 ⁄2, 2
1
25, 40, 50 5.25 133 0.56 14 6.00 152 180 4 1.8 3 1.4 1-
04 100 1,1 ⁄2, 2
1
25, 40, 50 6.00 152 0.81 21 6.00 152 180 7 3.2 5 2.3 1-
3 80 6.00 152 0.81 21 9.50 241 180 7 3.2 5 2.3 1-
06 150 1,11⁄2, 2 25, 40, 50 7.38 187 1.06 27 6.00 152 180 18 8.2 14 6.4 1
3 80 7.38 187 1.06 27 9.50 241 180 18 8.2 14 6.4 1
4 100 7.38 187 1.06 27 12.00 305 180 18 8.2 14 6.4 1
08 200 1,11⁄2, 2 25, 40, 50 8.13 207 1.31 33 6.00 152 90 14 6.4 11 5.0 1
3 80 8.13 207 1.31 33 9.50 241 180 17 7.7 13 5.9 1
4 100 8.63 219 1.31 33 12.00 305 180 22 10.0 16 7.3 1 1
6 150 9.00 229 1.31 33 17.00 432 180 30 13.6 21 9.5 1 1
10 250 1,11⁄2, 2 25, 40, 50 9.13 232 1.31 33 6.00 152 90 17 7.7 14 6.4 2
3 80 9.13 232 1.31 33 9.50 241 90 17 7.7 14 6.4 2
4 100 9.63 245 1.31 33 12.00 305 180 31 14.1 27 12.2 1 2
6 150 10.13 257 1.31 33 17.00 432 180 40 18.1 35 15.9 3
12 300 1,11⁄2, 2 25, 40, 50 10.38 264 1.31 33 6.00 152 90 27 12.2 23 10.4 1 2
3 80 10.38 264 1.31 33 9.50 241 90 27 12.2 23 10.4 1 2
4 100 10.38 264 1.31 33 12.00 305 90 27 12.2 23 10.4 1 2
6 150 11.13 283 1.31 33 17.00 432 180 53 24.0 46 20.9 3
14 350 1,11⁄2, 2 25, 40, 50 11.00 279 1.31 33 6.00 152 90 37 16.8 35 15.9 3
3 80 11.00 279 1.31 33 9.50 241 90 37 16.8 35 15.9 3
4 100 11.00 279 1.31 33 12.00 305 90 37 16.8 35 15.9 3
6 150 11.75 298 1.31 33 17.00 432 180 64 29.0 49 22.2 4
16 400 1,11⁄2, 2 25, 40, 50 12.00 305 1.31 33 6.00 152 90 53 24.0 41 18.6 2
3 80 12.00 305 1.31 33 9.50 241 90 53 24.0 41 18.6 2
4 100 12.00 305 1.31 33 12.00 305 90 53 24.0 41 18.6 2
6 150 12.75 324 1.31 33 17.00 432 180 75 34.0 67 30.4 5
17
Reducing saddles Standard reducing saddles come with 11 /2-in NPT plastic bushing. All smaller
(bushed outlets) bushings are 316 stainless steel. Other materials available on special order.
Saddles are filament wound.
Outlet Saddle
Nom Nom Length Girth Approx Adhesive
Size Size (B) (a) Wt Kits Required
in.•mm in.•mm in.•mm degrees lb.•kg 3 oz. 6 oz.
2 50 1
⁄4, 3⁄8, 1⁄2, 3⁄4 6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 180 1.0 0.5 1-
1 25 6.00 152 180 2.0 0.9 1-
3 80 1
⁄4 6 4.00 102 90 1.6 0.7 1-
1
⁄4, ⁄8, ⁄2, ⁄4
3 1 3
6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 180 1.6 0.7 1-
1,1 ⁄4, 1 ⁄2
1 1
25, 30, 40 6.00 152 180 3.9 1.8 1-
4 100 ⁄4, ⁄8
1 3
6, 9 4.00 102 90 2.0 0.9 1-
1
⁄4, 3⁄8, 1⁄2, 3⁄4 6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 180 2.0 0.9 1-
1,11⁄4, 11⁄2 25, 30, 40 6.00 152 180 4.0 1.8 1-
6 150 ⁄4, 3⁄8, 1⁄2
1
6, 9, 13 4.00 102 180 2.4 1.1 1-
1
⁄4, 3⁄8, 1⁄2, 3⁄4 6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 180 2.4 1.1 1
1,11⁄4, 11⁄2 25, 30, 40 6.00 152 180 4.6 2.1 1
8 200 1
⁄4, ⁄8, ⁄2, ⁄4
3 1 3
6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 90 2.8 1.3 1-
1,11⁄4, 11⁄2 25, 30, 40 6.00 152 180 5.2 2.4 1
10 250 ⁄4, ⁄8, ⁄2
1 3 1
6, 9, 13 4.00 102 45 3.8 1.7 1
3
⁄4 19 4.00 102 90 3.8 1.7 1
1,1 ⁄4, 11⁄2
1
25, 30, 40 6.00 152 90 6.3 2.9 1
12 300 ⁄4, ⁄8, ⁄2, ⁄4
1 3 1 3
6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 45 4.2 1.9 1
1,11⁄4, 11⁄2 25, 30, 40 6.00 152 90 7.4 3.4 1
14 350 ⁄4, ⁄8, ⁄2, ⁄4
1 3 1 3
6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 45 4.2 1.9 2
1,11⁄4, 11⁄2 25, 30, 40 6.00 152 90 7.4 3.4 2
16 400 ⁄4, ⁄8, ⁄2, ⁄4
1 3 1 3
6, 9, 13, 19 4.00 102 45 4.2 1.9 2
1,11⁄4, 11⁄2 25, 30, 40 6.00 152 45 7.4 3.4 2
Fittings Pressure Ratings Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000 and 7000 fittings
• 45° elbows, bell end Nom

• 90° elbows, bell end Pipe Filament-wound Molded
• 45° elbows, flanged Size Quick-Lock Flanged Quick-Lock Flanged
• 90° elbows, flanged in. mm psi bar psi bar psi bar psi bar
• Tees, bell end 1 25 300 21 300 21 – – – –
• Tees, flanged 11⁄2 40 300 21 300 21 – – – –
2 50 375 26 375 26 300 21 300 21
300* 21* 300* 21* 200* 14* 200* 14*
3 80 325 22 325 22 225 16 225 16
275* 19* 275* 19* 150* 10* 150* 10*
4 100 300 21 300 21 175 12 175 12
200* 14* 200* 14* 125* 9* 125* 9*
6 150 225 16 225 16 150 10 150 10
175* 12* 175* 12* 100* 7* 100* 7*
8 200 225 16 225 16 – – – –
150* 10* 150* 10* – – – –
10 250 200 14 200 14 – – – –
150* 10* 150* 10* – – – –
12 300 175 12 150 10 – – – –
150* 10* 150* 10* – – – –
14 350 150 10 150 10 – – – –
16 400 150 10 150 10 – – – –
*Note: Pressure ratings for Series5000 are lower than for other pipe series.
18
Fittings Pressure Ratings Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000 and 7000 fittings
(cont’d.)
• Tapered body reducers Nom Tapered body reducers Saddles, bell end Crosses, bell end End caps
• Tapered body reducers, flanged Pipe Tapered body reducers, flanged Saddles, flanged Crosses, flanged Reducer bushings
• Flanges Size Flanges Blind Flanges
• Flanges, blind in. mm psi bar psi bar psi bar psi bar
• Saddles, bell end 1 25 600 41 150 10 – – 50 3
• Crosses, bell end 11⁄2 40 550 38 150 10 – – 50 3
• Crossed, flanged 2 50 450 31 150 10 150 10 50 3
* End caps 3 80 350 24 150 10 150 10 50 3
• Reducer bushings 4 100 350 24 150 10 150 10 50 3
6 150 250 17 150 10 100 7 50 3
8 200 225 16 150 10 100 7 50 3
10 250 175 12 150 10 100 7 50 3
12 300 150 10 150 10 100 7 50 3
14 350 150 10 150 10 – – 50 3
16 400 150 10 150 10 – – 50 3
• Laterals, bell end Nom pipe Laterals, bell end Sleeve couplings Adapters, threaded
• Laterals, flanged Size Laterals, flanged Adapters, grooved
• Sleeve couplings in. mm psi bar psi bar psi bar
• Adapters, threaded 1 25 – – 450 31 – –
• Adapters, grooved 11⁄2 40 – – 450 31 – –
2 50 150 10 450 31 200 14
150 * 10* 450 31 150* 10*
3 80 150 10 425 29 200 14
150* 10* 350* 24* 150* 10*
4 100 150 10 400 28 150 10
150* 10* 350 24* 100* 7*
6 150 100 7 300 21 150 10
100* 7* 250 17* 100* 7*
8 200 100 7 250 17 – –
100* 7* 225* 16* – –
10 250 100 7 200 14 – –
100* 7* 175* 12* – –
12 300 100 7 170 12 – –
100* 7* 150* 10* – –
14 350 – – 165 11 – –
– – 150* 10* – –
16 400 – – 165 11 – –
– – 150* 10* – –
*Note: Pressure ratings for Series5000 are lower than for other pipe series.
19
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based
on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations
in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no represen-
tation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or
fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the
recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommenda-
tions it contains.

Group Headquarters Fiberglass Pipe Division- Fiberglass Pipe Division- Fiberglass Pipe Division- Fiberglass Pipe Division-
P.O. Box 801148 Asia Europe Americas Centron International
Houston TX 77280 Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 490
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 600 FM 1195 South
Fax: (713) 690-2842 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7
http://www.ameron.com Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Tel: (940) 569-1471 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (817) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1991 Ameron FP282A (5/98) supersedes FP282 (9/91) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[186]
®
® Bondstrand Product Data
Pronto-Lock®
heavy-duty mechanical
coupling system
Introduction Pronto-Lock* is a heavy-duty threaded coupling system with a positive seal O-ring that
provides a fast, simple, rugged and reliable means to install fiberglass pipe. The
versatility of Pronto-Lock permits inexperienced crews to install pipe in all weather
conditions and types of services.
Features Large, fast-advance Acme type thread: Rugged molded fiberglass threads that
prevent galling and will not crossthread.
Standard size O-ring: Use the standard Buna-N O-ring or choose from the broad
selection available on special order.
Molded O-ring groove: Precisely positioned O-ring insures positive sealing and
prevents movement, assuring pressure integrity.
Tapered sealing surfaces: During assembly, tapered surfaces precompress the O-ring
for a positive seal—even in vacuum service.
User benefits Lower, more predictable installation costs because the pipe is installed quickly under all
weather conditions.
Specially trained crews are unnecessary since no special techniques or tools are
required.
Immediate reusability permits handling, testing and backfilling without waiting for
adhesives to cure.
Reusability of the mechanical joint permits use on temporary lines.
Construction Pronto-Lock is made of fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin with pressure,

temperature and corrosion resistance equal to or greater than the pipe ratings. The
threads and the O-ring grooves are molded; the female end is filament wound for extra
strength. Male and female ends are bonded onto the the pipe and the O-ring is placed
in the groove at the plant. The pipe comes ready for assembly.
Installation savings Specifying engineers recognize the total cost in getting today’s pipe in service for
profitable, uninterrupted service in the future. Material cost, corrosion protection and
welding mean labor, time and money.
Thousands of miles of proven experience installing Bondstrand pipe is testimony to the
economic advantages and dependability of reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP).
Now Pronto-Lock goes one step further than the adhesive joining system with a
reduction in labor of 25% and reduction in joint installation time of 50%.
In normal conditions, a 3-man crew can install 1800 feet of 2-inch Bondstrand pipe with
Pronto-Lock every hour. Pipe crossings, ditch water, rain, cold weather and marshlands
are no problem. Pipe with Pronto-Lock can be put into service immediately.
* U.S. Patent No. 3,784,239
FP128D (1/95
Relative installation cost 3-man Crew 3-man Crew
and time requirements Nominal 4-man Crew 30-ft RTRP 40-ft Ameron RTRP
Pipe 40-ft Steel Pipe Bell x Spigot Pronto-Lock
Size Welded Adhesive Bonded Mechanical Joint
(in) (mm) (ft/8 hours) (ft/8 hours) (ft/8 hours)
2 50 3000 6000 15000
3 80 2400 5000 12500
4 100 1800 4200 10800
6 150 1300 3400 7200
Ease of installation Bondstrand pipe with the Pronto-Lock joint installs twice as fast as pipe with adhesive
joints, even by unskilled crews. Simply lubricate and insert the threaded male end into
the female end and turn the pipe until the connection is firm. Tighten the joint with a
strap wrench on the female end to insure full makeup. No adhesive. No welding. The
joint makes up pronto!
Areas of application Buried lines. Pronto-Lock allows immediate placement in the ditch, testing and
backfilling—greatly reducing open ditch time.
Overhead lines. Pronto-Lock on lightweight Bondstrand fiberglass pipe allows safe,
quick assembly on overhead pipe racks.
Surface lines. Bondstrand fiberglass pipe can be installed above ground.
Temporary lines. Pronto-Lock can be reused. The molded threads, when lubricated,
prevent galling and facilitate reuse.
Crossovers and tools Crossover pieces to make transitions to steel and crossovers with a choice of special
end connections (grooved ends, NPT threads or flanged ends) are available on special
order.
Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the
recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in
connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering Manager,
Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group.
Fiberglass Pipe Group • P.O. Box 801148 • Houston TX 77280 • Tel: (713) 690-7777 • Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fax: 03455-75254
© 1985 Ameron • FP128D (1/95) supersedes FP128C (12/93) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M
®
® Bondstrand Product Data
Pronto-Lock® II
heavy-duty mechanical coupling system
for fiberglass pipe
Introduction Recognizing the need for a simple, reliable coupling system in the 8 to 16-inch nominal
pipe sizes, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division designed Pronto-Lock II* so that only the
male threaded portion of the coupling has to turn in order to lock the joint. This feature
allows for limited axial movement and also permits the incorporation of a 2° angular
deflection capability that is unavailable in steel and conventional adhesive-bonded
fiberglass piping systems. The angular deflection capability allows the pipeline to
conform much more readily to changes in terrain and minimizes the number of elbows
required. The deflection capabilities of the Pronto-Lock II coupling do not affect the
integrity of the O-ring seal. Pronto-Lock II employs a tapered male end which, after
being lubricated, is inserted into the female end, compressing the O-ring, thus
providing a leakproof connection. The locking sleeve is then spun into place, positively
locking the joint into position.
The female end of Pronto-Lock II is fiberglass-reinforced epoxy and is filament wound
onto the pipe in the factory. The male end is machined and attached in the factory by
adhesive bonding. The male end and the locking sleeve are made of centrifugally cast
chopped fiberglass reinforcement and epoxy resins. The resilient bearing ring is
Buna-N. The O-ring material is selected to be compatible with the system fluid. Buna-N
is standard, but other materials such as EPR and Viton A are available. Consult
BONDSTRAND CORROSION GUIDE, FP132, or Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division for selection
of the proper O-ring material.
* U.S. Patent No. 4,014,568
User benefits Lower, more predictable installation costs because the pipe is installed quickly under all
weather conditions.
Specially trained crews are unnecessary since no special techniques or tools are
required.
Immediate usability permits handling, testing and backfilling without waiting for
adhesives to cure.
Reusability of the mechanical coupling permits use on temporary lines.
FP125E (1/95)
Operation
Fig.1. The Pronto-Lock II coupling prior to

insertion of the male end into the female end.
Fig.2. After insertion, an effective seal is made.

The two ends are joined in a leak-tight assembly,
but are free to separate as long as the piping
remains axially unrestrained.
Fig.3. The Pronto-Lock II coupling completely

made up: axial restraint of the joint by the
threaded locking sleeve assures that the pipe
ends cannot pull apart.
Angular deflection The Pronto-Lock II coupling can accommodate up to 2° angular deflection off the
centerline when properly made up.
Fig.4. The positions of the mating surfaces in the

straight run (nondeflected) configuration.
2
2°
Fig.5. The mating surfaces in the maximum
2° angular deflection condition.
Expansion/contraction The Pronto-Lock II coupling can accommodate both tensile and compressive axial
loads. When the joint is made, the O-ring is compressed against the male end and
maintains leak-tight integrity of the coupling under tensile, neutral and compressive
axial load conditions. Although the no-load position cannot be determined exactly in an
assembled coupling, the total capacity for axial movement is about 3⁄8 inch.
Fig.6. The joint with no axial loading.
Fig.7. The joint under tensile axial load:

movement is limited such that the free space
between the bearing ring and the locking
sleeve is taken up and the bearing ring is
compressed. The joint is restrained from
pulling apart by the locking sleeve.
Fig.8. The joint under compressive axial load:

the coupling slides together until the male end
wedges inside the female end.
Only a light torque is needed to make up the locking sleeve. Owing to the limited thread
make-up of the sleeve into the female end, excess torque will not advance the threads
to compress the bearing ring on a properly inserted joint.
Since there is a mechanical interference at both ends of the axial travel, axial travel
cannot accumulate and cause the joint to separate. No tightening is necessary after the
joint has been put into operation. The coupling can be disassembled, if necessary.
However, about 10 inches of axial clearance is required to separate a disassembled
Pronto-Lock II joint.
Fittings Ameron manufactures a complete line of fittings in the 8 to 16-inch nominal pipe size
range. All are available with the Pronto-Lock II coupling system that provides a union-
type connection at every joint. The concept can be applied to all fittings, providing a
totally mechanical, all-fiberglass system that forgives the minor angular or dimensional
variations that occur in all complex piping arrangements. The standard fitting comes
equipped with Pronto-Lock II female ends. Pronto-Lock II male ends are also available.
Prefabrication Special layouts and fittings can be factory prefabricated from shop drawings by
Ameron and then shipped to the job ready for assembly. Where piping must be
tailored to special alignments for a specific job, the pipe can be cut and tapered and
the Pronto-Lock male ends bonded onto the pipe under controlled factory
conditions. Thus, field assembly and installation can be carried out regardless of
weather conditions.
Reusability The mechanical joining of Pronto-Lock II also enables the user to recover and reuse
pipe and fittings. Piping systems can be modified and relocated without having to scrap
usable fittings.
Ease of installation Since make-up of the Pronto-Lock II joint does not depend on curing adhesives,
welding metals or favorable weather conditions, significant reductions in labor and
installation time are realized. The following table gives typical installation rates for
welded-steel pipelines and for fiberglass pipelines employing adhesive-bonded bell
and spigot joints and the Pronto-Lock II coupling system, respectively. Large pipe sizes
require larger crews and additional equipment.
With lightweight fiberglass pipe these needs range from 25 to 50% less than steel pipe.
30-ft Fiberglass Pipe 40-ft Fiberglass Pipe

40-ft Steel Pipe Bell and Spigot Pronto-Lock II
Nominal Welded Joint Adhesive Joint Mechanical Joint
Pipe Size 4-man Crew 3-man Crew 3-man Crew
(in) (mm) (ft/8 hr shift) (ft/8 hr shift) (ft/8 hr shift)
8 200 1000 2400 6600
10 250 800 2100 6000
12 300 600 1800 5400
14 350 420 1500 4200
16 400 300 1200 3600
to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine
the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Fax: 03455-75254
© Ameron 1991 • FP125E (1/95) supersedes FP125D (3/94) • Printed in U.S.A.• 5M • [186]
Bondstrand® Product Data
FIBERGLASS-COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
TM
PSX •20 Adhesive Kit
Epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding fiberglass
pipe and fittings with tapered joints.
Description PSX•20 adhesive is a patented two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive designed for
permanently joining fiberglass pipe and fittings with taper/taper joints. PSX•20 is a
non-flowing thixotropic paste offered in easy-to-use kits. The PSX•20 epoxy adhesive
kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula, brush and assembly instruc-
tions. The adhesive resin is a dark red paste with sand, The adhesive hardener is a
white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX•20 can be used to connect epoxy,
vinyl ester or phenolic systems.
Listings and approvals Ameron PSX•20 adhesive is Listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) under File MH
9162 for use in Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable Liquids. PSX•20
Underwriters adhesive is particularly suited for piping systems conveying petroleum products
UL
®
Laboratories Inc.® including diesel fuels, kerosene, etc., alcohols and alcohol-gasoline mixtures, or
oxygenated fuels. It is also approved by Underwriters Laboratories for use with
mn
MTBE fluids.
Preparation of Using the sandpaper supplied in the adhesive kit, clean both surfaces thoroughly to
bonding surface remove all dirt, grease and foreign materials. Make sure the bonding surfaces are free
of moisture.
Do not touch the bonding surfaces with bare hands, dirty or greasy gloves or rags
after cleaning them.
Mixing the adhesive In cold weather it is necessary to warm the resin to 50°F (10°C) to permit good mixing
and easier application.
Open both resin and hardener containers. Using the stick supplied, put all of the
hardener into the resin container. Never split a kit.
Pot life and At 77°F (25°C) the pot life of PSX•20 adhesive is 20 to 30 minutes. The pot life
Cure time decreases with rising temperatures:
Adhesive Minimum Joint
Temperature Pot Life (min.) Cure Time
(°F) (°C) (minutes) (hours)
50 10 70 12
65 18 40 6
75 24 25 4
95 35 10 3
In extremely cold or windy conditions, use insulation to prevent rapid dissipation of
heat from the cure reaction. Cap the ends of the piping to prevent the passage of cold
air. In severe cold conditions, warm air may be blown through the interior of the pipe.
A heat cure is recommended for installations with service temperatures above 180°F
(82°C) or operating pressures over 300 psi. For ambient temperature conditions below
50°F (10°C), an external heat cure must be used. A minimum heat cure time of at least
30 minutes is recommended for 2- through 6-inch pipe. Even after the adhesive has
turned solid at ambient temperatures, heat curing will promote chemical cross-linking
of the adhesive, thus increasing its strength, temperature resistance and corrosion
resistance. A single Chem Cure Pak may be applied or an Ameron-approved electric
heat blanket may be used. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is
made and before the pipe has been tested or put into service.
U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645

FP698A (5/01)
Kit sizes and Adhesive kits are available in 3-, 5- and 8-oz. sizes. The table below indicates the
bonds per kit number of bonds per kit for each pipe size. Values in the table are based on the
quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of
75°F (24°C) with a 30 minute adhesive pot life.
Kit size Bonds per kit per pipe size
(oz.) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
3 7 5 4 2 1 1 — — —
5 12 8 6 3 2 2 1 1 —
8 — 14 9 4 3 3 2 2 1
Shear Strength Polysiloxane-epoxy adhesive demonstrates a significant improvement in bonding

Comparison capabilities over conventional epoxy adhesives. When cured at room temperature,
PSX•20 achieves 15 to 20% greater shear strength than conventional epoxy
adhesives. With elevated temperature cures, lap shear strength increases to 20
to 35% over standard epoxy adhesives. PSX•20 also offers significant improvements
over conventional epoxy adhesives when bonding phenolic based laminates. When
applied according to manufacturer’s instructions, PSX•20 yields a secure bond for
Dualoy®, Bondstrand® and Bondstrand PSX products.
Storage Do not store kits in areas above 100˚ (38˚C) or below 32˚F (0˚C), or in the direct
sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60˚F (16˚C) but
not above 100˚F (38˚C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use
adhesive past its expiration date.
Toxicity Hardener: The hardener is irritating to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic
orally and may cause sensitization.
Resin: The resin is irritating to skin and eyes and may cause sensitization.
Handling precautions Hardener: Do not get in eyes, on skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapor; use caution
when opening can. Wear rubber gloves and apron and NIOSH-approved respirator.
Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid In case of contact

Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes.
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY Call a physician.
SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT
Skin: Wash skin with water and soap, if available.
CALL CHEMTREC Clothing:Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
DAY OR NIGHT
1-800-424-9300 Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
Toll-free in the continental U.S. Ingestion: If patient is conscious, give 1 to 2 glasses of water to dilute. Do not induce
483-7616 in District of Columbia vomiting. Call a physician immediately.
For calls originating outside the continental U.S.
202-483-7616
Washington D.C. collect
ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
Important Notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
FIBERGLASS-COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS

Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1996 Ameron • FP698A (5/01) supersedes FP698 (4/96) • Printed in U.S.A. [186]2.5M
®
®
PSX •34 Adhesive Kit
Epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding
Description The PSX•34 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula,
brush and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a dark red paste with sand.
The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX•34 is a
two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock®
joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX•34 can be used to con-
nect all epoxy and phenolic piping systems, and most vinyl ester systems.
Listings and approvals Ameron PSX•34 adhesive is listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) under File MH
9162 for use in Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable Liquids and with
UL
®
Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®
Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada under File CMH 715. PSX•34 adhesive is
Listed by the National Sanitation Foundation under NSF Standard 61 - Drinking Water
n System Components - Health Effects for use in Potable Water Service and
U LC Commercial Hot Water Applications.
Instructions Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before mix-
ing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are clean
and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of
the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with the spatula for
at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasional-
ly to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a kit. The resin and the
hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170.
Pot life and cure time For installations with service temperatures below 180°F (82°C) and pressures below
150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX•34 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature
cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly rec-
ommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70°F (21°C) prior to mixing and
applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heat-
ing blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at var-
ious temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hard-
ener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180°F (82°C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temper-
atures below 40°F (5°C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat
source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recom-
mended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before
the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after mak-
ing the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.
Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
ISO-9001 8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at ambi-
ent temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the adhesive,
increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of the adhesive.
When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external
heat source regardless of ambient temperature.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645

FP735D (7/01)
Ambient Adhesive Minimum Joint Minimum Time
Pot life and cure time Temperature1 Pot Life Cure Time2 to Move 2
(cont'd.) (°F) (°C) (minutes) (hours) (hours)
40 5 70 12 11
60 16 40 7 6
70 21 30 5 4
80 27 20 4 3
100 38 8 3 2
1) At temperatures below 40°F (5°C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70°F (21°C) before mixing and applying the adhe-
sive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive
at ambient temperatures above 100°F (38°C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must
elapse prior to hydrotesting.
Adhesive kit sizes and PSX•34 adhesive kits are available in 3 oz., 5 oz. and 8 oz. sizes. The values in this
bonds per kit table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew work-
ing at a temperature of 80°F (27°C). All sizes available in 6-packs.
Kit
Bonds per Kit Size Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
(fl oz) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
3 10 6 4 3 2 1 1 1
⁄2 ⁄2
1 1
⁄2 – –
Quick-Lock® Joints 5 – 10 7 5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
⁄2 ⁄2
1
8 – – 10 8 6 5 3 2 2 1 1 1
Storage Do not store kits in areas above 100°F (38°C) or below 32°F (0°C), or in the direct sun-
light in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60°F (16°C) but not
above 100°F (38°C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhe-
sive past its expiration date.
Toxicity and precautions Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic oral-
ly and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respi-
rator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid con-
tact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY
Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR
water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT
Skin: Wash skin with soap and water.
1-800-424-9300
Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and Toll-free in the continental U.S.
wash before reuse. 483-7616 in District of Columbia
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen For calls originating outside
or artificial respiration if necessary. the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person
is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to
drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physi-
cian. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 1⁄4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in
water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
Important Notice reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
subject to change.

Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1997 Ameron • FP735D (7/01) supercedes FP735C (4/00) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [186]
®
®
PSX •60 Structural Adhesive Kit
Epoxy siloxane electrically conductive
adhesive for bonding
Description The PSX•60 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a red paste with sand filler. The adhe-
sive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX•60 is a two-part
epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock® or taper-
taper joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX•60 can be used to
connect most epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic piping systems.
Instructions Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before
mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are
clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula,
scrape all of the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with
the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin con-
tainer occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a
kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum
adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170 and BELL X SPIGOT JOINTS, FP807.
Pot life and cure time For installations with service temperatures below 180°F (82°C) and pressures below
150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX•60 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature
cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly rec-
ommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70°F (21°C) prior to mixing and
applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heat-
ing blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at var-
ious temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hard-
ener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180°F (82°C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temper-
atures below 40°F (5°C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat
source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recom-
mended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before
the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after mak-
ing the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.
Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at
ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the
ISO-9001 adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of
the adhesive.
When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external
heat source regardless of ambient temperature.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645

FP827 (6/99)
Ambient Adhesive Minimum Joint Minimum Time
Pot life and cure time Temperature1 Pot Life Cure Time2 to Move 2
(cont'd.) (°F) (°C) (minutes) (hours) (hours)
40 5 70 12 11
60 16 40 7 6
70 21 30 5 4
80 27 20 4 3
100 38 8 3 2
1) At temperatures below 40°F (5°C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70°F (21°C) before mixing and applying the adhe-
sive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive
at ambient temperatures above 100°F (38°C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must
elapse prior to hydrotesting.
Adhesive kit sizes and PSX•60 adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid oz., 5 fluid oz. and 8 fluid oz. sizes. The
bonds per kit values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experi-
enced crew working at a temperature of 80°F (27°C).
Bonds per Kit

Kit
Size Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
Quick-Lock® Joints (fl oz) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
3 10 6 4 3 2 1 1 ⁄2
1
⁄2
1 1
⁄2 – –
5 – 10 7 5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
⁄2 ⁄2
1
8 – – 10 8 6 5 3 2 2 1 1 1
Storage Do not store kits in areas above 100°F (38°C) or below 32°F (0°C), or in the direct sun-
light in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60°F (16°C) but not
above 100°F (38°C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhe-
sive past its expiration date.
Toxicity and precautions Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic oral-
ly and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respi-
rator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid con-
tact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR
water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. ACCIDENT
1-800-424-9300
Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and Toll-free in the continental U.S.
wash before reuse. 483-7616 in District of Columbia
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen For calls originating outside
or artificial respiration if necessary. the continental U.S.
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person
is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to
drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physi-
cian. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 1⁄4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in
water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1997 Ameron • FP827 (6/99) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [186]
Bondstrand® Product Datawith assembly instructions
Bondstrand RP6B
Adhesive Kit
epoxy adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings in
potable water and food service
Description RP6B is a two-part amine-cured epoxy resin system formulated for bonding permanent
Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe and fittings. RP6B is FDA-
approved for use in potable water and food lines. The RP6B adhesive kit contains resin,
hardener, mixing spatula, paper towels and assembly instructions. A heat cure is required
before joints are tested or put into service. The resin is a white paste with sand filler. The
hardener is a black paste. The mixed adhesive is dark grey.
Instructions After insuring that the bonding surfaces are dry and clean, completely mix all of the
catalyst (hardener) with the resin. Never split a kit. Apply a uniform coat to both bonding
surfaces and draw both parts firmly together. Required cure times must be observed. For
service temperatures up to 150ºF (66°C), a minimum cure of 30 minutes is recommended
for joining pipe and mounting flanges and a minimum cure of 45 minutes for joining
fittings. For service temperatures above 150ºF(66°C), increase the cure times to 60 and
75 minutes, respectively. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-
LOCK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170.
RP6B is a gap-filling adhesive designed
to fill the space between the straight ❶
spigot and the slightly tapered bell (3) in
the Quick-Lock joint. For proper adhesive
distribution (2), apply a generous layer of ❷
adhesive to the outside of the spigot and
a thin layer to the inside of the bell (1). ❸
Adhesive kit sizes and The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an
bonds per kit experienced crew working at a temperature of 80°F (27°C).
Kit Total Bonds per Kit

Size Pkg Wt Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
(fl oz) (lb) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
3 1
⁄4 10 6 4 3 2 1 1 ⁄2
1 1
⁄2 1
⁄2 1
⁄4 ⁄4
1
6 1
⁄2 – – – 4 2 2 1 1 1
⁄2 1
⁄2 ⁄2
1
Important: Be aware of the working time available after the adhesive has been mixed. It may not be possible to
achieve the listed number of bonds in the smaller sizes because of the available working time (pot life) of the
adhesive. See the adhesive kit package for approximate working times.
Pot life Pot Life and Cure Time (minutes) An external heat source must be used to
°F/°C 70/21 80/27 90/32 100/38 force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and
ISO-9001 bonding surfaces should be warmed to
3-oz kit 50 30 20 9
70°F (21°C) prior to mixing and applying the
6-oz kit 45 25 15 7 adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured
1) Pot life is measured from when resin and hardener
are first mixed until the adhesive starts to thicken using an Ameron-approved heating blanket.
and harden and can no longer be used.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP460E (12/98)
Toxicity and precautions Hardener — The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally
and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing
vapors. Wear rubber gloves and apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly
after handling.
Resin — The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid
contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye

Eyes — Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a
physician.
Skin — Wash skin with soap and water.
Clothing — Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Inhalation — Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
Ingestion — If catalyst is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk
to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams
(about 1⁄4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting.
Call a physician.

CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT: 1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside the continental U.S.: 202-483-7616 -
Washington, D.C., collect

P.O. Box 801148 Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (817) 569-2764
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1990 Ameron • FP460E (12/98) supersedes FP460D (1/97) • Printed in U.S.A • 5M[186]
®
Bondstrand Product Data with assembly instructions
Bondstrand RP105B
Adhesive Kit
vinyl ester adhesive for bonding
Description The RP105B vinyl ester adhesive kit contains a paste resin, liquid catalyst, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The resin contains aluminum oxide grit and is off-white in
color with black specks. The catalyst is a white liquid. The mixed adhesive is light gray.
RP105B is formulated for bonding permanent Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglass-
reinforced vinyl ester pipe and fittings.
Instructions After insuring that the bonding surfaces are dry and clean, completely mix all of the
catalyst with the resin. Never split a kit. Apply adhesive to both bonding surfaces and
draw both parts firmly together. Required cure times must be observed. Detailed joint
assembly instructions may be found in Quick-Lock Installation Instructions, FP170.
RP105B is a gap-filling adhesive
designed to fill the space between the
straight spigot and the slightly tapered
bell (3) in the Quick-Lock joint. For proper
❶
adhesive distribution (2), apply a
generous layer of adhesive to the outside ❷
of the spigot and a thin layer to the inside
of the bell (1). ❸
Pot life RP105B will cure within 3 hours at ambient temperatures above 60°F. Below 60°F, or
to accelerate cure, an external heat source must be used. If ambient temperature
is below 60°F, or a more rapid cure is required below 80°F, use an Ameron approved
electric heat blanket to supply external heat following the procedure in Steps A and B.
Joint surfaces should be warmed to 70°F prior to application of adhesive when
ambient temperature is below 60°F.
A) Turn the heat blanket on for 15 minutes, then turn it off.
B) Allow the bond to set an additional 15-20 minutes before moving.
Pot Life and Cure Time
°F/°C 60/16 70/21 80/27 90/32
Pot life (min) 25 15 10 8
Cure time (hr) 3 2 1 1
Adhesive kit sizes and The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced
bonds per kit crew working at a temperature of 80°F (27°C).
ISO-9001 Kit Total Bonds per Kit

Size Pkg Wt Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
(fl oz) (lb) 1/25 11⁄ 2/40 2/50 3/75 4/100 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
3 1⁄4 10 6 4 3 2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄4
6 1⁄2 – – – 6 4 2 1 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2
CERTIFICATED FIRM
1) RP105B adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid ounce (90 ml) and 6 fluid ounce (180 ml) sizes.
FP421E (11/96)
Toxicity and precautions Resin: The resin contains styrene and should be used only in good ventilation. In the
absence of good ventilation, a NIOSH-approved organic vapor respirator should be
used. The resin may be irritating to the skin and eyes and may cause sensitization.
Avoid breathing vapors. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly
after handling.
Catalyst: The catalyst is a liquid dispersion containing benzoyl peroxide in dibutyl-
phthalate. Do not heat above 110°F before using. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothing. Wash thoroughly after handling.

Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with lots of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician.
Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk
to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams
(about 1/4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a
physician.
change.

1-800-424-9300
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1990 Ameron • FP421E (11/96 ) supersedes FP421D (5/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M[186]
Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide
Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe

and Fittings
for industrial, marine, offshore,
and military applications
How to use this guide Bondstrand pipe and fittings are suitable for the applications listed up to the maximum
recommended temperature. However, due to variations in actual service conditions, this
corrosion guide should be considered only a recommendation and not a guarantee.
Note that combinations of chemical solutions are often far more aggressive than the
individual components. For applications not listed, contact Ameron Applications
Engineering.
For service designated CM, consult manufacturer (Ameron) for possible limitations.
When no concentration is shown, recommendations apply to any concentration to
100% or to saturation.
Service considerations The recommendations in this guide are based on continuous operating conditions.
Temperature ratings are usually higher for cyclic or occasional exposure. Contact
Ameron Applications Engineering for recommendations concerning systems with:
• Cyclic chemical exposure
• Temperature and concentration excursions exceeding those listed
• Waste streams or solutions containing mixtures of materials listed herein or
containing traces of materials with CM rating
• Solutions containing materials not listed herein
• Secondary containment piping.
Ameron will also provide complimentary service analysis, piping recommendations and
value engineering.
2000 Series piping Series 2000 — A lined epoxy system using the Quick-Lock joint for continuous
systems operating temperatures to 250°F (121°C) generally and to 300°F (149°C) for selected
substances.
Series 2000M — A lined epoxy system for marine and offshore applications with
chemical resistance properties similar to Series 2000, but with greater resistance to
external collapse for in-tank operation under vacuum.
Series 2000M-FP — A lined epoxy system with the same service capabilities and
chemical resistance as Series 2000M for marine and offshore fire protection systems;
incorporates an external intumescent coating which greatly enhances the fire resistance
properties of the system.
FP132I (1/01)
2000 Series piping Series 2000MP — A lined epoxy system rated to 250°F (121°C) and 125 psig (8.5 bar)
systems (cont.) meeting MIL-P-28584B requirements for steam condensate, hot water, district heating
and similar piping applications with chemical resistance properties similar to
Series 2000.
Fittings — Filament-wound epoxy.
Adhesives — Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
Key-Lock® (K/L) joined Series 2400 — A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 200°F (93°C) when
piping systems employing the Key-Lock mechanical joint or 250°F (121°C) when using a taper/taper
adhesive-bonded joint. See Series 2000 for corrosion resistance properties.
Series 3400 — An unlined epoxy system with joining identical to those of Series 2400.
Also available in a lined variant upon request. Consult Ameron for specific corrosion
resistance properties.
3000(A) Series piping Series 3000A — A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 210°F (99°C).
systems Designed for water/wastewater applications requiring less wall thickness or less
temperature resistance than Series 2000.
Series 3200 — A lined epoxy system designed to meet Underwriters’ Laboratories
requirements for underground fire protection systems. All Series 3200 pipe and fittings
are rated to 200 psig at 150°F (14 bar at 66°C). Contact Ameron for recommendations
regarding corrosion resistance.
Series 3300 — A lined epoxy system rated to temperatures to 150°F (66°C) and
pressures to 300 psig (21 bar) in 8 through 12-inch sizes. Corrosion resistance
properties of Series 3300 are identical to those of Series 3200.
Fittings — Molded epoxy (2 to 6 inches); filament-wound epoxy (8 to 16 inches).
Adhesive — Type 34
4000 Series piping Series 4000 — A lined epoxy system similar to Series 2000 in temperature capabilities,
systems but with a thicker liner for even greater corrosion and erosion resistance.
Fittings — Filament-wound epoxy.
Adhesives — Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
5000 Series piping Series 5000 — A vinyl ester system for severely corrosive services at temperatures to
systems 200°F (93°C).
Fittings — Filament-wound or molded vinyl ester.
Adhesives — Type 105
7000 Series piping Series 7000 — An unlined epoxy system incorporating high-strength conductive
systems carbon filaments in the wall of pipe and fittings that, when properly installed and
grounded, prevent the accumulation of static electrical charges. Joined using either
the Quick-Lock adhesive joint or flanges.
Series 7000M — A marine variant of Series 7000 with resistance to external collapse
similar to that of Series 2000M. Series 7000M is widely used on vessels transporting
refined petroleum products.
Fittings — Filament-wound epoxy with electrically conductive filament reinforcement.
Adhesive — Type 60
2
Corrosion resistance Temperature Limit (°F) for Piping Series O-ring
tables Substance Concentration 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L Mat’l
Acetaldehyde 100 80 100 CM CM CM E
Acetic acid ≤ 10% 150 150 150 200 150 150 N
Acetic acid 10 ≤ 20% CM CM CM 200 CM CM CM
Acetic acid 20 ≤ 50% CM CM CM 100 CM CM CM
Acetic acid 50 ≤ 100% CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Acetic anhydride 100 100 120 CM CM CM CM
Acetone 120 CM 120 CM 75 CM E
Acetonitrile 120 100 120 CM CM CM CM
Acetophenone 120 100 120 CM 100 CM CM
Acrylic acid CM CM CM 75 CM CM CM
Acrylonitrile 100 CM 100 CM 100 CM CM
Air 300 250 300 200 250 200 N
Alcohol, amyl 200 175 200 100 150 150 N
Alcohol, butyl 200 175 200 100 150 150 N
Alcohol, ethyl (ethanol) 180 150 180 CM 150 150 N
Alcohol, isobutyl 180 150 180 100 150 150 N
Alcohol, isopropyl 180 150 180 100 150 150 N
Alcohol, methyl (methanol) 150 100 150 CM 100 100 N
Alcohol, polyvinyl 150 150 150 100 100 100 N
Allyl chloride 120 100 120 CM CM CM CM
Aluminum acetate 10% 250 210 250 150 200 200 N
Aluminum chloride 270 210 270 200 200 200 N
Aluminum chlorohydroxide ≤ 50% 100 CM 100 CM CM CM CM
Aluminum hydroxide 200 200 200 150 180 180 CM
Aluminum nitrate 250 210 250 180 200 200 N/E
Aluminum potassium sulfate (alum) 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Aluminum sulfate 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Ammonia gas (dry) 150 150 150 100 150 150 E
Ammonium bicarbonate ≤ 50% 220 200 220 150 180 150 -
Ammonium carbonate ≤ 15% 180 180 180 100 150 150 E
Ammonium carbonate 15 ≤ 50% 180 180 180 100 150 150 E
Ammonium chloride 270 210 270 200 120 120 N
Ammonium hydroxide ≤ 20% 180 180 180 150 100 100 E
Ammonium hydroxide 20 ≤ 29% 150 150 150 100 100 100 E
Ammonium nitrate ≤ 25% 225 200 225 200 210 200 N
Ammonium nitrate >25% 225 200 225 200 210 200 N/E
Ammonium persulfate 100 80 100 180 CM CM E
Ammonium phosphate 200 200 200 150 150 150 N
Ammonium sulfate ≤ 40% 270 210 270 200 210 200 N
Ammonium sulfate >40% 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Ammonium thiocyanate 150 120 150 100 100 100 CM
Ammonium thiosulfate 150 120 150 100 100 100 CM
Amyl acetate 100 100 100 CM CM CM E
Amyl chloride 100 100 100 CM CM CM v
Aniline 100 100 100 CM 75 75 E
Antimony pentachloride 100 CM 100 100 75 75 CM
Antimony trichloride 220 180 220 150 150 150 CM
Aqua regia CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Arsenic acid 180 180 180 180 150 150 N
Barium acetate 180 180 180 150 150 150 CM

Barium carbonate 200 200 250 200 180 180 N/E
Barium chloride 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Barium hydroxide 10% 220 200 220 150 200 200 CM
Barium nitrate 200 150 200 150 150 150 N
Barium sulfate 225 210 250 200 180 180 N/E
Barium sulfide ≤ 25% 225 210 225 180 180 180 N/E
Beer 200 200 200 150 180 180 N
Benzaldehyde 100 CM 100 CM CM CM E
E = EPR N = Buna-N V = Viton A CM = Consult manufacturer

When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.
3
Benzene 150 125 150 CM 120 120 v
Benzene sulfonic acid 220 200 220 200 180 180 v
Benzoic acid 220 200 220 200 200 180 v
Black liquor 150 125 200 150 150 150 v
Borax 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Boric acid ≤ 4% 225 200 225 200 200 200 N/E
Boric acid 4 ≤ 20% 225 200 225 200 200 200 E
Boric acid >20% 225 200 225 200 200 200 E
Brine (< 20% salts) 250 190 250 200 210 200 N/E
Bromine (dry) CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Bromine (liquid) CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Bromine water ≤ 4% 150 100 150 CM 150 150 E
Bromine (wet) CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Butadiene 150 150 150 100 120 120 v
Butane 150 150 150 100 120 120 N
Butyl acetate 150 150 150 CM 100 100 CM
Butyl cellosolve 150 150 150 CM 100 100 E
Butyraldehyde 150 120 150 CM CM CM E
Butyric acid 200 150 200 180 150 150 v
Calcium bisulfate 270 210 270 200 200 200 N

Calcium bisulfite 270 210 270 200 200 200 N
Calcium carbonate 270 210 270 200 200 200 N
Calcium chlorate 150 125 150 200 100 100 CM
Calcium chloride 270 210 270 200 210 200 N
Calcium hydroxide 200 180 200 180 CM 150 N
Calcium hypochlorite < 20% 150 120 150 200 150 150 E
Calcium hypochlorite ≥ 20% 150 120 150 100 150 150 E
Calcium nitrate 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Calcium phosphate 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Calcium sulfate 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Caprylic acid 150 150 150 150 120 120 CM
Carbon dioxide (dry) 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Carbon disulfide 75 CM 75 CM 75 75 N
Carbonic acid 180 175 180 180 150 150 N
Carbon monoxide 200 200 200 200 150 150 N
Carbon tetrachloride 150 125 150 CM 150 150 v
Castor oil 220 210 220 200 200 200 N
Chloride dioxide (wet) CM CM CM 150 CM CM CM
Chlorine gas (dry) CM CM CM 200 CM CM CM
Chlorine gas (wet) CM CM CM 200 CM CM CM
Chloroacetic acid ≤ 10% 100 CM 100 200 75 75 v
Chloroacetic acid 10 ≤ 25% 100 CM 100 200 CM CM v
Chloroacetic acid 25 ≤ 50% CM CM CM 150 CM CM v
Chlorobenzene 100 CM 100 CM 75 75 v
Chloroform CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Chlorosulfonic acid CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Chromic acid ≤ 5% CM CM CM 200 CM CM CM
Chromic acid 5 ≤ 20% CM CM CM 100 CM CM CM
Chromic acid 20 ≤ 30% CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Chrome alum 200 180 200 200 150 150 N
Citric acid 250 210 250 200 210 200 N
Copper acetate 180 150 180 180 150 150 E
Copper chloride 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Copper cyanide 220 210 220 200 180 180 N
Copper nitrate 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Copper sulfate 220 210 220 220 210 200 N
Corn syrup 220 210 220 180 200 200 N
Cresylic acid CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Temperature Conversions °F 75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
°C = 5⁄9(°F - 32) °C 24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
4
Crude oil (sweet or sour) 250 210 250 200 210 200 N/E
Cupric fluoride 200 200 250 200 150 200 N/V
Cupric nitrate 220 200 250 200 180 180 N
Cupric sulfate 220 200 250 200 180 180 N
Cyclohexane 150 150 150 120 120 120 N/V
Cyclohexanol 150 150 150 CM 100 100 N/V
Detergents 180 180 180 150 120 120 N/V

Diallyl phthalate 180 180 180 150 120 120 CM
Dibutyl phthalate 180 180 180 180 120 120 E
Diacetone alcohol CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Dicalcium phosphate 150 125 150 120 100 100 CM
Dichloroacetaldehyde CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Dichlorobenzene 150 150 150 CM 100 CM v
Dichloroethylene CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Diesel fuel 250 210 250 150 200 200 N/V
Diethanolamine CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Diethyl ketone CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Diethyl ether 100 80 100 CM CM CM CM
Diethylene glycol 200 150 200 180 180 180 N/V
Diethylene triamine CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Dimethylamine CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Dimethyl formamide CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Dimethyl phthalate 100 100 100 100 CM CM v
Diphenyl ether 120 100 120 CM 100 100 v
Dipropylene glycol 200 175 200 150 150 150 v
Disodium methyl arsenate 220 200 220 100 200 200 N
Ethyl acetate 150 125 150 CM 120 120 E

Ethyl acrylate 120 100 120 CM 120 120 E
Ethyl alcohol → alcohol, ethyl
Ethyl benzene 150 125 150 CM 100 100 v
Ethyl cellosolve 150 100 150 CM 120 120 E
Ethyl chloride CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Ethyl ether 100 CM 100 CM 100 100 CM
Ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE) 120 CM 120 CM 100 200 CM
Ethylene chlorohydrin 150 125 150 100 100 100 v
Ethylene diamine CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Ethylene dichloride CM CM CM CM CM CM v
Ethylene glycol (aq.) 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Fatty acids 225 210 225 200 100 100 v

Ferric acetate 200 180 200 180 200 200 N
Ferric chloride ≤ 20% 220 210 220 200 170 170 N
Ferric chloride 20 ≤ 40% 205 210 205 200 150 150 N
Ferric chloride 40 ≤ 60% 205 210 205 200 150 150 N
* Fire Fighting Foam (FFF) Ferric nitrate 200 200 200 200 150 150 N
& PSX Series Pipe Ferric sulfate 225 210 225 200 210 160 N
Ferrous chloride 220 210 220 200 200 200 N
Temp. (°F) Limit
for Piping Series Ferrous nitrate 220 210 220 200 200 200 N
PSX PSX O -ring Ferrous sulfate 220 210 220 200 200 200 N
FFF Type Conc. L3 Jetfire Mat’l Fire Fighting Foam* ATC 3 or 6% 150 CM 150 CM CM CM N
ATC 3 or 6% 150 150 N Fire Fighting Foam* AFFF 3 or 6% 150 CM 150 CM CM CM N
AFFF 3 or 6% 150 150 N Fluoboric acid 200 150 200 200 150 150 CM
Fluorine CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Fluosilicic acid ≤ 10% CM CM 150 200 CM CM CM
Fluosilicic acid 10 ≤ 25% CM CM CM 100 CM CM CM
Formaldehyde ≤ 40% 150 100 150 150 75 75 N
Formic acid ≤ 10% CM CM CM 150 CM CM CM

5
Formic acid 10 ≤25% CM CM CM 100 CM CM CM
Freon CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Fuel oil 220 210 220 180 210 200 N
Furfural CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Gasoline 225 210 225 150 150 150 N

Gluconic acid ≤ 50% 180 150 180 100 150 120 CM
Glucose 220 210 250 200 200 200 N
Glycerine (aq.) 300 210 300 200 210 200 N/E
Glycerine 100% 300 210 300 200 210 200 N/E
Glyoxal ≤ 30% 120 120 120 CM CM CM CM
Green liquor 180 150 200 CM 100 100 CM
Heptane 200 175 200 180 150 150 N

Hexane 150 150 150 120 100 100 N
Hydraulic oils 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Hydrazine CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Hydrobromic acid ≤ 10% 100 CM 120 120 CM CM E
Hydrobromic acid 10 ≤48% 100 CM 120 120 CM CM E
Hydrochloric acid ≤ 1% 150 125 200 200 75 75 E
Hydrochloric acid 1 ≤ 10% 150 125 200 200 CM CM v
Hydrochloric acid 10 ≤ 20% 120 100 200 200 CM CM v
Hydrochloric acid 20 ≤ 37% CM CM 180 150 CM CM CM
Hydrofluoric acid ≤ 5% CM CM CM 150 CM CM CM
Hydrogen chloride gas (dry) 150 150 150 150 150 150 v
Hydrogen peroxide ≤ 30% CM CM CM 150 CM CM v
Hydrogen sulfide (dry) 250 200 250 180 150 150 E
Hydrogen sulfide (wet) 180 175 180 180 100 100 E
Hydrochlorous acid 10% 120 100 150 180 CM CM E
Iodine 120 80 120 100 120 120 v

n-Isopropyl acetate 150 125 150 CM 120 120 E
Jet fuel (JP-A, JP-8 …) 250 210 250 180 200 200 N/E
Juice, orange 250 210 250 180 200 200 N/E
Kerosene 250 210 250 200 210 200 N
Lactic acid 225 210 225 200 170 170 N/E

Latex 225 210 225 120 210 160 CM
Lauric acid 220 210 220 200 200 200 N/E
n-Lauryl alcohol 220 200 250 200 200 200 E/V
Lead acetate 250 210 250 200 200 200 E
Lead nitrate 220 210 220 200 170 170 N/E
Levulinic acid 220 210 220 200 200 200 N/E
Lime 200 200 220 180 180 180 N/V
Linseed oil 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/V
Lithium chloride 225 210 225 200 210 160 N
Lithium hydroxide 150 150 150 120 150 150 CM
Lube oil 250 210 250 200 200 200 N
Magnesium carbonate 220 210 220 200 170 170 N/E

Magnesium chloride 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Magnesium hydroxide 270 210 270 150 210 200 E/V
Magnesium nitrate 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Magnesium sulfate 270 210 270 200 210 120 N/E
Maleic acid ≤ 5% 220 200 220 200 170 120 v
Maleic acid 5 ≤ 35% 220 200 220 200 170 120 v
°C = 5⁄9(°F - 32) °C 24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
6
Maleic acid > 35% 220 200 220 200 150 100 v
Maleic anhydride 150 150 150 120 150 150 v
Mercuric chloride 220 210 220 200 200 200 N
Mercurous chloride 220 210 220 200 200 200 N
Mercury 270 210 270 200 200 200 N
Methacrylic acid CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Methyl chloride CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Methyl ethyl ketone 100 80 100 CM 100 100 E
Methyl isobutyl alcohol 180 170 180 120 150 150 CM
Methyl isobutyl carbitol 120 100 120 CM CM CM CM
Methyl isobutyl ketone 150 125 150 CM 100 100 CM
Methyl methacrylate 100 75 100 CM CM CM CM
Methyl sulfonic acid CM CM CM NR CM CM CM
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) 120 CM 120 CM 100 200 CM
Methylene chloride CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Mineral oil 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Naphtha 225 210 225 180 210 200 v

Naphthalene 200 200 200 200 150 150 v
Natural gas 250 210 250 200 210 200 N/V
Nickel chloride 270 210 270 200 210 160 N/V
Nickel nitrate 220 210 220 200 180 180 N
Nickel sulfate 225 210 225 200 210 160 N
Nitric acid ≤ 1% 120 75 120 150 CM 75 E
Nitric acid 1 ≤ 5% 75 75 75 150 CM CM CM
Nitric acid 5 ≤10% 75 75 75 100 CM CM CM
Nitric acid 10 ≤ 20% CM CM CM 100 CM CM CM
Nitrogen solutions 150 125 150 100 CM CM CM
Oil, sour crude 250 210 250 200 210 200 N

Oil, diesel 250 210 250 180 200 200 N
Oil, lubricating 220 210 220 180 200 200 N
Oleic acid 220 200 220 200 200 200 v
Oleum CM CM CM CM CM CM v
Olive oil 220 200 250 200 200 200 N/V
Oxalic acid ≤ 10% 150 150 150 200 150 150 N/V
Oxalic acid 10 ≤ 20% CM CM CM 200 CM CM N/V
Oxalic acid 20 ≤ 50% CM CM CM CM CM CM N/V
Palmitic acid 220 210 220 200 200 200 N/V

Perchloric acid CM CM CM CM CM CM v
Perchloroethylene 120 100 120 CM 100 100 v
Petroleum ether 100 100 100 CM CM CM CM
Phenol ≤ 1% 100 CM 100 CM 75 75 v
Phenol 1 ≤ 5% 100 CM 100 CM CM CM v
Phenol 5 ≤ 100% CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Phosphoric acid ≤ 2% 100 100 100 200 100 100 E
Phosphoric acid 2 ≤ 10% 100 100 100 200 75 75 E
Phosphoric acid 10 ≤ 50% 100 75 100 200 75 75 E
Phosphoric acid 50 ≤ 85% 100 CM 100 200 CM CM E
Phosphorous oxychloride CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Phthalic anhydride 220 200 220 200 200 200 CM
Pickling acid (5% H2SO4, 0.25% coal
coal tar inhibitor, water) 100 80 180 200 CM CM v
Picric acid 100 100 100 100 CM CM N/V
Pine oil 150 125 150 150 150 150 v

7
Plating solution (17% NiSO4, 5%
NiCl2, 30% H3BO3, water) 220 210 220 180 120 120 E
Polyvinyl acetate emulsion 150 150 150 100 100 100 E
Polyethylene glycol (E-200) 150 120 180 150 150 150 N
Polyethylene glycol (P-400) 150 210 180 150 150 150 N
Potassium bicarbonate 220 200 270 150 100 100 N
Potassium bromide 220 200 220 200 200 200 N/E
Potassium carbonate ≤ 50% 100 100 100 150 CM CM N
Potassium chloride 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Potassium cyanide 225 210 225 180 210 200 N/E
Potassium dichromate ≤ 10% 200 180 200 200 150 150 N/E
Potassium ferricyanide 220 200 220 200 200 200 N
Potassium ferrocyanide 220 200 220 200 200 200 N
Potassium fluoride ≤ 30% 200 200 220 150 150 150 N
Potassium hydroxide ≤ 25% 150 150 180 120 100 100 E
Potassium hydroxide 25 ≤ 50% 150 150 180 100 100 100 E
Potassium hydroxide 50 ≤ 75% 150 150 180 100 CM CM E
Potassium nitrate 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Potassium permanganate ≤ 10% CM CM CM 150 CM CM N
Potassium persulfate CM CM CM 180 CM CM CM
Potassium phosphate 180 150 180 100 150 150 N/E
Potassium sulfate 250 210 270 180 210 200 N/E
Propane 150 125 150 100 100 100 N
Propylene glycol 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Quatenary ammonium salts 120 120 120 100 100 100 CM
Silver nitrate 220 200 220 200 200 200 E/V

Sodium acetate 220 200 220 200 200 200 E
Sodium aluminum sulfate 220 200 250 200 200 200 N
Sodium benzoate 200 200 200 180 180 180 CM
Sodium bicarbonate ≤ 10% 250 210 250 180 180 180 N/V
Sodium bicarbonate 10 ≤ 20% 250 210 250 150 180 180 N/V
Sodium bisulfate 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Sodium bisulfite 220 200 220 200 200 200 N/E
Sodium bromate 150 125 180 140 150 150 N
Sodium bromide 250 210 250 200 210 200 N
Sodium carbonate < 10% 200 210 200 150 210 200 N
Sodium carbonate 10% 100 150 200 150 150 150 N
Sodium chlorate ≤ 50% 250 200 250 180 210 200 CM
Sodium chloride 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Sodium cyanide < 6% 225 210 225 200 210 200 N/E
Sodium cyanide 6% 225 210 225 200 200 200 N/E
Sodium dichromate ≤ 10% 200 180 200 200 180 180 E
Sodium ferricyanide 270 210 270 200 200 200 E
Sodium ferrocyanide 270 210 270 200 200 200 E
Sodium hydrosulfide 120 100 120 100 CM CM CM
Sodium hydroxide ≤ 10% 150 150 180 100 100 100 E
Sodium hydroxide 10 ≤ 40% 150 150 180 100 CM CM E
Sodium hydroxide 40 ≤ 50% 150 150 180 150 CM CM CM
Sodium hypochlorite ≤ 51⁄4% CM CM CM 150 CM CM v
Sodium hypochlorite (stable) ≤ 10% CM CM CM CM CM CM v
Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 11 ≤ 18% CM CM CM CM CM CM v
Sodium nitrate 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Sodium nitrite 250 210 250 200 200 200 E
Sodium silicate 220 210 220 200 200 200 N/E
Sodium sulfate 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Sodium sulfide ≤ 10% 200 200 200 150 200 200 N
Sodium sulfite 200 200 200 200 200 200 N
Sodium thiocyanate 200 200 200 180 200 200 v
°C = 5⁄9(°F - 32) °C 24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
8
Sodium thiosulfate 150 125 150 200 120 120 v
Stannic chloride 250 210 270 200 200 200 N
Stannic sulfate 250 210 270 200 200 200 N
Stannous chloride 220 210 220 200 200 200 N/E
Stearic acid 220 210 220 200 200 200 N/V
Strontium chloride 200 200 200 200 200 200 N
Styrene 100 100 100 100 75 75 v
Sugar solutions 220 210 250 180 200 200 N/V
Sulfamic acid < 25% 100 100 100 180 100 100 N
Sulfite liquors 150 125 150 200 100 100 v
Sulfur chloride CM CM CM CM CM CM v
Sulfur dioxide gas (dry) 180 150 200 200 150 120 E
Sulfur trioxide 150 150 180 160 100 100 v
Sulfuric acid ≤ 2% 150 100 180 200 75 75 v
Sulfuric acid 2 ≤ 5% 125 80 180 200 CM CM v
Sulfuric acid 5 ≤ 10% 100 CM 180 200 CM CM v
Sulfuric acid > 70% CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Sulfurous acid 200 180 200 200 120 120 v
Tall oil 200 200 200 200 200 200 N

Tannic acid 225 210 225 200 210 200 N/E
tert-Amyl methyl ether (TAME) 100 CM 100 CM 100 100 CM
Tetrachloroethylene 180 150 180 CM CM CM v
Tetraethyl lead 120 120 120 100 100 100 v
Thionyl chloride CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Toluene 150 125 150 CM 100 100 v
Transformer oil 300 210 300 200 210 210 N/V
1,1,1 Trichloroethane 150 CM 150 CM CM 150 V
Trichloroethylene 120 100 120 CM CM CM v
Triethanolamine 150 150 150 CM 150 150 E
Triethylamine 100 100 100 CM CM CM CM
Triphenyl phosphite 120 120 120 120 100 100 CM
Trisodium phosphate 25% 200 200 200 150 150 150 CM
Turpentine 150 125 150 CM 120 120 N/V
Urea 200 150 200 150 150 150 CM
Vinegar 200 150 200 200 150 150 E/V

Vinyl acetate 150 120 150 CM 100 100 CM
Water, chlorinated ≤ 50 ppm 150 150 150 180 120 120 N

Water, chlorinated 50 ≤ 500 ppm 125 125 125 150 110 110 N
Water, chlorinated 500 ≤ 2000 ppm 100 100 100 110 100 100 N
Water, chlorinated 2000 ≤ 3500 ppm CM CM CM 110 CM CM N
Water, chlorinated brine 120 120 120 150 CM CM N
Water, deionized 250 210 250 180 210 200 N/E
Water, demineralized 250 210 250 200 210 200 N/E
Water, distilled 250 210 250 200 210 200 N/E
Water, fresh 250 210 250 200 210 200 N/E
Water, salt 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Water, sea 270 210 270 200 210 200 N/E
Water, steam condensate 250 210 250 200 210 200 N/E
White liquor 150 150 200 150 CM CM N/E
Xylene 150 125 150 CM 150 150 v
Zinc acetate 180 150 180 180 150 150 E

9
Zinc chloride 250 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Zinc phosphate 180 150 180 200 150 150 CM
Zinc sulfate 200 210 250 200 200 200 N/E
Mechanical joining Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II — Available on all 3000A Series products. These joints
systems utilize an O-ring seal with locking threads.
Key-Lock (K/L) — Available for Series 2400 and 3400 in diameters from 2 to 40 inches .
The Key-Lock joint utilizes an O-ring seal with locking keys.
Fittings Filament-wound fittings — Compatible with, and equivalent in corrosion resistance to

the premium corrosion resistant epoxy or vinyl ester piping systems offered by Ameron
(i.e. Series 4000 and Series 5000). These fittings also may be used with Series 2000 where
higher strength, greater impact resistance, etc., are desired.
Molded fittings — Offer an economical alternative to filament-wound fittings with
corrosion performance equivalent to Series 2000 or Series 3000A.
Key-Lock and Pronto-Lock Temperature Range

O-ring Selection Guide Code Polymer °F °C
N Buna-N (Nitrile) -30 to +225 -5 to +105
E Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) -65 to +250 -55 to +125
V Fluorocarbon (Viton A) -15 to +375 -25 to +190
Where a choice of materials is shown (i.e. N/E), the proper material selection will depend on the concentration,
temperature and pressure of the system.
Bondstrand adhesives Joint Areas Pipe Resin Temperature

Type Type Primary Use of Use System °F °C
6 Q/L Foodstuffs All Epoxy 300 149
34 Q/L or T/T General Service All Epoxy 300 149
60 Q/L Antistatic piping All Epoxy 250 121
105 Q/L Resistance to acids All Vinyl ester 200 93
10
Subhead

1-800-424-9300
11
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1986 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP132I (1/01) supersedes FP132H (11/99) •10M • [369]
®
Bondstrand Installation
Quick-Lock®
Adhesive-bonded
Bell and Spigot Joints
for Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems
Introduction Follow these instructions to make the Quick-Lock bell and spigot joint for Bondstrand
pipe and fittings using Ameron epoxy or vinylester adhesives. The instructions show
you how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the adhesive, make the
joint and cure the adhesive.
To determine the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive for your installation, consult
Bondstrand Chemical Resistance Guide, FP132. FP132 is available from Ameron or
your Bondstrand supplier.
Complete usage instructions for the adhesives are contained in each adhesive kit. Store
adhesives at temperatures below 100°F (38°C). Use adhesives before the date
stamped on the adhesive kit package.
The Quick-Lock joint has been used

successfully in Bondstrand fiberglass
piping systems throughout the world
for over thirty-five years. Typical of
Bondstrand installations is this vacuum
unit drain piping in a Saudi Arabian
desalination plant.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP170E (8/00)
Cutting pipe Measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefitter’s wraparound or
heating blanket. When holding the pipe in a vise, use a 1⁄4-inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad
(or equal) to protect the pipe from damage. Use a hacksaw or power saw with abrasive
wheel to cut the pipe. Check the squareness of cut. Pipe up to 4 inches (100 mm)
should be square to within 1⁄16 inch (1.5 mm); larger pipe to within 1⁄8 inch (3 mm). Use a
disc grinder or file to correct squareness.
Danger! Do not inhale dust produced by cutting and grinding. Provide adequate
ventilation or wear OSHA-approved dust mask.
Scribe the pipe with chalk or a white

marker to assure squareness of cut
(top). Bondstrand pipe may be cut
using a fine-tooth hacksaw or a power
saw with abrasive wheel (bottom). See
FP811 AMERON RECOMMENDED SAFETY
PRACTICES for proper personal
protective equipment.
End preparation Use the Bondstrand B-1 end preparation tool for 2 through 8-inch sizes. For 10-inch
pipe and larger, several shavers are available from Ameron and are referenced in the
equipment list at the end of these instructions. Instructions for adjusting and operating
the end preparation tools are provided with the tools. The instructions may also be
obtained from your local Bondstrand representative.
2
End preparation End preparation tools can be used manually, but a portable power drive is advisable if
(continued) preparing a number of joints. Check the OD of the prepared end with a Pi Tape to ensure
the following dimensions are obtained:
The cutter wheels on the B-1 tool are

designed to cut when the tool is
rotating in the clockwise direction.
Attempts to cut with the tool in
counterclockwise rotation will bend
the cutter wheels and reduce the
effectiveness of the tool. Similarly,
when withdrawing the tool after
completing a cut, stop the drill motor
and simply pull the tool out of the
pipe. Do not reverse the drill rotation
when withdrawing as this will also
tend to bend the cutter wheels.
The B-1 tool (top) requires no adjustment

and is used to prepare pipe ends in sizes to
8 inches. Pipe ends in 10 and 12 inch sizes
are prepared with the M74 tool. The M80 tool
(not shown) is used for larger sizes.
Nominal Prepared Spigot Diameter

Pipe Size maximum minimum
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 1.29 32.9 1.28 32.5
1.5 40 1.88 47.8 1.87 47.5
2 50 2.35 59.6 2.33 59.2
3 80 3.47 88.0 3.45 87.6
4 100 4.45 112.9 4.43 112.5
5 125 5.51 139.9 5.49 139.5
6 150 6.56 166.6 6.54 166.2
8 200 8.56 217.4 8.54 217.0
10 250 10.70 271.7 10.68 271.3
12 300 12.70 322.6 12.68 322.2
14 350 13.95 354.2 13.93 353.8
16 400 15.93 404.5 15.91 404.1
All bonding surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of
assembly. Sand the bonding surfaces with a 1⁄4-inch drill motor and flapper sander.
See the equipment list at the end of these instructions for drill motor and flapper
sander specifications. Sanded surfaces should show a dull, fresh finish, not a
polished look. Don’t forget to sand the end of the spigot. 3
End preparation Wipe the sanded surfaces thoroughly with a clean, dry cloth, or use a duster brush to
(continued) remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket
or hot air gun until dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during
bad weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with
bare hands or soiled gloves that would leave an oily film.
Caution: Clean and dry sanded surfaces are required for proper bonding.
When using pneumatic tools, the

air supply must be dry and
oil-free as moisture or oil on
bonding surfaces will interfere
with the adhesive.
Check the outside diameter of the prepared

pipe end with a Pi Tape (left). Permissible
diameter ranges are marked on the tape
and must conform to the values tabulated
on the previous page. Sand all bonding
surfaces within two hours of applying
adhesive: the inside of the fitting (top right),
the cut end of the pipe
(center left), and the outside of the spigot
(bottom left). Remove dust from all sanded
surfaces with a clean rag (bottom right).
4
Spigot insertion depths Measure back from the end of the spigot the distance shown in the following table and
and diameters scribe a line using a white grease pencil or soapstone. When the spigot is bottomed to
the pipe stop in the bell, the scribed line will be 1 inch (25 mm) from the end of the bell.
Nominal Mark in from

Pipe Size spigot end
(in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 2 1⁄16 52
1.5 40 2.1⁄4 57
2 50 2.13⁄16 71
3 80 2.13⁄16 71
4 100 2.13⁄16 71
5 125 3.1⁄4 82
6 150 3.1⁄4 82
8 200 3.1⁄ 2 89
10 250 3.3⁄4 95
12 300 4. 101
14 350 4.1⁄ 2 114
16 400 5. 127
Before applying adhesive, put an

insertion depth reference mark on the
spigot by measuring back from the pipe
end by the amount tabulated above.
After joining, the reference mark should
be 1 inch from the end of the bell.
Alignment of fittings To ensure proper alignment of fittings, matchmark the mating pieces before applying
adhesive. Taking care to avoid contaminating the bonding surfaces, dry fit the pieces,
then mark each piece for subsequent realignment.
Assure proper alignment of

fittings by matchmarking the
mating pieces while dry fitting.
5
Applying the adhesive Select the adhesive kit per the following table:
Bonds per Kit

Kit
Size Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
(fl oz) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
3 10 6 4 3 2 1 1 ⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
– –
5 – 10 7 5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
⁄2 1
⁄2
8 – – 10 8 6 5 3 2 2 1 1 1
Important: Be aware of the working time available after the adhesive has been mixed.
It may not be possible to achieve the listed number of bonds in the smaller
sizes because of the available working time (pot life) of the adhesive. See
the adhesive kit package for the approximate working times.
Add all of the hardener to the resin (left).

After mixing thoroughly, apply a thin layer
to the inside of the bell (right).
When the joint is ready to be bonded, add the curing agent to the resin. Stir thoroughly
for at least one minute or until no streaks are visible. Apply the mixed adhesive to the
bonding surfaces immediately.
If the mix has started to gel in the container, discard and start a new kit.
Appearance of gelled or lumpy material indicates that the mix has started to cure.
Use the disposable spatula supplied in the kit to apply a thin layer (1⁄32 inch or 1 mm) of
adhesive to the surface of the bell including the pipe stop. Excess adhesive in the bell
will restrict flow inside the joint. Apply adhesive liberally to the entire spigot surface and
a thin layer to the cut end of the pipe. Excess adhesive on the spigot surface will be
forced out when the bell and the spigot are joined.
6
Proper adhesive application In a properly made joint, the adhesive applied to the bell is pushed to the inside of the
joint where it forms a bead that protects the cut edge of the pipe. Excess adhesive
applied to the pipe spigot is pushed to the outside of the joint and can be easily
removed.
Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict flow through the pipe.
Apply a generous layer of adhesive to the

outside of the spigot (left). In addition,
apply a thin layer of adhesive to the cut
end of the pipe (right).
When the joint is assembled, some of the

adhesive in the bell is pushed to the inside
by the end of the spigot. When correctly
applied, a thin layer of adhesive in the bell
(center) forms a small bead that will
protect the cut end of the pipe.
Correct
Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict

flow inside the pipe (bottom).
Incorrect
Joint assembly Without rotating the spigot, insert it into the bell until it rests firmly against the pipe stop.
For 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, use a comealong to seat the joint and hold it in
place. Support the bands on wooden blocks on each side of the joint so the comealong
can remain snug while the heating blanket is wrapped around the joint and the joint is
cured. Joints 6 inches or less in size may be made by tapping on a wooden block
placed over pipe end to seat the spigot in bell.
Before joining the pipe, align the faces of

the bell and spigot parallel with one
another (left). When making large-
diameter joints, use a comealong to join
the pipe (right) and to hold the joint
together during the cure.
7
Joint assembly Join fittings to pipe using one of the two methods described above. It may be
(continued) necessary to back up an elbow, tee, lateral, etc., with a sandbag or similar shock
absorber while tapping pipe spigots into fittings.
Caution: Never use a metal hammer directly on Bondstrand pipe or fittings.
Joints in the small diameters can be made

up with a rubber mallet (or equal) and a
block of wood (left). Never strike pipe or
fittings directly with a hammer or mallet.
Check the insertion depth after making the
joint (right). The reference mark should be 1
inch from the end of the bell.
When mounting a flange, make sure that

the vertical (center left) and rotational
alignment (bottom right) meet the
requirements stated in the text.
Remove excess adhesive for good

appearance (second from top
left). Sand the inside of the flange
before applying adhesive (second
from bottom left). Clean excess
adhesive where the flange lip
contacts the spigot to avoid
contamination of the flange
face (bottom left).
Align flanges, tees and other fittings to the matchmarks as you make the joint to avoid
rotating the part while assembling. Check rotational alignment of flange bolt holes and
squareness of flange faces. Flanges with bolt holes more than 1⁄16 inch (1.5 mm) out of
rotational alignment, or faces more than 1⁄16 inch out of square across the flange face, or
any angular errors of more than 1⁄ 2° in the axial or rotational alignment of bell and spigot
are likely to cause subsequent assembly problems. If the joint is misaligned, pull it
apart, remove adhesive from the pipe stop area, reapply adhesive and rejoin before
adhesive starts to set up.
8
Force curing adhesive joints When force curing the adhesive, place the thermostat end of the Bondstrand heating
blanket against the assembled joint with the thermostat side facing out. Wrap the
remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap covers the thermostat. Tie
the blanket in place with any nonconducting tie.
In general, Ameron recommends the use of insulation around the heating blanket. This
is essential when the air temperature is below 40°F (4°C). Fiberglass insulation backed
with aluminum foil generally works well. Insulation should overlap the blanket sides
about 4 inches (100 mm) each way and be tied down near the edges to trap the heat.
Turn on the heating blanket and mark the starting time on the pipe. Check the blanket
after a short period to assure it is heating.
A 30-minute cure is recommended for joining pipe and mounting flanges and a
45-minute cure for joining fittings.
Position the heating blanket with

the thermostat facing out (left).
Wrap the loose end of the blanket over
the thermostat and secure with an
electrically nonconductive tie (right).
Mark the starting time for the cure on the

pipe (center right). If the temperature
might drop below 40°F (4°C), insulate
the blanket with fiberglass insulation
backed with aluminum foil or the
equivalent (bottom right).
Caution: Do not move, vibrate, or
9
Force curing flanges Flange mounting requires a special blanket wrap. Lay the blanket flat with the
thermostat down and, starting at the thermostat end, roll it up. Insert the rolled blanket
into the pipe end to the depth of the fresh joint, leaving the cord and part of the blanket
exposed as shown. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket with fiberglass insulation to
ensure that the blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface.
When curing a flange, place the heating

blanket inside the pipe so that the
thermostat faces the center of the pipe.
Insulate the space inside the blanket.
Equipment list The following tools are recommended for installing Bondstrand pipe:
(a) B-1 end preparation tool (1 to 8 inch) (FP376 B-1 TOOL INSTALLATION GUIDE)
M80 pipe shaver and arbors (10 to 16 inch) (FP515 M80 PIPE SHAVER INSTRUCTIONS)
Note: M74 pipe shaver can be used for (2 to 12 inch)
(b) Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel
(c) Half-inch heavy-duty drill operating at 450 to 600 rpm; preferably with pistol grip,
spade grip and side handles (Black and Decker Model 1321)
(d) Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 1⁄4-inch (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads
(e) Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with
1⁄4-inch (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface)
(f) Rubber mallet, 2 lb (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21⁄2 to 3 inch diameter
(g) Comealong for 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, Dayton No. 2Z614
(h) Heating blankets (four sizes available from Ameron)
When using pneumatic tools, the (i) Pipefitter’s wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone
air supply must be dry and (j) Duster brush and clean rags
oil-free as moisture or oil on (k) Dust mask, eye protection and gloves
bonding surfaces will interfere (l) Folding rule, 10 ft (3 m)
with the adhesive. (m) Tape , 50 ft (15 m)
(n) Portable power drive, Ridgid® No. 700 or Amaz-O-Thred® 181D for M74 and M80
pipe shavers
(o) Pi Tape® measuring tape
(p) Disc grinder or file (optional)
10
Equipment list
(continued)
The B-1 pipe tool is available in sizes from

1 through 8 inches. Tools for the 2, 3 and
4-inch sizes are seen here (left). Pipe is
most easily cut using a power saw with
abrasive wheel (right).
The B-1 pipe tool requires a 1⁄2 inch drill

motor with handles on both sides (left), and,
preferably, a spade grip. A pipe vise and
1⁄4-inch rubber pads (or equal) are highly
recommended for cutting, end preparation

and spool work (upper right). Bonding
surfaces must be sanded using a 40-grit
flapper sander (lower right).
Small-diameter joints may be made up

with a rubber mallet (or equal) and wooden
block (left). Large-diameter joint make-up
requires comealongs (right).
Adhesives for the Quick-Lock joint are

force-cured with Ameron electric heating
blankets (left). An ample supply of clean
rags and dust brushes is required to keep
all bonding surfaces clean (right).
A pipefitter’s wraparound, a level and a

grease pencil are suggested for alignment
and marking (left). Essential safety wear
includes eye protection, dust mask and
clean cotton gloves (right).
11
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifi-
cations are subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
info@ameron-fpg.nl
© 1982 Ameron • FP170E (8/00) supersedes FP170D (9/96) • Printed in U.S.A. • 7.5M • [124]
®
Adhesive-bonded
Bell and Spigot Joints
for Bondstrand no-shave pipe
Installation 1. Cut pipe to length as shown in FP170D QUICK-LOCK® ADHESIVE-BONDED BELL

AND SPIGOT JOINTS.
2. Using 40 to 120 grit sandpaper, sand the first 2” to 3” of the end of pipe and the
Quick-Lock® socket of the fitting to be bonded. Don’t forget to sand the end of
the pipe. There should be no glossy areas left on the bond area of the pipe.
Note: DO NOT USE TRADITIONAL SHAVING TOOLS FOR SANDING THE
PIPE. FLAPPER SANDERS ARE ACCEPTABLE
3. All bonding surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two
hours of assembly. Sanded surfaces should show a dull, fresh finish, not a
polished look.
4. Wipe the sanded surfaces thoroughly with a clean, dry cloth, or use a duster
brush to remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with a
Bondstrand® heating blanket or hot air gun until dry, then resand. Protect the
bonding surfaces from moisture during bad weather by tenting over the
working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with bare hands or soiled
gloves that would leave an oily film.
5. Mark spigot insertion depth according to FP170D QUICK-LOCK® ADHESIVE-
BONDED BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS and follow the remaining instructions for
alignment, adhesive application, joint assembly and force curing.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP170 Addendum (10/99)

®
Bondstrand Installation Guide
Installation Practices
for Bondstrand® CX™ Pipe
Scope This procedure is used in addition to Ameron Literature FP170D (Quick Lock®
Installation Procedure). For Ameron Literature see your local Bondstrand® provider or
call Ameron International, Fiberglass Pipe Division.
Introduction These instructions are intended to be used for the Installation of Bondstrand® CX™
Piping. To determine the proper adhesive for the installation see Bondstrand®
Chemical Resistance guide, FP132. PSX™•34 adhesive will be suitable for most
services. PSX•34 adhesive is Listed by the National Sanitation Foundation under NSF
Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects for use in Potable
Water Service and Commercial Hot Water Applications. Use PSX•34 unless the guide
recommends RP105, or if electrical conductivity is required (RP-60). Complete usage
instructions for the adhesive is provided in each kit. Use the adhesive before the date
stamped on the adhesive kit package.
End Preparation Use the Jacket Cutter to cut the jacket to the specified length (see table 1 on left).
Table 1.
Set the depth of the wheel to cut the outer wall only. DO NOT CUT THE PRIMARY
WALL. Make sure the grinding wheel does not grind into the sand. Cut only to the
Jacket Removal Length white tape that separates the secondary pipe wall from the sand. Cutting into the sand
will reduce the life of the wheel.
Size Length When cutting the jacket, there should only be one longitudinal cut. Use this same cut
(in) (in) path to pull out the jacket cutter. This will save wear on the cutter wheel. Start the cut by
2 21/2 pushing tool on to the pipe until the tool bottoms out. Rotate the pipe or tool to part the
3 21/2 jacket. Pull tool out along the same longitudinal cut.
4 21/2 Once the jacket is cut, use a utility knife to cut through the remaining tape. Use a blunt
6 27/8 end object to remove the wall of the jacket. Be careful not to damage primary pipe wall.
8 33/4 Use the standard spigot cutting tool to shave the spigot on the primary pipe, if necessary.
10 33/4 Note: For no-shave pipe, no spigot shaving tools are necessary for primary or
12 33/4 secondary pipe. If outside diameter (O.D.) is slightly large, use flapper sander to
14 33/4 reduce O.D.
16 33/4 Note: B-1F tools are used for 2”-8”. M80 shavers are used for 10”-16”. See the
Quick Lock® procedure FP170 for spigot lengths and diameters.
Secondary Spigot Use the Unique Taper Tool (Model 010), with the modified 3” cutter blade, to shave
spigot on outer wall for 2-6 inch pipe diameters. Use M-80 tool (adjusted) to shave
secondary spigot on 8-16 inch pipe. For no-shave pipe, sand the outer wall of the pipe to
the length of the secondary spigot. Ensure that all glossy surfaces are removed from
bonding area. Follow Ameron Literature FP667 for basic operating instructions of the
Unique Taper Tool. Follow Ameron Literature FP515 for basic operating instructions on
the M-80 shaver. Use Table 2 for length and O.D. of the spigot on the secondary wall. Angle
is 0˚ on spigot.
ISO-9001 Note: To set length of spigot, using the unique taper tool, the insertion depth of
the collet on the taper tool should be adjusted. Measure from end of secondary
wall to tip of cutting blade. Use the modified (3” long) cutter to cut spigot on
secondary piping.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP821B (7/00)
Secondary Spigot O.D. & Length of Spigot on the Secondary Wall
(cont’d) Nominal Spigot O.D. ± .015 Spigot Length(1)
Pipe Size Standard Pipe No-Shave Pipe ± 1/16
(in) (in) (in) (in)
Table 2. 2 2.657 2.585 11⁄8
Angle on spigot is 0˚. 3 3.782 3.700 11⁄8
4 4.866 4.700 11⁄8
6 6.992 6.820 11⁄8
8 9.007 — 15⁄8
10 11.185 — 15⁄8
12 13.185 — 15⁄8
14 14.439 — 15⁄8
16 16.487 — 15⁄8
(1)
Or length of no-shave pipe which needs to be completely sanded prior to bonding.
Bonding Primary Piping

See Literature FP170D for proper bonding techniques. Leave secondary spigots as
clean as possible while bonding primary as this will save time when ready to bond
secondary closures.
Secondary Piping
Test Primary piping before assembly of secondary closures (see below). Sand all
bonding surfaces before bonding. Use the matched closures and bond across
spigots on pipe wall and female component. Be careful not to cover the sand layer
with adhesive. Use a hose clamp to secure closures until bond has set. Do not allow
the closures to move while curing. Do not test until full cure has been obtained.
Each end of the secondary piping must be closed if containment is to be pressure tested.
Reference FP822 TERMINATION FIELD WELD KITS for Bondstrand® CX Pipe for guidance.
Testing Primary Piping

Test primary pipe before assembly of secondary closures. During testing, inspect all
joints and monitor the cut ends of the containment piping (jacket). If a leak occurs in
the primary piping, it will be visible at this point. Note: If the primary pipe is being
tested pneumatically, a soapy water solution can be used over the cut end of the
jacket to show integrity. This provides 100% inspection of the primary system.
Secondary Piping
Once cure is complete, remove the clamps and test using the test ports in the
closures at either end of the pipe system. Regulate air pressure going into the test
assembly. The secondary space is small which allows pressure to build very quickly.
Not using a regulator may cause damage to the test gauge. Note: Two sets of
closures with test ports should be used for testing each line or section of line (if
pipe is separated into zones). Use one of these closures near each end of the
line or section. This will show communication from one end to the other and
assure the line has been pressurized along its full length.
Test the secondary at required pressure. Net pressure on outside of primary not to
exceed the external pressure rating of the pipe.
subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
info@ameron-fpg.nl
©2000 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. • FP821B (7/00) • 5M[124]

Installation Guide
Adhesive-bonded
Bell x Spigot Joints
for Series 3000A & 3200A
General The bell and spigot joint is made by the adhesive bonding of a tapered spigot into a
tapered bell. The tapers machined in the bell and on the spigot end are “matching
tapers” of a pre-determined angle, 13/4˚ (2”-6”) and 2˚ (8”-16”). Each length of bell and
spigot pipe will have a factory-tapered spigot on one end and a tapered bell attached
to the other end. Fittings are manufactured to accept the tapered spigot end of the
pipe.
Factory
installed bell
Factory or
field taper
Installation Preparation a. String the pipe along the right-of-way.
b. After insuring that the tapered bell & spigot end are clean and dry, the end
ISO-9001 caps should be replaced until the joint is ready to be made.
c. Make a thorough inspection of the pipe wall and tapered spigot end for any
signs of cracking or impact damage.
FP807 (11/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Adhesive Mixing a. Insure that the taper and bonding surfaces are clean. If the surfaces are oily or
& Application greasy, they should be cleaned by sanding or with cleaner (not supplied). It is
imperative that the bonding surfaces be clean and dry before adhesive
application. A light sanding to “freshen” the surfaces should be done.
b. Mix adhesive according to directions taking careful notice of the working life.
Please review adhesive kit instructions prior to mixing.
c. Apply a thin coating of adhesive to both spigot and bell bonding surfaces.
Enough adhesive should be used to form a bead surrounding the pipe when
insertion has been completed. Only enough adhesive to wet the surfaces is
needed. More is not better.
2”-6” Pipe The spigot end should be inserted without rotation until contact of the matching taper
in the bell is felt. At this point, the spigot end should be rotated while applying force to
the joint. A slight reverse twist (1/4 turn) will “lock” the joint. The rotation of the spigot
end will redistribute the adhesive evenly and work any air out of the joint.
2
8”-16” Pipe a. Insert dry, then measure and mark the insertion depth of the spigot end on
the exterior pipe wall. (See Tables 1, 2 & 3 for insertion depths in pipe and
fittings, respectively.)
b. Remove the exterior gloss up to the recorded insertion depth using a flapper
sander or sandpaper. A light sanding of the spigot (if factory made) should
also be done.
3
8”-16” Pipe (cont’d) c. A second mark, 3 inches past the original measurement, should be made in
order to double check the insertion depth upon final joint makeup.
d. Buff up the interior of the bell and remove any rough edges using a flapper
sander or sandpaper.
e. Align the mating surfaces so that they may be brought together in a straight,
even line.
4
8”-16” Pipe (cont’d) f. Apply properly mixed adhesive to both the bell and spigot bonding surfaces.
g. The spigot end should be inserted in an uncocked position without rotation.

After initial insertion has been made, a come-a-long should be used to insure
that the proper insertion depth has been obtained. Use 5/8” (16mm) or larger
manila rope with the come-a-long, taking careful notice to protect pipe with
padding where the come-a-long is fastened. Take up the come-a-long slowly
and work joint together taking care to maintain alignment. Tap a wooden
block held against the next bell end of the pipe, to be sure the spigot end has
been fully inserted. Never do this against a pipe spigot.
5
General Considerations a. Do not use excessive force. Over insertion should be avoided because it can
crack the spigot end and result in a faulty joint.
b. After proper insertion has been accomplished, check for possible backout at
the joint, by momentarily reducing tightness of come-along.
c. If joint separates more than 1/8 inch, too much adhesive has been used. Joint
should be disassembled, cleaned and reassembled using proper amount of
adhesive.
d. If temperature is below 40˚F (5˚C), heat assist methods such as a heat blanket
must be used in order for the adhesive to cure.
e. Do not pressurize the line until adhesive has fully cured. Curing time at
various temperatures are shown in the adhesive kit instructions.
Safety Recommendations Engineering Controls:

• A fabrication area should be set up in which to perform as much of the
fabrication work as is practical or possible.
• Ventilation of the work area should be controlled. This can be done by means
of fans or dust collectors.
• Work area should be kept clean, including floor or other horizontal surfaces.
Rinsing with water or sweeping with brushes or brooms (using floor sweep) is
recommended. Never use compressed air to clean area or to remove dust for
personal cleaning. Brushes should be used to remove residue from shaved
surfaces.
Personal Protection:
• Barrier creme should be applied to the skin in areas which may be exposed to
shavings prior to beginning work.
• Clean clothes should be worn each day. Do not wear clothing that has not
been laundered to begin a work shift. More frequent changing may be required
by conditions.
• Long sleeved shirts or worksuits should be used. Tape should be used at
sleeve opening.
• Cotton or flannel shirts under workshirts may be worn to prevent rubbing of
skin at opening of worksuit.
• Gloves with elastic cuff should be worn at all times. Replace worn or contami-
nated gloves as necessary. Gloves with flared, stiff cuffs act as a gathering
funnel for shavings.
• Pant legs should be worn outside work boots. If necessary for safety
purposes, the pant legs can be taped to fit closely to the boot. Over-the-calf
socks can be used to prevent chafing of the boot on the skin.
• Wristbands and watches should be removed to prevent rubbing or accumu-
lation of particles on skin underneath the band.
• Dust masks and face shields should be used as necessary and practical.
Contact points with the skin should be kept free of dust to prevent dust from
being imbedded into skin from movement of the mask during normal use.
Personal Hygiene:
• Wash exposed skin with soap solution (liquid soap preferred) and cool water.
• Use washcloth with “brushing” motion to remove dust or fibers. Do not scrub
the skin. This could result in the fibers being imbedded into the skin.
• Rinse thoroughly with clean, cold water.
• Apply lotion or creme to skin (non-detergent formulas such as baby lotion) to
soothe irritation or prevent further immediate irritation.
6
Insertion Depths The following tables outline the recommended centerline to centerline measurement
procedure for Bell x Spigot pipe. The dimension values are subject to manufacturing
tolerance and should be double-checked to insure an exact fit.
Table 1. Bell & Spigot Elbows Centerline to Centerline 2”-6”

Pipe Size O (90˚) O (45˚) P Q
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
2 33/4 31/8 23/8 1/8
3 5 /4
3
4 /4
3
3 /8
7
1/8
4 7 5 /4
3
4 /2
1
1/8
6 9 7 /8
1
5 /2
1
1/4
Table 2.
Bell & Spigot Elbows Centerline to Centerline 8”-16”

Pipe Size O (90˚) O (60˚) O (45˚) O (30˚) O (221/2˚) O (111/4˚) P Q
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
8 13 93/4 81/4 7 61/2 53/4 43/4 1/4
10 151/2 11 91/4 73/4 7 6 5 1/4
12 173/4 121/2 101/2 83/4 8 63/4 51/4 1/4
14 203/4 143/4 121/2 101/2 91/2 81/4 61/2 3/8
16 23 161/4 133/4 111/4 101/4 81/2 63/4 3/8
N = Centerline to Centerline Dimension P = Dry Insertion Depth Formula:
O = Centerline to Face of Fittings Q = Lubrication Factor N - (O+O) + (P+P) + (Q+Q) = Length of Pipe to Cut
Bell & Spigot Face to Face Centerline to Centerline 2”-16”

Table 3. Pipe Size S T X
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
2 2.05 1/8 11/2
3 2.32 1/8 13/4
4 3.15 1/8 2
6 4.00 1/4 23/4
8 5.00 1/4 25/8
10 5.00 1/4 31/4
12 5.55 1/4 33/4
14 6.80 3/8 41/2
16 7.00 3/8 5
7
Equipment List The following tools are recommended for installing Bonsdtrand pipe
Series 3000A & 3200A:
a. Unique Tool® or Taper Tool® II f. Comealong for 6” (150 mm)

b. Hacksaw or power saw with pipe and larger, Dayton No.
abrasive wheel 2Z614
c. Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and g. Heating blankets or Chem
1/4” (6 mm) thick elastomeric Cure Paks®
pads h. Pipefitter’s wraparound, level
When using pneumatic tools, the d. Flapper wheel sander and white grease pencil or
air supply must be dry and (available from Ameron) with soapstone
oil-free as moisture or oil on electric or air drill motor with i. Duster brush and clean rags
1/4” (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 j. Dust mask, eye protection
rpm (faster drills will produce a and gloves
with the adhesive. polished surface k. Folding rule, 10 ft. (3 m)
e. Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (1 kg), l. Tape, 50 ft. (15 m)
Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21/2 m. Disc grinder or file (optional)
to 3” diameter

with a rubber mallet (or equal) and
wooden block (left). Large-diameter joint
make-up requires comealongs (right).
Adhesives for the Bell x Spigot tapered

joint can be force-cured with Ameron
electric heating blankets (left) or Chem
Cure Paks® (2”-6”). An ample supply of
clean rags and dust brushes is required to
keep all bonding surfaces clean (right).

grease pencil are suggested for
alignment and marking (left). Essential
safety wear includes eye protection, dust
mask and clean cotton gloves (right).
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
©1998 Ameron• FP807 (11/98) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M[124]

Installation Guide
Pronto-Lock®
Mechanical Joints
for Series 3000A & 3200A in 2”-6” diameters
General The Ameron Pronto-Lock® mechanical joining system, U.S. Patent No. 3784239,
utilizes an O-ring seal and is designed to provide a fast, simple, rugged and reliable
method of installing pipe. The O-ring fits in a groove in the female end of the joint and
is installed in the factory. The sealing surface is the smooth tapered section of the
male end of the joint. Any irregularity, discontinuity or foreign material either on this
surface, in the groove or on the O-ring itself may prevent the joint from properly
sealing upon make-up. The heavy duty molded ACME type threads in this joint start
easily and make-up quickly with minimum danger of cross threading or jamming.
Elastomeric
“O”-ring
Pronto-Lock®
O-ring Joint
Acme threads
for make-up and
thrust restraint
Lubricants In order to minimize installation effort and permit disassembly when necessary, it is
recommended that a lubricant be used on all Pronto-Lock® joints. In general,
lubricants such as motor oil, ethylene glycol, petroleum jelly, lard or vegetable
shortening may be used. Liquid detergent is also very effective and is the preferred
lubricant for potable water lines. Lubricants containing granular fillers or solid particles
should not be used because these may prevent the O-ring from properly sealing.
Those lubricants containing powdered or flaked metal or hardening type thread dopes
should not be used.
A major consideration regarding all types of lubricants is that they will catch and hold
any dirt, dust or sand which might come in contact with the joint, this possibly might
contaminate the O-ring or gall the threads and cause problems. For this reason, it is
necessary to emphasize cleanliness and care on the part of the installation crew.
ISO-9001
U.S. Patent No. 3784239 FP808 (11/98)

CERTIFICATED FIRM
Strap Wrenches Standard strap wrenches, or chain tongs may be used to make up the Pronto-Lock®
(2”-6”) joint. When using one of the accepted wrenches, the following rules must be
followed:
a. Always apply wrenches to the straight section of the Pronto-Lock® female
end. Never apply any kind of wrench directly on the pipe wall.
b. Never use a tool or “Cheater” with a longer than 24” handle. The joints will
turn and make up easily if they are clean, lubricated and properly aligned. Any
difficulties encountered are usually the result of misalignment. When
resistance is felt, the joint should be either backed off and cleaned or the
alignment should be checked.
Installation Procedure a. String the pipe along the right-of-way.

b. Inspect the pipe wall for any sign of cracking or impact damage.
c. Remove the protector from the female end of one length of pipe.
d. Inspect the female end to be sure it is free of dirt, sand or any foreign particles
which could prevent complete make-up of the joint.
e. Check the O-ring to be sure it is properly seated in the O-ring groove.
f. Support the female end from falling into the dirt by placing the strap wrench
(or other acceptable wrench) around the collar in the back-up position.
Note: Do not use any wrenches on the pipe wall itself.
g. Inspect the second length of pipe for any sign of cracking or impact damage.
h. Remove the protective end cap from the male end of the adjacent length of
pipe.
i. Insure that the sealing surface is clean and free from any roughness or foreign
material which might prevent the O-ring from sealing.
j. Insure that the threads are clean and free of any foreign material which might
prevent comlete joint make-up.
k. Lubricate the male end and the O-ring with the appropriate lubricant as
discussed in Section “Lubricants”.
2
Installation Procedure l. Insert the male end of the second length into the female end of the first length
(cont’d) as far as possible and begin turning clockwise so that the threads engage.
m. Apply a strap wrench or chain tong to the female end of the second length of
pipe and tighten. Use the strap wrench on the straight section of the Pronto-
Lock® female ends only. Do not use wrenches on the pipe wall.
Note: It is not necessary to apply excessive pressure on the wrench to
“insure a seal”. These are not sealing threads.
Variations in Due to make-up tolerances, some joints wil make-up flush while some will stand off
Joint Make-Up 3/8” or more. This standoff does not affect performance because it is the O-ring which
provides the seal, not the threads. Attempts to make all the joints flush or deeper may
result in damage to the pipe. Experience with joint make-up will dictate the amount of
torque necessary to insure complete make-up. In no case is a lever arm greater than
24” to be used in making up the joints. “Cheater” extensions of existing tools are also
not to be used.
O-rings The standard O-rings recommended by Ameron for use with the Pronto-Lock® joints
are listed in the table below. Use of O-rings other than these without formal approval is
not recommended and performance cannot be guaranteed.
O-Ring and Dimensional Data (2”-6”)

Supplier Compound Part
Number Number
2” 3” 4” 6”
Hercules 7446-70 231 240 352 365
Parker N103-70 231 240 352 365
National B-46 NS-231 NS-240 NS-352 NS-365
Standard Dimensions in Inches

O-Ring I.D. 25/8 33/4 47/8 7
O-Ring O.D. 27/8 4 51/4 73/8
O-Ring Width 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16
3
Series 3000A & 3200A:
a. Unique Tool® f. Comealong for 6” (150 mm)

b. Hacksaw or power saw with pipe Dayton No. 2Z614
abrasive wheel g. Heating blankets
c. Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and h. Chem Cure Paks®
1/4” (6 mm) thick elastomeric i. Pipefitter’s wraparound, level
pads and white grease pencil or
When using pneumatic tools, the d. Flapper wheel sander soapstone
air supply must be dry and (available from Ameron) with j. Duster brush and clean rags
oil-free as moisture or oil on electric or air drill motor with k. Dust mask, eye protection
1/4” (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 and gloves
rpm (faster drills will produce a l. Folding rule, 10 ft. (3 m)
with the adhesive. polished surface
m. Tape, 50 ft. (15 m)
e. Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (1 kg),
n. Disc grinder or file (optional)
Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21/2
to 3” diameter

Adhesives for the Pronto-Lock® joint can

be force-cured with Ameron electric
heating blankets (left) or Chem Cure
Paks®. An ample supply of clean rags and
dust brushes is required to keep all
bonding surfaces clean (right).

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Installation Guide
Pronto-Lock® II
Mechanical Joints
for Series 3000A & 3200A in 8”-16” diameters
and 3300A in 8”-12” diameters
General The Ameron Pronto-Lock® II mechanical joining system, U.S. Patent No. 4014568,
utilizes an O-ring seal and is designed to provide a fast, simple, rugged and reliable
method of installing pipe. The O-ring fits in a groove in the box (female) end and is
installed in the field. The male portion of the Pronto-Lock® II joint is a combination pin
end (male) and sliding threaded sleeve, separated by a bearing ring. The threaded
sleeve enables complete joint make-up without rotating the pipe. The pin end is
tapered at two distinct angles which gives the Pronto-Lock® II joint the capability of a 2
degree angular deflection so that installed pipe has the ability to conform much more
readily to changes in terrain.
Elastomeric
“O”-ring Pin End
(Bonded to pipe)
Pronto-Lock® II
O-ring Joint
Elastomeric
bearing ring
Threaded nut
for make-up
and thrust restraint
Lubricants In order to minimize installation effort and permit disassembly when necessary, it is
recommended that a lubricant be used on all Pronto-Lock® joints. In general,
lubricants such as motor oil, ethylene glycol, petroleum jelly, lard or vegetable
shortening may be used. Liquid detergent is also very effective and is the preferred
lubricant for potable water lines. Lubricants containing granular fillers or solid particles
should not be used because these may prevent the O-ring from properly sealing.
Those lubricants containing powdered or flaked metal or hardening type thread dopes
should not be used.
A major consideration regarding all types of lubricants is that they will catch and hold
any dirt, dust or sand which might come in contact with the joint, this possibly might
ISO-9001 contaminate the O-ring or gall the threads and cause problems. For this reason, it is
necessary to emphasize cleanliness and care on the part of the installation crew.
U.S. Patent No. 4014568 FP809 (11/98)

CERTIFICATED FIRM
Installation Procedure a. String the pipe along the right-of-way.
b. For 8”-12” pipe, it may be preferred to carefully hand lower lengths of pipe
into the ditch.
c. For 14” and 16” pipe, it is easier to lower the pipe into position with the
assistance of a front-end loader or equivalent. The pipe should be lifted with
the use of a nylon strap fastened at the middle of a length of pipe. When
handling 60 ft. lengths, a two point supporting system with a spreader bar
should be incorporated.
d. Inspect the pipe wall for damage.
2
Installation Procedure e. Remove the protector from the box (female) end of one length of pipe.
(cont’d) f. Inspect the box end, especially the O-ring groove to be sure it is free of dirt,
sand or any foreign particles which would prevent proper sealing of the O-ring
or complete make-up of the joint. In order to keep the box free of grit, it is
advisable to elevate the box from the ditch bed with a 4”x4”.
g. Install a lubricated O-ring into the clean O-ring groove using the correct
lubricant as discussed in the section “Lubricants”. The O-ring is larger than
the circumference of the O-ring groove and the final portion needs to be
pinched into place. Smooth out any twist in the O-ring once installation has
been completed.
h. Lubricate the entire installed O-ring and its surrounding area.

i. Inspect the pipe wall of the section to be joined for damage.
j. Remove the protective end cap from the pin end of the adjacent length of pipe.
k. Insure that the sealing surface is clean and free from any roughness or foreign
material which might prevent the O-ring from sealing.
3
Installation Procedure l. Install the square bearing ring between the pin end and the threaded sleeve.
(cont’d)
m. Lubricate the pin end of the second length of pipe.
4
Installation Procedure n. Insure that the adjacent length of pipe is correctly aligned.
(cont’d) o. Stab the lubricated pin end firmly into the box using a battering ram type of
motion. Straight insertion is required to avoid pinching the O-ring out of the
O-ring groove.
p. Slide the threaded sleeve into position and turn to the right. When the joint is
properly aligned, the threads can be made up by hand.
5
Installation Procedure q. Snug-up the threaded sleeve with the spanner wrench.
(cont’d)
r. For 14” and 16” pipe, stabbing is easier with the assistance of a front-end
loader or equivalent. Position the machinery so that the pipe ends to be joined
overlap by approximately 12”. With this positioning, the installer will not be
fighting the cable when inserting the pipe. Pull back on the suspended pipe
and lower it into position so that both lengths of pipe are directly aligned. Stab
the lubricated pin end firmly into the box using a battering ram type motion and
complete the joint make-up following steps “p.” and “q.”.
6
Installation Procedure
(cont’d)
O-Rings The installer must only use the O-rings supplied by Ameron with the Pronto-Lock® II
joint. The use of O-rings other than these without formal approval is not recommended
and performance cannot be guaranteed.
Pronto-Lock® II Pronto-Lock® II pin (male) ends are available and may be bonded on tapered pipe for
Pin Ends & Fittings field fabrication by the procedure outlined in the “Bell & Spigot Joints” brochure (FP807).
The Pronto-Lock® II joint is available for 8”-16” fittings.
7
Series 3000A & 3200A:
a. Taper Tool® II f. Comealong Dayton No.2Z614

b. Hacksaw or power saw with g. Heating blankets
abrasive wheel h. Pipefitter’s wraparound, level
c. Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and and white grease pencil or
1/4” (6 mm) thick elastomeric soapstone
pads i. Duster brush and clean rags
When using pneumatic tools, the d. Flapper wheel sander j. Dust mask, eye protection
air supply must be dry and (available from Ameron) with and gloves
oil-free as moisture or oil on electric or air drill motor with k. Folding rule, 10 ft. (3 m)
bonding surfaces will interfere 1/4” (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 l. Tape, 50 ft. (15 m)
with the adhesive. rpm (faster drills will produce a
m. Disc grinder or file (optional)
polished surface
e. Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (1 kg),
Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21/2
to 3” diameter

Adhesives for the Pronto-Lock® II joint

can be force-cured with Ameron electric
heating blankets (left). An ample supply of
clean rags and dust brushes is required to
keep all bonding surfaces clean (right).

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Each weld kit is supplied with a premeasured quantity of glass strips for making the butt and strap joint for a particular pipe size
with a desired pressure rating. Therefore, it is extremely important that all materials be properly applied to the joint to insure that
the finished product will have the required wall thickness and pressure rating of the pieces that are joined.
Tools Supplies
• Power disc sander, with 12-24 or 24-36 grit • Dust brushes or clean rags to remove dust from
grinding discs sanded surfaces
• Saber saw, with 24 tooth metal-cutting blade or • 3”wide stiff bristle brushes or paint roller, for
tungsten carbide blade wetting out glass strips
• 10”scissors or retractable razor knife • Cellophane, mylar film or unwaxed paper, for
• Serrated aluminum or teflon rollers, 1”diameter x pre-wetting glass strips
3”wide • Mixing sticks (wooden tongue depressors)
• Wrap-a-round or straight-edged gasket material • Paper or plastic mixing cups
• Milliliter graduates for measuring resin and
catalyst
• Safety goggles or glasses
• Protective gloves, neoprene or polyethylene
• Dust masks
Instructions
for Butt and
Strap Joints
Precut Strips
Application
Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3
All butt welds are to be made in accordance with NBS Specification PS 15-69.
The actual procedure will be performed as follows:
1. Measure off length of pipe (or duct) required and using a marker and
straight edge, draw a line completely around surface to be cut (Fig.1).
2. Cut pipe (or duct) with a saber saw using a fine toothed blade or a
circular saw with an abrasive blade. Cut ends will be coated with resin
Cross section after
so as to cover any exposed fibers (Fig. 2).
entrapped air is rolled out
3. Pipe ends to be joined will be sanded back four inches beyond the
required weld dimension. (Fig. 3)
Continued on back...
Instructions
for Butt and
Strap Joints
Butt and Wrap Layers vs. Pipe size
Use the following table to determine the types, widths and sequence
of reinforcement strips to be used in making a weld on
Bondstrand ® pipe. To find the type and size of reinforcement strip
for each weld layer, simply perform the following steps.
(1) On the table below, find the diameter of the pipe to be welded.
(Diameter are shown across the top of the table. Fig.4 Fig.5 Fig.6
(2) Read straight down the column under your pipes diameter.
Numbers in each box give, in order of application, the 4. Pipe will be placed in the position in which they are to be welded. A catalyzed thixotrophic
width and type of reinforcement for that particular weld strip.
polyester paste will be applied to the joint seam. This will eliminate resin flow through the
150 psi Pressure crack as the actual weld is applied. (Fig. 4) Make certain work area and surfaces are clean
Stage
Pipe Diameter Inches and dry.
12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 5. The precut fiberglass kit is then saturated with catalyzed resin along side of joint area (Fig. 5).
Up to 9
4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C
2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M
Layers 6. The saturated weld is then picked up like a bandage and wrapped around the joint
Maximum
3 M 3 M 3 M 3 M 3 M 3 M 3 M 3 M
4 M 4 M 4 M 4 M 4 M 3 R 3 R 4 M
(Fig. 6).
4 R 4 R 4 R 4 R 4 R 4 M 4 M 4 R 1st Stage
5 M 5 M 5 M 5 M 5 M 4 R 4 R 5 M
5 R 5 R 5 R 5 R 5 R 5 M 5 M 5 R
6 M 6 M 6 M 6 M 6 M 5 R 5 R 6 M
6 R 6 R 6 R 6 R 6 R 6 M 6 M 6 R
7 M 7 M 7 M 7 M 7 M 6 R 7 R 7 M
7R 7R 7R 7R 7R 7M 8M 7R
8M 8M 8M 8M 8M 7R 8R 8M Up to 9
8R 8R 8R 8R 8R 8M 9M 8R Layers
9M 9M 9M 9M 9M 8R 9R 9M Maximum
10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 9R 10 R 10 M
10 R 10 R 10 R 10 R 10 M 1M 10 R 2nd Stage
12 M 11 M 11 M 11 M 10 R 11 R 11 M
12 M 12 M 11 R 11 R 11 M 2M 11 R
12 M 12 M 12 M 11 R 12 R 12M
12R 12 R 12 M 3M 12 R 6 Layers
13R 13 M 12 R 13 R 13 M Maximum
14 M 13 R 13 M 4M 13 R 3rd Stage
14 M 14 M 13 R 14 R 14 M
15 M 14 M 5M 14 R
15 M 14 R 15 R 15 M 4 Layers
15 M 6M 15 R Maximum
15 R 16 R 16 M
4th Stage
16 M 8M 16 R
18 R 18 M Fig.7 Fig.8
19 M 18 R
19 R 20 M
20 M 20 R 7. A serrated roller is then used to smooth the weld and remove any air bubbles that
22 M may have been trapped beneath the weld when applied (Fig.7).
22 R
24 M
24 R 8. The joint should be made in steps not to exceed 9 layers in thickness. The outer
26 M surface of each strip should be lightly sanded prior to the next being applied.
Legend 9. An inside weld, consisting of 2 layers of chopped strand mat plus C-veil may be
used in larger diameter pipe.
Example C = C-veil 4C = 4” C-veil
M = Mat 4M = 4” Mat 10. A final gel coat is applied after the weld has taken its initial cure (Fig. 8).
R = Woven Roving 4R = 4” Wove Roving
Note: (Reference item 9) For all pipe 20” diameter and over, CAUTION: Welding Resin is combustible. Keep away from heat and open flame. Use
there are several important variations from the normal
sequence of weld construction, these are:
with adequate ventilation. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor. Avoid prolonged and
repeated contact with skin. In tanks and other confined areas, observe the following
1. The Base C-veil strip and strips No. 1 and No. 2 are to be
precautions to prevent hazards of fire or explosion or damage to health: (1) circulate
applied INSIDE THE PIPE.
2. The Base strip is to be applied over the other two inside adequate fresh air continuously during application and curing; (2) use fresh air masks
strips instead of the against the pipe as usual. and explosion-proof equipment; (3) prohibit all flames, sparks, welding and smoking.
3. Once the inside portion of the weld is constructed, the See application instructions included with shipment for equipment and methods
remaining strips (from Strip #3) are applied in the ordinary
manner on the outside of the pipe.
recommended for safe application procedure.
Ameron International
Fiberglass - Composite Pipe Group
5301 Hollister, Suite 200
Houston, TX 77040
Phone: 713.690.7777 • Fax: 713.690.2842
www.ameronfpd.com FP-0101
®
® Bondstrand Installation
Assembly Instructions
for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Scope These instructions present Ameron’s recommendations for the proper use of
Bondstrand fiberglass flanges in the following pipe series:
Series 2000 2000M 2000MP 2000MFP
4000 5000 7000 7000M
The mounting of flanges on pipe and fittings is addressed by the assembly instructions
for the particular Bondstrand adhesive used.
Gaskets Use full-face gaskets of an elastomer suitable for the service pressure and temperature
and fluids in the system. Gaskets should be 1⁄8 inch thick (3 mm) thick with a Shore
durometer hardness between 55 and 65. Refer to ASTM D1330 Specification for Sheet
Rubber Gaskets, Grade I or II, to establish minimum physical property requirements for
use with water, except specify a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ± 5. For dimensions
other than thickness, refer to Table 5 of ANSI B16.21-1978 for Class 150 full-face
gaskets.
Assembly First, finger tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to attain proper
torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect flange back-
facing.
Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under TIGHTENING SEQUENCE. Do not
exceed the torque increments given in RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUES. After all bolts have
been tightened to the recommended torque, recheck the torque on each bolt in the
same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.
Caution: Excess torque can prevent sealing and can damage flanges.
Sealing against valves Always follow these instructions carefully when joining Bondstrand flanges to raised-
and other flanges face steel flanges, flanges on lined pipe and fittings, and wafer valves of all types.
Molded flanges should not be connected to wafer valves or raised-face steel flanges.
Valves are frequently supplied with sealing details built into the flange facing. Unless
these details are known to seal against Bondstrand flanges, use the usual full-face,
1⁄8 inch thick elastomeric gasket.
Safety factors Standard black or solid gray molded flanges in 4 through 12-inch sizes have a safety
factor to failure torque of 1.5 or greater when joined to another Bondstrand flange or any
flat-face flange in accordance with these instructions. All other Bondstrand flanges
have a safety factor to failure of 1.5 or greater when joined to a raised-face steel flange
or a valve in accordance with these instructions.
FP196A (2/95)
Nuts and washers Nut Plain Washer
Flange Size Thickness OD Thickness
(in) (mm) (in) (mm (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1-11⁄2 25-40 .44 11 1.06 30 .12 3
2-4 50-100 .55 14 1.31 33 .12 3
6-8 150-200 .64 15 1.47 37 .16 4
10-12 250-300 .75 19 1.75 44 .16 4
14-16 350-400 1.00 25 2.00 51 .16 4
18-20 450-500 1.00 25 2.25 57 .16 4
24-30 600-750 1.06 27 2.50 64 .16 4
32-36 800-900 1.28 33 3.00 76 .16 4
1) Nuts and washers should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.2-1972
(R1983) Regular Hex Nuts and ANSI B18.22.1-1966 (R1981) Type A, Plain,
Narrow Series, respectively. Washer dimensions agree with “SAE Standard”
and ANSI/ASTM Specification F436.
2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28,
34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Recommended bolt torques Torque Recommended Torque for

Flange Size Increments Full Pressure Seal
1-4 25-100 5 7 20 27
6-12 150-300 10 14 30 41
14-16 350-400 10 14 50 68
18-20 450-500 20 27 60 81
24-36 600-900 25 34 75 102
1) All flanges for the Bondstrand pipe series listed above in Scope mate with other
Bondstrand flanges or with flat-face steel flanges using these bolt torques.
2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28,
34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Tightening sequence Prevent unnecessary stresses on fiberglass flanges by tightening the bolts in a
staggered sequence as indicated below. Bring the bolts down in steps.
12 1
20 13
16 1
8 5 8 9 11 1
5 6 1
17 7
16 12 5
3 1
9 3 4
4 9 4 13 3
10 3 3 10 4
14 8 7
2 4
18 15
6 11 6 8 5 2
6 7 2
10 7 12
14 19 2 15
2 11
24 1 16 28 1 17
24 1 12 13 24 9
16 9 20 25 8 29
8 17 8 5 32 5
20 5 28 17
12 21
12 13 16 9 20 13
4 21 4 21 4 25
22 3 22 3 26 3
10 15 14 19
14 11
18 28 22 11
6 19
6 7 6 31
18 7
15 26 19 30 7
10 2 23 14 2 23 11 10 23
18 2 27 15
2
Bolt lengths Recommended hex head bolt lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling are
tabulated below. Stud bolt lengths may be determined by adding the thickness of a nut
plus three threads to the tabulated lengths. For orifice flange assemblies, add an
additional 11⁄2 inches (40 mm). ALWAYS use washers under both nuts and bolts to
protect the back-facing of fiberglass flanges.
Filament-wound flanges
Flange Bolt Bolt Flange Combination1
Size Diameter Count FW x FW FW x S HDFW x HDFW HDFW x S
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 0.500 13 4 — — — — 3.50 89 3.00 76
11⁄2 40 0.500 13 4 — — — — 4.00 102 3.50 89
2 50 0.625 16 4 3.25 83 3.00 76 5.25 133 4.00 102
3 80 2 . 0.625 16 4 3.50 89 3.25 83 5.25 133 4.25 108
4 100 2 . 0.625 16 8 3.75 95 3.50 89 5.25 133 4.25 108
6 150 2 . 0.750 19 8 5.00 127 4.25 108 6.50 165 5.00 127
8 200 0.750 19 8 5.50 140 4.50 114 7.00 178 5.50 140
10 250 0.875 22 12 5.50 140 4.75 121 7.50 191 5.50 140
12 300 0.875 22 12 5.75 146 5.00 127 8.00 203 6.00 152
14 350 1.000 25 12 7.25 184 5.75 146 9.50 241 7.00 178
16 400 1.000 25 16 8.00 203 6.25 159 10.00 254 7.50 191
18 450 1.125 29 16 9.00 229 7.00 178 11.00 279 8.00 203
20 500 1.125 29 20 9.50 242 7.50 191 11.50 292 8.50 216
24 600 1.250 32 20 11.00 279 8.50 216 13.00 330 9.50 242
30 750 1.250 32 28 11.50 292 9.50 242 16.00 406 12.00 305
32 800 1.500 38 28 13.00 330 10.50 267 18.00 457 13.00 330
36 900 1.500 38 32 14.00 356 11.50 292 20.00 508 15.00 381
1) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28, 34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Molded flanges
Flange Bolt Bolt Flange Combination1
Size Diameter Count MxM M x S3 .

11⁄2 40 4 . 0.500 13 4 — — 4.50 114
2 50 0.625 16 4 3.25 83 — —
3 80 0.625 16 4 3.75 95 — —
4 100 0.625 16 8 4.25 108 — —
6 150 0.750 19 8 5.00 127 4.25 108
8 200 0.750 19 8 5.50 140 4.50 114
10 250 0.875 22 12 5.50 140 4.75 121
12 300 0.875 22 12 5.75 146 5.00 127
1) FW = Filament-wound
S = Steel
M = Molded
HDFW = Heavy-duty filament-wound
Bolt lengths are determined using ASTM Standard Practice F704 and Annex “F” of ANSI Standard
B16.5-1981 and include provision for washer under bolt heads and nuts abutting filament-wound or
molded flanges. Bolts should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.1-1972 Regular Hex Head Bolts.
2 Maintain bolt end point clearance on inside radius of 2 through 4-inch flanged ANSI 45° Bondstrand elbows
by using additional washers or shims under bolt heads as required.
3) Flat-face steel flanges.
4) Available only in 2 x 11⁄2-inch reducing configuration. Connect only to 11⁄2-inch steel flanges.
3
Trouble shooting If assembled joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required.
Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace with new, undamaged
gasket.
Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner seal
rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be removed and new, undamaged
flanges installed.
If leaks occur as a result of deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping
system, consult the manufacturer of the defective components for recommended
corrective procedures.
Clean and lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining
procedure outlined above.
After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint to see if a seal has been made.
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Fax: 03455-75254
© 1987 Ameron • FP196A (2/95) supersedes FP196 (2/87) • Printed in U.S.A. • [174]
Installation Guide
Saddles
for Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems
Installation The following saddle installation procedures should be observed in order to insure
maximum performance.
a. Sand with rough sandpaper or flapper sander all surface gloss from the pipe
wall where the saddle is to be bonded.
b. Locate the saddle on the pipe and trace the hole to cut and the saddle’s
outer perimeter.
c. Cut a hole of the desired size using a pilot drill and a circular hole saw. A
carbide tipped or diamond hole saw is recommended. Do not force the
cutter or it will fray the edges of the hole.
ISO-9001
FP813 (11/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Installation d. Insure that the bonding surfaces are clean. If the surfaces are oily or greasy,
they may be cleaned with additional sanding or solvent (not supplied). It is
imperative that all surfaces be clean and dry before applying adhesive.
e. Mix adhesive according to directions, taking careful notice of the working
life, approximately 20 minutes at 75˚F.
f. Apply adhesive to the pipe wall, interior of the saddle and the edges of the
pipe wall exposed by the hole.
g. Align the saddle over the hole and clamp to pipe with two hose clamps.
h. Tighten the clamps alternately until secure and an adhesive bead surrounds
the saddle.
i. If the temperature is below 40˚F, heat assist methods such as the Heat
Blanket must be used in order for the adhesive to cure.
j. Do not pressurize the line until the adhesive has fully cured. Please check
individual series product data sheets for saddle pressure ratings. It must be
remembered that a pipe system’s lowest rated component is the system’s
controlling pressure capacity. If the required pressure rating for a particular
service exceeds the capacity of a saddle, an alternate fitting such as a tee
should be installed.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

®
Maintenance Coupling
Assembly instructions for
butt-end joints and repair
Instructions 1. Cutting the pipe — Before cutting the replacement length of pipe, allow the
temperature of the existing system to stabilize to avoid length changes through
expansion or contraction. Measure the replacement piece carefully so that the space
between its ends and the ends of the pipe in the existing system will be no more
than 1⁄ 8 inch.
2. Positioning the coupling — Center the maintenance coupling over the joint and
mark the lap length on the pipe ends. Sand the pipe ends with a belt sander using
Inner sections (2)
belts with a 40-grit abrasive. Sand inaccessible areas with a flapper sander or by
Outer sections (2) hand using a “shoeshine” method. Sand until all gloss is removed from surfaces to
be bonded. Sand the cut ends of the pipe as well.
3. Checking for snugness of fit — Fit the parts together dry before final sanding.
The 180° inner sections placed around the pipe ends should, when held in contact
on one side, show from 0 to 1⁄8 inch separation on the opposite side. If, with zero
separation, the inner sections are not snug against the pipe surfaces, file back an
edge as required to get a snug fit. If the sections, when fitted snugly, show a
separation of more than 1⁄8 inch, correct any misalignment of pipe ends and sand to
fit. The outer sections of the coupling should show 1⁄8 inch or more of separation.
4. Final sanding — All mating surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded
within two hours of assembly. Sand using a 1⁄4-inch drill motor at 1700-2000 rpm and
a flapper type sander with a 40- 50 grit aluminum oxide abrasive, available from
Hose Clamp Ameron. After sanding, bonding surfaces should show a dull fresh finish, not a
polished look.
Use special care in handling parts to avoid contamination. Handle the parts with new
Areas to be sanded and gloves which are used only for this purpose or with clean, dry cotton cloths.
adhesive applied
If the bonding surfaces are wet, warm them with a Bondstrand heating blanket until
dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during wet weather
with tenting over the work area.
5. Selecting the adhesive — Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand
Corrosion Guide (FP132) recommends a special adhesive for your particular service,
use Bondstrand PSX™34 epoxy adhesive. Instructions for mixing and using the
adhesive are in the adhesive kit.
Larger couplings are more difficult to handle and assemble; once the adhesive has
been mixed, the time available for assembly is limited by the adhesive pot life. A
crew of two or three is suggested when assembling 8- through 16-inch couplings.
FP199D (7/99)
Instructions (cont.) 6. Applying the adhesive — With the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit, apply
adhesive to completely cover the cut pipe edges, the prepared pipe ends and the
inner surfaces of the two inner sections of the coupling. Use enough adhesive so
that any excess will be forced to flow to the edges of the sections when assembled
around the pipe ends. Assemble these two inner half sections by centering them
around the butted ends of the pipe. If the potlife of the adhesive is now more than
half expired, it may be necessary to defer further assembly and cure the inner
sections. If so, clamp the sections and cure according to the instructions provided in
the adhesive kit. After curing, let the parts cool completely, remove the clamps,
resand the remaining mating surfaces, mix a new batch of adhesive and proceed as
follows.
Apply adhesive to cover completely the outer surfaces of the inner sections.
Assemble the two outer sections with the split line about 90° away from the split line
in the inner sections. Place the hose clamps around the assembly and draw them
tight. Remove excess adhesive for a workmanlike appearance.
7. Curing the adhesive — Heat-cure the adhesive using Ameron heating blankets.
Cure time is 1 hour and 15 minutes for all diameters. Apply the heating blankets in
accordance with the instructions provided with the blanket, making certain that any
overlap of the blanket covers the thermostat. It is always a good idea to insulate
around the heating blanket and to close the ends of the piping system to prevent
movement of cold air inside the pipe while the adhesive is curing.
Maintenance coupling kit Kit includes inner and outer sections, hose clamps and assembly instructions.
Adhesive must be ordered separately.
Pipe Coupling Adhesive Pipe Coupling Adhesive
Size Code Length Usage1,2 Size Code Length Usage1,2
(in) (in) (kits) (in) (in) (kits)
— — — — 8 80400801 5.38 3
2 20400801 4.00 1 10 A0400801 5.88 4
3 30400801 4.00 1 12 B0400801 6.38 4
4 40400801 4.00 2 14 C0400801 7.38 6
6 60400801 4.88 2 16 D0400801 8.38 8
1) Approximate number of 5-ounce adhesive kits required per maintenance coupling. Maintenance
coupling kits do not include adhesive.
2) Rated hydrostatic pressure for maintenance coupling is 150 psi at 70°F. Pressure rating is reduced by
50% if RP105B adhesive is substituted for PSX™34.
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, appli-
cation or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause
different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including
warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1976 Ameron • FP199D (7/99) supersedes FP199C (11/96) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M[124]
®
Ameron B-1F Pipe End

Preparation Tool
for Quick-Lock® bell x spigot joints
in 1- through 8-inch diameters
Introduction The B-1F pipe end tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint. The tool is available
for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 8 inches in diameter. The tool is designed so
that all critical dimensions such as spigot length and spigot outside diameter are preset.
The 1- through 4-inch tools are designed to cut Bondstrand PSX™•JF pipe in two stages. The
tools are delivered with only one cutting insert located on the arm marked Spigot.
Advantages The B-1F tool offers the following advantages over previous end preparation tools from
Ameron and end preparation methods offered by competitive manufacturers:
• Requires no adjustment: spigot length and diameter preset to Ameron tolerances
• Requires no special tools: uses ordinary power drills with 1⁄2-inch chuck
• Compact: can use on installed buried pipe with minimal excavation
• Reduces field labor time
• Requires minimal set-up
• Light weight for ease of use: 4-inch tool weighs only 9 pounds
Operating instructions 1) Clean the inside of the pipe to remove all dirt, sand or foreign objects. Clean tool of
any large particles or shavings from previous use.
2) Inspect the cutter on tool. If worn, remove and rotate for new cutting edge; replace if
all edges are worn. If cutter is loose, tighten with an Allen wrench.
The B-1F tool is available in 1 though

8-inch sizes for preparing spigot ends
for the Quick-Lock joint. Spigot length
and diameter are preset for each pipe
size. To use the tool, one need only make
sure that the inside of the pipe is clean
(left) and then insert the tool (right).
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP376E (6/99)
Operating instructions 3) For preparing Bondstrand PSX™•JF, first remove the cutter from the area marked
(cont.) Spigot with an Allen wrench and place it on the arm marked Jacket.The cutter in this
position will remove the external jacket.
4) Mount tool in chuck of 1⁄2-inch drill motor and tighten chuck securely. For best results
use a drill motor with side handles and a spade grip. Important: The shaft on the B-
1F tool is round without flats. The round shaft allows the chuck to rotate on the
shaft if the cutters bind. This safety feature should not be modified.
5) Except when working on installed pipe, hold the pipe securely, preferably in a pipe
vise. Use a 1/4-inch thick rubber pad between the clamps and the pipe to protect
the pipe. Warning: Avoid inhaling dust produced by cutting. Wear an OSHA-
approved dust mask.
6) Insert the spindle of the tool into the pipe so that the cutter remains away from the
end of the pipe. Grip the drill motor firmly and switch to on. Slowly feed the tool into
the pipe until the tool bottoms. Too fast a feed (on the final spigot cut) can produce
high and low spots. Remove the tool from the pipe.
7) For Bondstrand PSX™•JF, once the jacket is removed, place the cutter on the arm
marked Spigot for the final cut. See note below.
8) Inspect the cut surface to determine that all ‘glazed’ or resin-covered areas have
been removed. If such areas remain, sand by hand until the entire surface is without a
resin gloss.
Note: If several spigots are to be made, it may be more efficient to shave all the jackets
first, then shave all the spigots. Two separate tools, one with the cutter on Jacket and
one with the cutter on Spigot may also be used for large installations.
The cutter on the B-1F tool is designed to cut when the tool is rotating in the clockwise
direction. Attempts to cut with the tool in counterclockwise rotation will bend the cutter
and reduce the effectiveness of the tool. Similarly, when withdrawing the tool after
completing a cut, stop the drill motor and simply pull the tool out of the pipe. Do not
reverse the drill rotation when withdrawing as this will also tend to bend the cutter.
Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recom-
mendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection
with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1992 Ameron • FP376E (6/99) supersedes FP376D (12/97) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5 M [124]
®
Bondstrand M80
Pipe Shaver
®
for Quick-Lock bell x spigot joints
in 8- through 16-inch diameters
Introduction The M80 pipe shaver is designed to prepare Quick-Lock spigot ends on
Bondstrand pipe as described in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, FP170.
Pipe is shipped from the factory with prepared spigot ends, but pipe cut to length
on the jobsite must be provided with a new spigot end before assembly. Spigot
ends can be prepared on 10 through 16-inch pipe of any Bondstrand series with
the Quick-Lock joint using the M80 tool. The M80 tool can also be used to shave
8-inch Quick-Lock spigots and is to be preferred to the B-1 tool when preparing
8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M marine pipe that have greater wall
thicknesses than Bondstrand industrial pipe.
The M80 pipe shaver requires a different arbor for each pipe size. The expanding
arbor slips into the pipe and the O-rings expand to grip the inside pipe surface
when the tie bar is tightened. As the frame is rotated around the feed tube, the
cutting tools advance and shave a cylindrical surface (spigot) on the pipe. When
adjusted and used as described in these instructions, the shaver prepares an
excellent bonding surface with a controlled diametral tolerance.
This unit can be rotated by hand or with a portable power drive such as is used for
threading 1⁄2 to 2-inch steel pipe. A key in the portable power drive engages a
keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.
Operating instructions 1) Check your shaver – If this is your first use of the M80 pipe shaver, check to
see that all parts are included or available. The following parts are included with the
M80 pipe shaver and case:
a) Shaving tool complete with two cutting tool assemblies.
b) Pipe shaver gauge (BB) with 0.015-inch feeler gauge attached.
c) Two turning handles (U) and attaching cap screws (AD). These are not needed if
a power drive is used.
d) Six Allen wrenches, sizes 3⁄32, 5⁄32, 3⁄16, 1⁄4, 5⁄16 and 3⁄8 inch.
e) Arbors (Q) complete with O-rings are available separately (See drawing on page 3).
ISO-9001 f) In addition, you will need the equipment listed in the Bondstrand Quick-Lock
Assembly Instructions, FP170. A wrench fitting a 11⁄8 inch hex head will also be
required. A portable power drive is not required but it makes the job much
easier. Contact the manufacturers or their representatives for information on the
following portable power drives:
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP515B (9/96)
Operating instructions These tools fit a power drive seat 3.62 inches (91.9 millimeters) in diameter.
(cont.)
Porta-Thread Greenlee Tool Co. Model 440 120 VAC
Rockford, IL
Amaz-O-Thread Collins Machinery Corp. PN13800 120 VAC
Monterey Park, CA PN14300 Compressed air
Ridgid Ridgid Tool Co. Model 700 120 VAC
Elyria, OH
The shaver is a precision tool Port-A-Pony Curtis Tools PN24446 120 VAC
and must be handled with care. St. Louis, MO. PN24445 240 VAC
PN20690 Compressed air
90 psi @ 100 cfm
2) Locate cutting tool assemblies
Locate cutting tool assemblies in the appropriate slots in frame B for the desired pipe
size, and assemble slide plate ( K), washer (T) and socket head cap screw (AE) on each
assembly, and tighten screws (AE) with 3⁄8-inch Allen wrench.
3) Adjust cutting edges

Before handling the shaver,
engage knurled slide sleeve (G) a) Disengage slide sleeve (G) by sliding it fully out from under the power drive seat and
by sliding it fully forward under draw tie bar (D) back so that feed tube (C) is fully back into frame (B), and reengage
the power drive seat. Handling slide sleeve (G). Remove nut (H) from tie bar (D), remove arbor (Q) if one is on tie bar,
the shaver with slide sleeve and slip pipe shaver gauge (BB) onto feed tube (C).
disengaged may cause injury. b) With the 5⁄16-inch Allen wrench, slightly loosen socket head cap screw (AG) on one
cutting tool assembly. Adjust form tool (P) in toward or out from pipe shaver gauge
(BB) with adjusting screw (AA) until cutting insert (W) is separated from pipe shaver
gauge (BB) by the thickness of the 0.015-inch feeler gauge. Lock form tool (P) in
Caution: Do not reverse power drive place by tightening socket head cap screw (AG). Recheck position of cutting insert
to return cutting head to starting (W) after the form tool (P) is locked in place, and readjust if necessary. Repeat
position. Do not use power drive to procedure to set second form tool (P).
advance cutting head beyond c) Remove gauge (BB) and slip arbor (Q) over feed tube (C). Turn nut (H) onto tie bar (D)
maximum pointer depth so that key on nut (H) will engage slot in arbor (Q). Nut (H) will be tightened later.
(about 3 inches). Shaver will jam at
end of travel, possibly causing injury. 4) Mount shaver in end of pipe
When using shaver to make nipples, With the Bondstrand pipe cut to length and firmly held in position (See photos of
avoid possible injury when padded vise in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions), you are now ready to mount the
advancing cutting head by turning shaver on the end of the pipe. Disengage slide sleeve (G) and slide arbor (Q) and feed
shaver manually. tube (C) forward, away from frame (B) and re-engage slide sleeve (G). Slip arbor (Q) into
Bondstrand pipe until the end of arbor (Q) nearest to frame (B) is flush with end of pipe.
Now with a 11⁄8-inch wrench, tighten tie bar (D) (looking toward frame [B], turn hex head
clockwise) so that arbor (Q) is locked firmly inside pipe. Again disengage the slide
sleeve (G), slide frame (B) toward pipe until cutting inserts (W) are nearly touching the
end of pipe, and re-engage the slide sleeve.
5) Shave the spigot

If a portable power drive is used, slide the drive onto the power drive seat. If you are
going to turn the shaver by hand, attach handles (U). Begin turning shaver frame
clockwise (looking toward pipe), and continue turning and shaving pipe surface until
desired spigot length is cut (See table on page 4).
6) Check shaved diameter

a) After shaving one inch of the first spigot, you will need to check the shaved
diameter. First, disengage the slide sleeve (G), slide frame (B) away from pipe until
cutting inserts (W) are at the starting position, and re-engage the slide sleeve (G).
With the arbor (Q) still firmly in place, measure the shaved diameter of the new
spigot using a circumferential wrap tape such as a Pi Tape® with a vernier reading to
0.001 inch (0.02 millimeter) on diameter. See table on page 4 for tolerance range on
spigot diameters. If your measured diameter falls well within this tolerance range,
you may proceed to Step 7.
2
Operating instructions b) If the diameter measured in Step 6a was borderline or outside the recommended
(cont.) tolerance range, a slight adjustment of the two form tools (P) is required. Loosen
socket head cap screw (AG) slightly and adjust screw (AA) as required on both tools.
A quarter turn of adjusting screw (AA) will change the diameter of spigot by
0.020 inch (0.50 millimeter).
c) If the spigot is too small, go to Step 7 and cut off and discard the shaved spigot.
Reposition arbor (Q) in pipe end and shave new spigot after adjustment, repeating
Steps 4, 5 and 6 until the proper diameter is obtained.
d) Spigot too large—after adjustment, repeat Step 6 until proper diameter is obtained.
Shaving a spigot in one pass 7) Remove shaver from pipe

produces a slightly larger diameter
To remove arbor (Q) from pipe, loosen tie bar (D) using a 11⁄8 inch wrench (looking toward
than is produced by shaving thin
frame [B], turn hex head counterclockwise). With slide sleeve (G) engaged, slide arbor
cuts on repeated passes. To shave
(Q) out of the pipe.
acceptable diameters on one pass,
you must adjust the shaver based on 8) Recheck adjustment for wear or abuse
measurements of spigots made in a
Once the shaver has been properly adjusted for a given pipe size, you will usually need
single pass.
to check spigot diameters only at the beginning and middle of each shift, provided the
Cutting Tool Assembly

AD
U
AA
J N K
X
T AE
F
AF
W AJ
Q P
AG AC AB V
(See Table Page 4)
Y Z D
H
V
Shaver Rotation B
E AK G 11⁄8 Hex Head
W
0.015
Power Drive Seat
J
U
BB
Item Description Item Description Item Description

B Frame U) Carr Lane No. CL-2-SH steel handle AB) 11⁄4 -28 NF x 1⁄2 long socket head cap
C Feed tube with 3⁄8-16 NC thread (2) screw (2)
D Tie bar V) McMaster Carr No. 9641P16 comp AC) 1⁄4 Standard flat washer (2)
E Half nut spring - cut to length (4) AE) ⁄2-20 NF x 11⁄2 long socket head cap
1
F Half nut detail (2) W) Kennametal No. RD8P K-11 cutting screw (2)
G Slide sleeve insert (2) AF) No. 4-40 NC x 3⁄8 long socket head cap
H Nut X) Tool retainer clamp (2) screw (2)
I Tool retainer (2) Y) 5
⁄16-18 NC x 11⁄4 long socket head cap AG) 3⁄8-16 NC x 11⁄4 long socket head cap
K Slide plate (2) screw screw (2)
N) Indicator Z) No. 10-24 NC x 1⁄4 long Nylok socket AJ) 3⁄8 S.A.E. flat washer (2)
P) Form tool (2) head cap screw AK) Carr Lane No. CL-4-FW hardened flat
T) 1
⁄2 Standard flat washer (2) AA) Adjusting screw (2) washer
BB) Pipe shaver gauge
3
Operating instructions shaver is handled with care at all times, and not dropped, hit or abused in any way that
(cont.) might cause a change in setting. After extensive use, the cutting inserts (W) may get dull
or show wear. Simply loosen socket head cap screws (AF) using 3⁄32 inch Allen wrench
and rotate both inserts 90° to obtain a new pair of cutting edges. Readjust to obtain
correct shaving diameters. Ameron stocks replacement cutting inserts (W) for your
convenience: simply order Ameron Commodity Code 00250400.
9) Reset for different pipe diameter

You will have to repeat these steps each time a change in pipe diameter is made.
Minimizing the number of diameter changes made on the shaver will expedite your
project.
Store the shaver in a dry location, protected from moisture, as you would any machine
tool.
Nominal
Pipe Size Item Q - M80 Pipe Tool Arbors
(in) (mm) Arbor Part Number1 O-Ring Model O-Ring Part Number Quantity
8 200 80220401 AN6227-70 80020400 2
10 250 A0220401 AN6227-75 A0020400 2
12 300 B0220401 AN6227-79 B0020400 2
14 2 350 C0220401 AN6227-82 C0020400 2
16 2 400 D0220401 AN6227-85 D0020400 2
1) Arbor includes two (2) O-rings.
2) Consult Ameron for availability of arbors for shaving 14 and 16-inch Bondstrand marine pipe.
Standard spigot dimensions Nominal Shaved Diameter Shaved Length

Pipe Size Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters
Quick-Lock socket (in) (mm) (min) (max) (min) (max) (min) (max) (min) (max)
Shaved spigot length
8 200 8.547 8.563 217.0 217.4 2 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 64 67
10 250 10.682 10.698 271.3 271.7 2 3⁄4 2 7⁄8 70 72
12 300 12.684 12.700 322.2 322.6 3 3 1⁄8 75 79
Shaved spigot diameter Pipe stop 14 350 13.929 13.945 353.8 354.2 3 1⁄2 3 5⁄8 89 92
16 400 15.909 15.925 404.1 404.5 4 4 1⁄8 102 105
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1976 Ameron • FP515B (9/96) supersedes FP515A (6/95) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5 M [124]
Installation Guide
Taper-Tool® II
for 8”-16” pipe, Bondstrand® Series 3000A & 3200A
General Taper-Tool II is a precisely engineered tapering machine designed to accurately grind

a taper which will mate perfectly with the other system components for 8”-16” pipe,
Bondstrand Series 3000A and 3200A. The original model Taper-Tool II has the motor
mounted on the grinding drum while the newer Taper-Tool II has the motor separate
from the grinding drum. The high speed motor (120v AC/DC) and diamond surfaced
grinding drum assure a smooth and uniform taper for maximum bond strength.
Taper-Tool II: Fixed Motor Model
Taper-Tool II: Remote Motor Model
As with all precision equipment, care during use and proper storage are very
ISO-9001 important in order to maintain the equipment in good working order. The Taper-Tool II
is designed to give many years of service when maintained properly.
Note: Reference Safety Recommendations on the back of this brochure.
FP806 (1/99)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Preparation In the process of field fabrication, proper cutting and tapering is essential for correct
installation and performance.
1. For all cutting and tapering, the pipe must be held securely with a strap
wrench, saw guide/clamp assembly or a chain vise. When a chain vise is
used to hold the pipe, always wrap the pipe with protective material (rubber)
to prevent damage to the outer surface.
2. Cutting 8”-16” pipe should be done with a power driven circular abrasive cut-
off wheel. Note: Reference Safety Recommendations on the back of this
brochure.
3. The cut made on a pipe must be as straight as possible to insure a proper
tapering. Saw guides are recommended, but when not available, a wrap-
around may be used to scribe or mark a cutting guideline. See Table 1, page 6.
Taper Tool® II Set-Up a. The tool comes packaged with nine 8” Extension Pins (refer to numerical
identification key Figure 1, Part 9) installed in the two Spiders (1 &10). There
are pins for each of the pipe sizes, 8”, 10”, 12”, 14” and 16”. The tool will not
fit into the storage case with any size pins larger than 8” installed. The 8” pins
Refer to numerical are slotted to be tightened or loosened with a coin, not a screwdriver. The
identification key
Figure 1 on page 10 other sizes are knurled to be hand tightened only. Install appropriate size
for references to part extension pins into the spiders. Check that the mating surfaces of the pins
numbers. and spiders are clean prior to installing different pins. It may be necessary to
reposition the grinding drum to install different sized pins. Adjustment is
made by loosening the Allen Screw (54) and sliding Sleeve (55) and Housing
(48) down the shaft.
2
Preparation (cont’d) b. Be sure the pointer, on the Degree Plate (59), is set at 2 degrees for standard
Ameron pipe tapers. Loosen bolts (44) to adjust taper angle, and then
retighten. Dropping the tool will result in knocking the set angle off or
damaging the tool. Do not drop.
c. Set rear spider at the end of the Extension Tube (3). Loosen screw (2) if
necessary to move spider. Next, retract the extension pins fully by turning the
Extension Pin Adjusting Knob (22) counterclockwise until it stops.
Motor Connection d. Motor assembly of the remote motor model Taper-Tool® II should be
performed as follows:
1. Remove dust covers from Flexible Drive Shaft Ends (57).
2. Push on the male hexagonal end of the drive shaft to extend the female
end beyond the drive shaft housing.
3. Rotate motor shaft so the flat side is facing up.
4. Insert the female end of the drive shaft over the male end of the motor shaft.
5. Through hole in motor housing, lock the set screw very tightly on the flat
of the motor shaft.
6. Screw the outer flexible drive shaft housing to motor.
3
Grinding Drum Connection 7. Insert hexagonal end of drive shaft into the Female Hexagonal Drum
Opening (38). After insertion has been completed, screw on the outer casing
of the drive shaft. Tighten to a snug fit.
e. In order to insert the tool into the pipe, loosen Locking Sleeve (55) by
unscrewing Allen Screw (54) sliding sleeve and Housing (48) away from the
spiders. Temporarily lock sleeve on shaft. Turn adjusting knob until all
threads disappear into housing.
f. It is important that the pipe end be cut square. The tolerance is shown in Table
1 on page 27. Slide Rear Spider (1) into pipe with Extension Tube (3) in a
cocked position. Push rear spider into pipe until Front Spider (10) is against
pipe. Raise the tool so front spider enters and fits snugly into pipe.
4
Grinding Drum Connection g. Slide the tool until the pipe and the grinding drum are in the proper position.
(cont’d) For the original model Taper-Tool® II, set pipe within 1/4” of fully depressed
brake button. In the case of the newer Taper-Tool II, set the pipe 1/4” from the
bottom lip of the Grinding Drum Guard (23).
h. Turn Extension Pin Adjusting Knob (22) clockwise by hand until the tool
cannot slip or turn in the pipe. Do Not Overtighten! The pipe can be
deformed and an improper taper, or damage to the tool can result.
5
Taper Lengths & Angles i. The following are the approximate taper lengths for the various pipe sizes:
Taper Length/Angle/Out of Square 8-16 Inch Pipe

Table 1. Nominal Taper Taper Maximum
Pipe Size Length Angle Out of Square
(inches) (inches) (degrees) (inches)
8 23/4 2 3/16
10 31/2 2 1/4
12 4 2 1/4
14 4 /4
1
2 1/4
16 5 /4
1
2 5/16
Proper and consistent insertion depths can be maintained by grinding all tapers until
the thin end reaches 0.050 to 0.060” thickness.
6
Taper Tool® II Operation a. Plug the electric cord into either a 115 volt AC power source. Test the tool for
smooth operation. There should be no vibration. Caution: The motor turns at
20,000 RPM and tapering pipe causes large volumes of dust. Wear a dust
mask and goggles.
b. Turn on motor switch. Carefully turn Taper Depth Adjusting Knob (53)
counterclockwise until the grinding drum comes in contact with the pipe.
Note: Use caution in keeping hands away from the motor, blades and
any of the moving pieces.
c. Rotate the fixed motor Taper-Tool II by turning handle clockwise. (A one-way

internal clutch prevents turning the wrong way). Caution should be exercised
to avoid twisting of electric cord. The preferred method of accomplishing this
is to use pipe rollers and keep tool stationary. A two man crew, one to turn the
pipe and one to operate the tool, would be necessary. For the remote motor
model Taper-Tool II, grasp the drive shaft and rotate the tool clockwise
around the pipe taking care not to twist the grinding drum thereby changing
the taper angle.
d. Rotation should be continuous and uniform. After one complete turn of the
tool, repeat procedure of turning taper depth adjusting knob and rotating tool
until proper taper length is obtained. Avoid heavy cuts that slow motor down
drastically. Be sure tool vibration does not loosen the extension pin adjusting
knob. Observe the taper while it is being ground. If there are six high (or low)
spots, this is an indication that the extension pins are too tight and are
deforming the pipe. Loosen the extension pins until a smooth taper is being
ground. Rotate the pipe during tapering to eliminate the effects of high and
low grinding.
7
Taper Tool® II Operation
e. To stop the tool after proper taper length has been obtained, turn the taper
(cont’d) depth adjusting knob three complete turns clockwise to clear the grinding
drum from the pipe. Turn motor off and stop the grinding drum by depressing
the brake button (old style only).
f. Remove by turning extension pin adjusting knob counterclockwise until it

stops and pull tool out of pipe. Be sure threads on adjusting knob are cleaned
thoroughly.
8
Manufacture of The rear spider should remain at the end of the extension tube except for nipples
Close Nipples shorter than 26”. For nipples shorter than 26”, loosen screw and slide the rear spider
into position and retighten screw. An alternate grinding procedure for close nipples is
to hold the tapering tool stationary and rotate each nipple by hand or with a strap
wrench.
Reversing the The grinding drum is diamond coated and should be turned end for end to extend
Grinding Drum service life after it becomes dull. This will resharpen the drum by exposing new
diamonds to the cutting surface. A dull grinding drum can cause overheating of the
drum and/or motor. To turn it around, remove guard first and place a strap wrench
around the drum. Remove cap and use a socket wrench to remove nut. Note that this
is a left hand thread. Pull the drum off the shaft, turn drum and replace. Tighten nut
and replace cap and guard.
Maintenance Keep your Taper-Tool® II clean. Keep all motor passage ways free of dust. The motor
must have adequate ventilation during operation or overheating will result. Remove
the filter on back of motor to blow or wash clean (fixed motor model). Be sure it is dry
before replacing. Do not let any dust get into pistons when changing extension pins.
Keep shafts lightly oiled and wiped dry to prevent rust. Periodically the flexible drive
shaft should be lubricated with Lubriplate type 807 grease. Keep the tool in the case
when not in use. Do not attempt to disassemble the tool except as stated in these
instructions. If necessary to contact manufacturer regarding this tool, be sure to refer
to the motor serial number.
Do’s Don’ts
• Keep it clean. • Use a pipe wrench or hammer on tool.
• Keep in case when not in use. • Stand directly in front of grinding drum.
• Keep shafts lightly oiled and wiped. • Use any voltage but 115 volt AC/DC.
• Keep motor free of dust. • Over tighten adjusting knobs.
• Keep bolts and screws tight. • Leave extension pins out.
• Run motor with excess vibration.
• Run motor with no load or over load.
• Lubricate anything but shafts.
9
Figure 1. Parts List
(Alternate Position)
10
Figure 1. Parts List
Item Description Item Description

1 Rear Spider (TRP 24) 31 National Snap Ring
2 Screw 3/8”-16 N.C., S.H. x 11/2” Long (Plated) 32 N.D. Bearing
3 Tube Extension 34 Screws 1/4”-20 N.C., S.H. x 3/4” Long (Plated)
4 Roll Pin, 1/8” x 1 /2”
1
35 National Snap Ring
5 Spring, Lane (Factory Plated) 36 N.D. Bearing
6 Pistons 37 National Snap Ring
7 Roll pin, 1/8” x 1” 38 Female Adapter, Hex Drive
8 Thompson Seals 39 Adapter, Flexible Shaft
9 Extension Pins (8-16” Pipe) 40 Nut 1/2”-20 N.F. Hex. (Plated)
10 Front Spider & Bearing Shaft (TRP 23) 41 Housing, Wheel Bearing (TRP-46)
11 Wedge, Screw 42 Bracket, Pivot Mounting (TRP-48)
13 Nut, 1/2”-13 N.C. 43 Flat Washer 1/2” (Plated)
14 Spacer 44 Screw 1/2”-20 N.F. H.H. x 11/2” Long (Plated)
15 Screw, 10-24 x 3/8” (Factory Plated) 45 Thompson Seals
16 Collar, Locking 46 Thompson Linear Bearings
17 Fafnir Bearing 47 Shaft, Bearing Slide (Thompson)
18 Schatz Bearing 48 Housing, Adjustment Bearing (TRP 25)
19 National Snap Ring 49 Lock Nut
20 Screw, Clamping 50 Screw, 8-32 N.C., S.H. x 5/8” Long
21 Roll Pin, 1/8” x 1 /4”
1
51 Washer
22 Extension Pins Knob, Adjustment 52 National O-ring
23 Grinding Drum Guard 53 Nut, Cut-Depth Adjustment (Plated)
24 Wheel, Diamond Grinding 54 Screw, 1/4-28 N.V. S.H. x 5/8” Long (Plated)
25 Cap, Grinding Wheel 55 Sleeve, Locking (Plated)
26 Shaft, Grinding Wheel 56 Cross Bar (TRP-47)
27 Nut, 3/4-16 (Left Hand) 57 Wyco Flexible Shaft
28 Washer, Wheel Shaft 58 Wyco Double Insulated Motor
29 Spacer, Wheel Shaft 59 Degree Plate
30 Spacer, Wheel Shaft Bearing 60 Plate, Serial No. & Name
61 Morse Ramp Clutch
Recommended Practices Engineering Controls:

to Minimize Exposure & • A fabrication area should be set up in which to perform as much of the
Effects of Shavings From fabrication work as is practical or possible.
Fiberglass Pipe • Local exhaust ventilation should be provided at areas of cutting and/or
tapering to remove airborne dust and fibers. General dilution ventilation
should be provided as necessary to keep airborne dust and fibers below the
applicable exposure limits and guidelines. The need for ventilation systems
should be evaluated by a professional industrial hygienist.
Rinsing with water or sweeping with brushes or brooms (using floor sweep) is
recommended. Never use compressed air to clean area or to remove dust for
personal cleaning. Brushes should be used to remove residue from shaved
surfaces.
11
Recommended Practices Personal Protection:
to Minimize Exposure & • Always refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to working with
Effects of Shavings From unfamiliar materials or if there are questions concerning the contents of the
Fiberglass Pipe (cont’d) fiberglass pipe.
• OSHA regulates glasswool (fiberglass) under the Hazard Communication
Standard and as a chemical hazard in laboratories. OSHA classifies glasswool
fiber as a “Particulate Not Otherwise Regulated”, with a workplace
permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 5.0 mg/m3 for respirable dust and 15.0
mg/m3 for total dust. These limits are identical to those OSHA requires for
construction workers exposed to fibrous glass, which were adopted from the
1970 Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) of the American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH).
• Barrier creme should be applied to the skin in areas which may be exposed to
shavings prior to beginning work.
been laundered to begin a work shift. More frequent changing may be required
by conditions.
• Long sleeved shirts or worksuits should be used. Tape should be used at
sleeve opening.
• Gloves with elastic cuffs should be worn at all times. Replace worn or contam-
inated gloves as necessary. Gloves with flared, stiff cuffs act as a gathering
funnel for shavings.
• Wristbands and watches should be removed to prevent rubbing or accumu-
lation of particles on skin underneath the band.
• A respirator should be used if ventilation is unavailable, or is inadequate for
keeping dust and fiber levels below the applicable exposure limits. To protect
against dust and fibers, use a NIOSH-certified disposable or reusable
particulate respirator with an efficiency rating of N95 or higher (42 CFR 84)
when working with this product. For exposures up to five times the
established exposure limits use a quarter-mask respirator, rated N95 or
higher; and for exposures up to ten times the established exposure limits use
a half-mask respirator (e.g., MSA’s DM-11, Racal’s Delta N95, 3M’s 8210),
rated N95 or higher. Operations such as sawing, blowing, tear out and
spraying may generate airborne fiber concentrations requiring a higher level of
respiratory protection. For exposures up to 50 times the established exposure
limits use a full-face respirator, rated N99 or higher.
Personal Hygiene:
• Wash exposed skin with soap solution (liquid soap preferred) and cool water.
• Use washcloth with “brushing” motion to remove dust or fibers. Do not scrub
the skin. This could result in the fibers being imbedded into the skin.
• Apply lotion or creme to skin (non-detergent formulas such as baby lotion) to
soothe irritation or prevent further immediate irritation.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Installation Guide
Heat Blankets
®
for heat-curing adhesive joints in Bondstrand
pipe and fittings.
General Bondstrand heating blankets are specially designed to heat-cure adhesive joints in
Bondstrand pipe and fittings. Requiring either 120-volt or 220-volt alternating current,
the blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled
heat, helping to assure maximum joint strength and reliability.
Blankets are available in five sizes and two voltages as follow:
Sizes and Voltages for Bondstrand Heat Blankets
For Pipe Sizes Volts Width Length

(mm) (in) (ac) (mm) (in) (mm) (in)
25-50 1-2 120 50 2 305 12
50-100 2-4 120 102 4 508 20
150-200 6-8 120 124 47/8 813 32
250-300 10-12 120 149 57/8 1270 50
350-400 14-16 120 175 67/8 1651 65
50-100 2-4 220 102 4 508 20
150-200 6-8 220 124 47/8 813 32
250-300 10-12 220 149 57/8 1270 50
350-400 14-16 220 175 67/8 1651 65
Using the Blanket Place the thermostat end of your Bondstrand heating blanket against the assembled
joint with the thermostat side facing out from the joint. Wrap the remainder of the
blanket around the joint so that overlap, if any, will cover the thermostat. Tie the
blanket in place with any nonconducting tie.
ISO-9001
FP805A (12/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Insulation It is always a good idea to insulate around the heating blanket and to close the pipe
ends. This is essential when it is windy or when air temperature is below 40° F.
Fiberglass insulation backed with aluminum foil generally works well. Insulation
should overwrap the blanket sides about 4 inches (100 mm) each way and be tied
down near the edges to trap the heat. Caution: Joint must not be moved, vibrated or
otherwise distributed during cure of adhesive.
Flange Mounting Flange mounting requires a special wrap. Lay the blanket flat with the thermostat
down and, starting at the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket
into the pipe end only to the depth of the fresh joint, leaving the cord and part of the
blanket exposed as shown. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket with fiberglass
insulation or some other heat-resistant material to ensure that the blanket remains
snugly against the inside joint surface.
Curing the Joint Determine the required cure time from the Bondstrand assembly instructions found in
the adhesive kit.
Warning: Before applying power, inspect the blanket and cord for loose wire
connections and bare wires. Do not plug cord into live power source when
standing in water or on wet surfaces.
Apply alternate current (ac) at the voltage marked on the heating blanket. Do not use
direct current (dc) power supply. Mark the start-up and disconnect time on the pipe
with a white grease pencil and you will have a record of cure for each joint in the
system. Be sure all electrical connections are good and that the blanket actually
heats up each time.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Installation Guide
Shipping, Handling,
Storage and Inspection
of Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe
Introduction Bondstrand pipe is manufactured from fiberglass reinforced epoxy or vinyl ester resins.
When properly handled and installed, fiberglass pipe and fittings result in a
maintenance-free, high-performance piping system. Fiberglass reinforced pipe and
fittings are impact sensitive and must be handled with a reasonable amount of care.
Handling Transportation
a. Let the factory arrangement of the pipe be your guide for correct supporting
and spacing when rearranging for transport. Do not let pipe or fittings rest on
the bed of the truck where nails, studs and other objects might damage them.
Whenever pipe or fittings come in contact with wood or metal, padding such
as excelsior, carpet or foam should be used.
b. The pipe should be securely fastened directly over the dunnage with tiedowns
consisting of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening which may
cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe. Straps and ropes should
be retightened every 50 miles while in transit. Rope ties should be used
between standards to prevent the load from spreading.
c. Do not allow the pipe to extend more than 3 feet beyond the truck or trailer
bed as permanent damage can result from excessive flexing. Pronto-Lock®
pipe should always be loaded with the female ends even. Spacers used
during transportation should be padded.
d. Bondstrand pipe is a light load, particularly with larger diameter pipe.
Therefore, reduce speed on rough roads to minimize bouncing.
Properly loaded pipe. Rope ties should

be used between standards to prevent
the load from spreading (left). Straps and
ropes should be retightened every
50 miles while in transit (right).
ISO-9001
FP167D (12/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Handling Loading and unloading
(cont.) a. Pipe and fittings should never be thrown or dropped under any circumstances.
b. If the pipe load is properly separated and supported, forklifts can be used.
Forklifts should have at least a 6-foot carriage (distance between the forks). All
surfaces that come in contact with the pipe should be padded.
c. Never jam or spear forks into a load of fiberglass pipe except where spacers of
at least 2-inch thickness are located.
d. If load is irregular and cannot be reliably moved by fork truck, or proper
equipment is not available, the pipe should be carefully loaded and unloaded by
hand one length at a time. The nominal weights for each respective pipe length
can be found under PIPE WEIGHT.
Correct unloading and stacking

procedure. The pipe should be carefully
loaded and unloaded by hand one
length at a time.
If proper loading equipment is not
available, do not roll pipe off trailer.
Pipe weight Tabulated values are in U.S. Customary units (lb/ft of pipe) and include couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size (in)

Bondstrand Pipe Series 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
3000A/3200A 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.9 3.2 4.6 6.2 7.5 9.4
2000/4000/7000 0.8 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.4 6.4 7.4 9.5
2000M 0.9 1.3 2.1 3.1 5.2 8.1 11.0 15.0 19.0
5000/5100 1.0 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 6.7 7.4 8.7 11.2
Storage Bondstrand pipe may be safely stored outside for extended periods provided the
following procedures are observed:
a. Supports should be spaced in maximum 10-ft intervals and approximately 6 feet
from each end. The supports should have a minimum 4-in wide bearing surface.
2
Storage (cont’d)
b. A pipe stack should not exceed 10 feet in height and should have side supports
or blocks to prevent rolling or slipping in the stack.
c. Spacers should be utilized every 3 feet if the pipe will be reloaded by forklift.
d. Tie downs should consist of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening
which may cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe.
e. If it is necessary to stack pipe directly on the ground, make sure that the ground
surface is level, soft and free of rocks or sharp objects.
f. Protective end coverings should be left in place until time of installation to
protect the pipe ends and to prevent dirt or other materials from entering the
pipe.
g. Fittings, adhesives and tools should be stored in their shipping boxes under
cover and protected from water, mud and extreme heat or cold.
3
Inspection Since pipe and fittings may be subjected to rough treatment during transportation,
storage and handling, it is imperative that they be fully inspected for possible impact
damage, cracking or manufacturing defects. If the outside surface of the pipe has been
gouged or exhibits a depression, it is likely that the impact has also caused damage to
the liner. Impact damage on translucent pipe can usually be detected by a localized color
difference in the pipe.
The color difference may be as small as 1⁄2 inch in diameter or as large as 4 inches in
diameter depending on the intensity of the impact. Inspection of pipe and fittings should
be undertaken upon delivery and just prior to installation. At delivery, check the load
carefully. If pipe or fittings are delivered damaged, the following procedure should be
observed:
End Users and Distributors:
Accept all damaged material. Note damage on freight bill and bill of lading. Notify the
shipper immediately. Depending on the origin of shipment, call the Bondstrand
distributor in your area, or, in the case of direct shipments, call Ameron Fiberglass Pipe
Systems.
During inspection, isolate any damaged sections immediately to avoid any chance of
damaged material being installed. All damage on pipe must be cut out and repaired.
Inspection plays a major role in the ultimate success of an installed pipeline. If damaged
or defective pipe or fittings can be detected prior to installation, the installer will avoid
frustration and delays caused by necessary rework. All parties involved will benefit from
careful and thorough inspection.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1987 Ameron • FP167D (12/98) supersedes FP 167C (12/94) • Printed in U.S.A • 5M [472]
®
Installation of Suspended
Bondstrand Pipe
Table of Contents 1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Designing the Bondstrand system . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives . . . . . . . 2
Filament-wound versus molded products . . . . . . . . . . 2
Energy savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Insulated systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Other application information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2 Designing for expansion and contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
General principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Length change due to temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Length change due to pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Anchoring for branches and valves . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Using expansion loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Expansion joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3 Designing for restrained systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
General principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Thrust due to temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Thrust due to pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Use of guides for Alignment Control . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4 Spans and support locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Span recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Support spacings for special conditions . . . . . . . . . . 11
Loads on hangers and supports . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Support locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Supports for vertical runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 Connections to other materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Connections to other piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Small-diameter metallic connection . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Gravity flow connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6 Connections to equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Equipment vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Connections to tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7 Other design considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Coating Bondstrand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electrical properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Entrapped gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steam condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Heat tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
8 Detailing the supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Clamping forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Space between pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supports permitting pipe movement . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supports that anchor pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
9 Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A: Calculating length change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
B: Calculating thrust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
C: Calculating support spacings for uniformly distributed loads . . . . 20
10 Health and safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Toxicity of adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Handling precautions for adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
First aid for adhesive users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
FP288A (1/97)
General
1 Designing the Bondstrand system
This guide contains general information for designing suspended Bondstrand piping
systems. This information, in conjunction with good general engineering practice
and the designer’s good judgment, must all be applied to complete a successful
and economical piping system.
The guide considers the following:
• Criteria for selecting Bondstrand products for a given application
• Expansion and contraction
• Span between supports and support location
• Connections to other materials and equipment
• Coating Bondstrand products
• Suggested details for guides, supports and anchors
While Bondstrand performs in many applications just like metallic systems, the
designer must recognize some important differences:
• Bondstrand pipe weighs only about 1⁄7 as much as Schedule 40 carbon steel
pipe. This means that pipe and piping assemblies even in 16-inch diameters
can be lifted into place using any light lifting equipment. In the smaller diame-
ters, no lifting equipment is necessary. This reduces on-site installation costs.
• The longitudinal modulus of Bondstrand is much less than that of carbon steel
pipe — a characteristic that limits spans where deflection is important but also
reduces thrust due to temperature change.
• Thermal expansion is 60% greater than for carbon steel. However, by taking
advantage of the Bondstrand’s flexibility, you can provide for this expansion
economically, often without using expansion joints.
• Bondstrand fiberglass pipe requires protection against potential external abra-
sion or crushing at points where steel supports are located. Such protection is
easy and economical.
• Effective modulus values vary with temperature. Recommended spans and
estimated thrusts are given to help the designer detail his project for long-time
operation at ambient and elevated temperatures.
Recognition of these and other differences dealt with in this guide is the key to
successful installations. While this information is likely to prove most helpful to
those designing Bondstrand systems for the first time, experienced Bondstrand
customers will also find new and useful information.
Be aware that the reinforced thermosetting resin piping products offered by other
manufacturers may differ significantly from Bondstrand. Resin systems, manu-
facturing processes and joining systems are important variables affecting the
mechanical and physical properties of these products. The recommendations
and suggestions given are based on Ameron’s test and field experience and
should be applied only to Bondstrand products.
Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives
A choice of either epoxy or vinyl ester Bondstrand products is available for different
chemical and thermal environments. For information to guide your selection, refer to
the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP132. This publication provides recommenda-
tions for different chemicals and other fluid materials, including food products, as
well as guidance for selecting the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive.
Filament-wound versus molded products
In smaller pipe sizes, you have a choice between molded and filament-wound
fittings. In general, filament-wound fittings should be used in applications where
fittings in loops, turns or branches are intended to flex, where temperature changes
exceed 100°F in restrained or blocked systems, or where the system is exposed to
mechanical vibration or hydraulic surge. Filament wound fittings would be used,
also, in systems where a liner is required. Some sizes and types of fittings are not
available in both molded and filament-wound styles, so check the Bondstrand
Fittings Dimensions, FP282, for availability when making your choice.
2
General (cont)
1 Energy savings
Remember when selecting pipe diameter that Bondstrand's low frictional values
(Hazen-Williams C = 150) will reduce your pumping energy requirements compared
to those for carbon steel pipe. In most systems these low frictional values will be
maintained for the life of the system.
Note also that the slightly larger inside diameter of Bondstrand pipe compared to
Schedule 40 or 80 carbon steel pipe, will further reduce your pumping costs. Handy
charts in the Bondstrand engineering guides show the head loss expected for both
pipe and fittings.
Insulated systems
Bondstrand may be insulated in the field. Bondstrand pipe is also available from
many pipe insulators with efficient built-in insulation. If you use insulated
Bondstrand, be sure to check your support spacings for the operating temperature
to accommodate the added weight of the insulation and jacket.
Series 2000M-FP is manufactured with a factory applied, reinforced coating which
provides impact resistance and thermal insulation in addition to its fire protection
properties. Unless indicated otherwise, values presented in the tables for Series
2000 can be used for Series 2000M-FP.
Other application information
Where containment is required for your piping system, Ameron can supply
Bondstrand II pipe with a variety of joining and performance options.
Ameron has prepared a number of publications with valuable information pertaining
to specific types of service, including marine applications, fire protection systems
and steam condensate returns. Just call your local Bondstrand distributor or your
nearest Ameron sales office, and let us know your application. Give us the temper-
ature, pressure, liquid or gas to be carried, and other pertinent conditions.
In addition, Ameron has computer programs for deflection and stress analysis of
Bondstrand systems. For a nominal fee, Ameron Engineering Department will be
pleased to utilize one of these programs to analyze your specific systems.
Experience shows, however, that such analysis is required only for the more
demanding or complicated conditions and that the generalized procedures presented
herein will usually suffice.
Designing for
2 expansion and
contraction
General principles
Suspended pipe generally performs best where it is permitted to move freely. In
these systems, anchors serve only to keep the pipe properly positioned between
loops and turns. Center the anchor in the run between loops if possible. An anchor
should be placed between loops and between loops and turns. Except for the one
anchor per run, supports should carry the pipe and maintain the intended drainage
slope but should not restrain the pipe against axial movement. At turns, the
supports should also permit lateral movement. Supports should not fall directly on
fittings.
If the piping system cannot be designed to move freely, see next section on
DESIGNING FOR RESTRAINED SYSTEMS.
Pipe changes length in a free system as a result of changes in temperature and
pressure. Since both can increase or decrease concurrently, the resulting changes
in length must be combined for loop design. Length-change formulas and examples
appear in Appendix A, but the following paragraphs will provide all you need for
most pipeline designs.
3
Designing for Length change due to temperature
2 expansion and
contraction (cont’d)
Tests show that the amount of linear expansion varies directly with temperature.
Figure 1 shows the length change for Series 2000, 3000A, 3200A, 4000, 5000, 5100 and
7000 Bondstrand pipe.
Figure 1 Length changes for

Bondstrand Series 2000,
2000M-FP, 4000, 5000, 5100,
7000, 3000A, and 3200A
Temperature Change (°F)
Length change due to pressure

The amount of length change occurring because of internal pressure depends on
wall thickness, diameter, Poisson’s ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in
both axial and circumferential directions at the operating temperature. In
Table 1 Length increase due to a 100 Bondstrand pipe, some of these factors tend to cancel each other, and the correc-
psi (7 bar) internal pressure in
an unrestrained system. tion becomes relatively simple. For each 100 feet in a straight, freely supported run
Values given for Series 2000, 2000M-FP and of Bondstrand pipe (Table 1) provides length changes which are suitable throughout
4000 are valid to 250°F (121°C). Values for the indicated range of temperatures. You need only correct this value for the pres-
Series 3000A, 3200A, 5000, 5100 and 7000
are valid to 200°F (93°C). sure of your system by using a direct pressure-ratio correction.
Inches per 100 feet of pipe (mm per 100 m of pipe) from 100 psi (1 MPa) internal pressure
Nominal Series 2000 Series 3000A Series 3200A Series 4000 Series 5000, 5100 Series 7000 Series 2000M-FP
Diameter
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
1 25 0.1 11 – – – – 0.1 14 0.3 37 0.1 10 0.1 11
1.5 40 0.1 18 – – – – 0.2 23 0.5 60 0.1 16 0.1 18
2 50 0.2 23 0.2 27 0.2 27 0.2 29 0.6 77 0.2 20 0.2 23
3 80 0.3 36 0.3 39 0.3 39 0.4 46 1.0 122 0.3 32 0.3 36
4 100 0.3 35 0.4 49 0.4 49 0.3 42 0.9 110 0.3 32 0.3 35
5 125 0.4 44 – – – – 0.4 53 1.2 140 0.3 40 0.4 44
6 150 0.4 54 0.4 53 0.4 53 0.5 64 1.4 170 0.4 49 0.4 54
8 200 0.5 63 1.3 158 0.5 66 0.6 74 1.6 195 0.4 48 0.4 52
10 250 0.7 80 1.4 165 0.6 69 0.8 94 2.0 247 0.4 49 0.4 52
12 300 0.8 96 1.4 168 0.6 70 0.9 112 2.4 295 0.4 49 0.4 52
14 350 0.8 100 1.5 176 0.6 74 0.9 107 2.3 282 0.4 50 0.4 52
16 400 0.8 100 1.5 182 0.6 76 0.9 107 2.3 281 0.4 50 0.4 52
Anchoring for branches and valves

Both vertical and horizontal branches can add complexity to a system intended to
move freely. Unless a branch can move both axially and laterally, such as a short
stub-out to a nozzle or flexible hose connection, it will require special consideration
to avoid undue bending stresses. Sometimes the best solution is to anchor both the
branch and the run at the tee, accommodating the pipe length changes at turns or
loops in each of the three connecting lines. For example, a vertical branch
connecting to buried pipe may include a Z-loop; the tee may be rotated 90° to
permit an L-loop; or the vertical line may be treated as a restrained pipe as
described in Designing for Restrained Systems.
Valves should be anchored and supported directly, especially in diameters six
inches and larger. Valve weight in the larger sizes and torque on valve handles in all
sizes are the primary concerns. Generally, butterfly valves with manual lever handle
actuators do not require separate supports. Other types of actuators can add too
much torque or weight if they are not separately supported.
4
Using expansion loops
2 Designing for
expansion and
contraction
Loops are recommended for relieving longitudinal stress between anchors in a
suspended pipeline. Table 2 gives minimum expansion loop dimensions for all
(cont’d) Bondstrand pipe series. First, determine how much total length change due to
temperature and pressure must be absorbed. Use the appropriate table for the pipe
series you are using. Select the pipe diameter and total length change to determine
the required leg length for a U-loop design. As an example, assume that a Series
2000 eight-inch line is installed and will change a total of two inches in length. Table
2 for Series 2000 and Series 4000 shows that the length of loop leg required to
accommodate the length change is 9 feet (2.8m).
Loops should be horizontal whenever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment
and to facilitate drainage.
• For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pres-
sure systems, air removal for both pressure testing and normal operation is
required for safety as well.
• For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit
drainage.
• In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.
Loops using 90° elbows absorb length change better than those using 45° elbows.
Unlike a 90° turn, a 45° turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can
add axial stress to the usual bending stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and
deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45° turns and
demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45° elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will
be displaced 86% more than a 90° elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of
a loop is also more of a problem. Figure 2 illustrates the geometry involved. Design
information is not provided because it is beyond the scope of this manual and loops
with 45° elbos are generally not recommended. Consult Ameron if a situation
requires the use of 45° elbows.
Figure 2 Comparison of displacement in a 2.6a

90° vs. 45° elbows caused by 1.4a
a unit length change a
90° elbow a
a a a
45° elbow a a
a a
a: Relative displacement of elbows
permitted to move freely in a pipe run.
Table 2 Expansion loop design: Series 2000 and Series 4000 length change (in./mm)
Length of loop leg required to
accommodate listed length Nominal 1.0/25 2.0/50 3.0/75 4.0/100 5.0/125
changes Pipe Size
in. mm ft m ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m
1 25 3 1.0 4 1.3 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9

1.5 40 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2
2 50 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2 7 2.2
3 80 4 1.3 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8
4 100 5 1.6 6 1.9 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1
5 125 5 1.6 7 2.2 8 2.5 10 3.1 11 3.4
6 150 5 1.6 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1 12 3.7
8 200 6 1.9 9 2.8 10 3.1 12 3.7 13 4.0
10 250 7 2.2 9 2.8 12 3.7 13 4.0 15 4.6
12 300 7 2.2 10 3.1 12 3.7 14 4.3 16 4.9
14 350 8 2.5 11 3.4 13 4.0 15 4.6 17 5.2
16 400 8 2.5 11 3.4 14 4.3 16 4.9 18 5.5
Series 5000 and 5100 length change (in./mm)

Nominal 1.0/25 2.0/50 3.0/75 4.0/100 5.0/125
Pipe Size
1 25 2 0.7 3 1.0 4 1.3 4 1.3 5 1.6

1.5 40 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 5 1.6 6 1.9
2 50 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 6 1.9
3 80 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2 7 2.2
4 100 4 1.3 5 1.6 7 2.2 8 2.5 8 2.5
5 125 4 1.3 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8
6 150 5 1.6 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1
8 200 5 1.6 7 2.2 9 2.8 10 3.1 11 3.4
10 250 6 1.9 8 2.5 10 3.1 11 3.4 13 4.0
12 300 6 1.9 9 2.8 11 3.4 12 3.7 14 4.3
14 350 7 2.2 9 2.8 11 3.4 13 4.0 14 4.3
16 400 7 2.2 10 3.1 12 3.7 14 4.3 15 4.6
5
Designing for
2 expansion and
contraction
Nominal
Pipe Size
ft
Series 2000M-FP and Series 7000 length change (in./mm)
1.0/25
m ft.
2.0/50
m ft.
3.0/75
m
4.0/100
ft. m
5.0/125
ft. m
in. mm
(cont’d) 1 25 3 1.0 4 1.3 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9
1.5 40 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2
2 50 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2 7 2.2
Table 2 Expansion loop design: 3 80 4 1.3 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8
Length of loop leg required to 4 100 5 1.6 6 1.9 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1
accommodate listed length 5 125 5 1.6 7 2.2 8 2.5 10 3.1 11 3.4
changes 6 150 5 1.6 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1 12 3.7
8 200 6 1.9 9 2.8 10 3.1 12 3.7 13 4.0
10 250 7 2.2 10 3.1 12 3.7 13 4.0 15 4.6
12 300 8 2.5 10 3.1 13 4.0 15 4.6 16 4.9
14 350 8 2.5 11 3.4 13 4.0 15 4.6 17 5.2
16 400 8 2.5 12 3.7 14 4.3 16 4.9 18 5.5
Series 3000A length change (in./mm)

Nominal 1.0/25 2.0/50 3.0/75 4.0/100 5.0/125
Pipe Size
1 25 – – – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 – – – – – – – – – –
2 50 3 1.0 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 5 1.6
3 80 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 5 1.6 6 1.9
4 100 3 1.0 5 1.6 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2
5 125 – – – – – – – – – –
6 150 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5
8 200 4 1.3 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8
10 250 5 1.6 6 1.9 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1
12 300 5 1.6 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1
14 350 5 1.6 7 2.2 9 2.8 10 3.1 11 3.4
16 400 6 1.9 8 2.5 9 2.8 11 3.4 12 3.7
Series 3200A length change (in./mm)

Nominal 1.0/25 2.0/50 3.0/75 4.0/100 5.0/125
Pipe Size
1 25 – – – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 – – – – – – – – – –
2 50 3 1.0 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 5 1.6
3 80 3 1.0 4 1.3 5 1.6 5 1.6 6 1.9
4 100 3 1.0 5 1.6 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2
5 125 – – – – – – – – – –
6 150 4 1.3 5 1.6 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5
8 200 4 1.3 6 1.9 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8
10 250 5 1.6 7 2.2 8 2.5 9 2.8 10 3.1
12 300 5 1.6 7 2.2 9 2.8 10 3.1 11 3.4
14 350 6 1.9 8 2.5 9 2.8 11 3.4 12 3.7
16 400 6 1.9 8 2.5 10 3.1 11 3.4 13 4.0
Expansion joints
Instead of a loop, an expansion joint may be used to relieve longitudinal stress. The
type selected must be fairly flexible, such as a Teflon bellows which is activated by the
thrust of low modulus materials (see Note , Table 3).
Supports for expansion joints must be carefully designed and placed to maintain
controlled deflection. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial struc-
tural hinges which afford only limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the
expansion joint relies on elastomers or thermoplastics for strength, the structural
discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint increases with increases in temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that
it may stiffen or fail to function due to sedimentation in the expansion joint. Failure of
the expansion joint may cause excessive pipe deflection.
6
Designing for
3 restrained systems
General principles
The layout of a system occasionally makes it impossible to allow the pipe to “move
freely.” Sometimes it may be necessary to block certain runs of an otherwise free
system. In a fully restrained pipe (blocked against movement at both ends), the
designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature and
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe
fittings can be damaged by faulty pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and
anchoring or by untimely release of ends. Knowing the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfac-
anchors. Damage to fittings in service can tory anchors . Remember that axial thrust on anchors is independent of anchor
be caused by bending or slipping of an
improperly designed or installed anchor. spacing. Formulas and examples are found in Appendix B.
Also, length changes due to creep are
induced by high pressures or tempera- In practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive
tures while pipe is in service. When temperature cycle. Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile
anchors must later be released, especially loads as it is subjected to temperature and pressure cycles. Neither compressive
in long pipe runs, temporary anchors may
be required to avoid excessive displace- nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed the thrust on the first cycle
ment and overstress of fittings. unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.
Thrust due to temperature

In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature
change are resisted at the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed
depends on the thermal coefficient of expansion, the cross-sectional area, the
modulus of elasticity and the temperature change, ∆t. Table 3 gives the maximum
axial thrust in anchored lines for each series of Bondstrand pipe at three elevated
Table 3 Initial temperature-induced
thrusts (pounds-force) in fully temperatures. The table assumes a fully relaxed initial pipe length at 60°F, with
restrained Bondstrand pipe at short-time modulus of elasticity values as shown.
various operating temperatures
Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (pounds-force) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures
Nominal Series 2000 Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A Series 4000 Series 5000 & 5100
Diameter
in. mm 150°F 200°F 250°F 150°F 200°F 250°F 200°F 200°F 150°F 200°F 250°F 140°F 170°F 200°F
1 25 880 1070 1210 880 1070 1210 – – 730 880 1000 490 560 370
1.5 40 1300 1560 1780 1300 1560 1780 – – 1060 1280 1460 710 810 540
2 50 1610 1940 2200 1610 1940 2200 1850 1850 1310 1580 1800 870 1000 660
3 80 2390 2890 3290 2390 2890 3290 2890 2890 1950 2350 2670 1300 1490 980
4 100 3980 4800 5470 3980 4800 5470 3800 3800 3410 4110 4680 2270 2610 1730
5 125 4940 5950 6780 4940 5950 6780 – – 4220 5090 5800 2820 3230 2140
6 150 5920 7130 8120 5920 7130 8120 7420 7420 5060 6100 6940 3370 3860 2560
8 200 8600 10370 11800 10430 12570 14310 8160 10000 7480 9010 10260 4980 5710 3780
10 250 10760 12970 14760 16250 19590 22300 12030 14750 9340 11260 12820 6230 7140 4720
12 300 12780 15410 17540 22850 27540 31350 16350 20040 11100 13380 15230 7400 8480 5610
14 350 14770 17810 20270 26450 31880 36290 20060 24600 13880 16730 19040 9250 10600 7020
16 400 19090 23020 26200 34590 41700 47470 25140 30820 18000 21700 24700 12000 13750 9100
Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (Newtons) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures
Nominal Series 2000 Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A Series 4000 Series 5000 & 5100
Diameter
in. mm 65°C 93°C 121°C 65°C 93°C 121°C 93°C 93°C 65°C 93°C 121°C 60°C 77°C 93°C
1 25 3890 4720 5390 3890 4720 5390 – – 3210 3900 4450 2170 2500 1640
1.5 40 5710 6930 7910 5710 6930 7910 – – 4680 5680 6490 3160 3640 2390
2 50 7070 8580 9800 7070 8580 9800 8200 8200 5780 7010 8000 3900 4490 2940
3 80 10540 12800 14610 10540 12800 14610 12790 12790 8580 10410 11880 5790 6670 4370
4 100 17540 21290 24300 17540 21290 24300 16860 16860 15020 18230 20820 10140 11680 7660
5 125 21740 26390 30130 21740 26390 30130 – – 18600 22570 25770 12550 14460 9480
6 150 26050 31610 36090 26050 31610 36090 32910 32910 22260 27020 30840 15020 17300 11340
8 200 37880 45970 52480 45900 55710 63600 36170 44330 32920 39950 45610 22220 25590 16780
10 250 47360 57480 65610 71570 86860 99150 53360 65390 41130 49920 56990 27760 31970 20960
12 300 56280 68310 77980 100590 122080 139370 72510 88870 48860 59300 67690 32970 37980 24900
14 350 65040 78940 90110 116440 141320 161330 89000 109080 61110 74160 84660 41240 47490 31140
16 400 84070 102030 116470 152320 184850 211030 111520 136670 79250 96180 109800 53480 61590 40380
Note: in tables above, thrusts are calculated assuming a fully relaxed initial length at 60°F (16°C) and short term modulus of elasticity values as follows.
For 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A, use modulus of elasticity values from Series 3200A.
Coefficient of thermal expansion is 10 x 10 -6 in./in./°F (18 x 10 -6 mm/mm/°C) for all but Series 3000A and 3200A which are 8.5 x 10 -6 in./in./°F
(15.3 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C) for 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A and all Series 3200A sizes, and 12 x 10-6 in./in./°F (21.6 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C) for 8 - 16 inch Series
3000A.
Modulus of Elasticity
Series 2000 Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A Series 4000 Series 5000 & 5100
10 6 psi 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.3 2.3 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.2 1.0 0.5
GPa 11.03 8.55 7.17 11.03 8.55 7.17 8.97 15.52 11.03 8.55 7.17 8.28 6.90 3.59
7
Designing for
3 (cont'd.)
restrained systems
Thrust due to pressure
Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically
more complicated. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints
bonded, the Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall. As
internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same
time contracts longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to
reduce the hydrostatic thrust on anchors at turns.
For the designer of a restrained Bondstrand pipeline, however, the problem can be
greatly simplified. Table 4 provides the recommended design thrusts and locations
for anchors at various fittings.
Table 4 Thrust at anchors due to Thrust at Anchors Due to 100 psi (690 kPa) Internal Pressure in Restrained Bondstrand Systems
100 psi (690 kPa) internal pres- Nominal Series 2000/4000/7000 Series 5000/5100 Series 3000A/3200A
sure in restrained Bondstrand Pipe Size
systems in. mm lb-force N lb-force N lb-force N
1 25 50 225 45 170 – –
1.5 40 115 515 115 440 – –
2 50 180 810 190 725 240 1060
3 80 420 1865 460 1755 540 2400
4 100 695 3085 755 2900 915 4070
5 125 1080 4805 1200 4605 – –
6 150 1565 6955 1765 6760 2000 8895
8 200 2680 11925 3035 11710 4045 11995
10 250 4220 18780 4830 18645 6365 28320
12 300 5990 26645 6890 26640 8890 39545
14 350 7215 32100 8305 32105 11535 51320
16 400 9425 41935 10855 41965 15070 67035
Notes:
1. Pipe anchors (A) such as shown in
figure 8, Section 8 are used in restrained
systems at each end of a run and just
before a change in direction, and must B
resist the tabulated thrusts. A
2. Pipe anchors (B) such as shown in Tee
figure 7, Section 8 are light-duty in-line 45° Elbow A
anchors usually located between two pipe
anchors (A) or midway between loops or
turns in systems not restrained. A A A
3. Pipe anchors (A and B) at elbows and A
branches should be located a distance of
five to ten times the pipe diameter from 45° Lateral B
the bend. Other anchor locations may 90° Elbow
require a flexibility analysis.
4. No appreciable thrust on anchors is
developed due to internal pressure in the
pipe at in-line reducers.
Using guides for alignment control

A suspended line which is restrained from movement may need extra supports or
guides to maintain alignment, especially when the pipeline is exposed to a wide
temperature range. Guides as shown in Figure 6 may permit the pipe to move axially
but not laterally. Without guides, restrained pipe may not deflect uniformly and, in
some cases, may deflect excessively. Tables 5 to 9 (Tables 10 to 14 for metric) give
recommended guide spacing to avoid buckling deflection between anchors.
Supplying this lateral support by using guides at the normal support locations or
even at every other support is often sufficient, especially in the larger diameters. To
check, compare the recommended span for your operating temperature as deter-
mined from the section entitled SU P P O R T LO C A T I O N S A N D S P A N S with the guide
spacings from Tables 5 to 9 (Tables 10 to 14, metric). Be sure that guide and
support spacing meet both requirements.
As an example for determining guide spacing, assume that a three-inch Bondstrand
Series 2000 line is installed at 70°F and is to operate at 250°F (∆T = 180°F). Table 5
shows that guides should be installed at intervals of 7 feet.
8
Designing for
3 restrained
(cont'd.)
systems
Table 5 Maximum guide spacing (ft.) Nominal Degrees of Temperature Change (°F)
required for temperature change Pipe Size
(°F) in. mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Bondstrand Series 2000 & 4000
1 25 11 7 6 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
1.5 40 16 11 9 8 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 50 19 14 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 4
3 80 29 21 17 15 13 12 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7
4 100 38 27 22 19 17 15 14 13 13 12 11 11 10 10 10 9 9 9 9
5 125 47 33 27 23 21 19 18 17 16 15 14 14 13 13 12 12 11 11 11
6 150 56 40 32 28 25 23 21 20 19 18 17 16 16 15 15 14 14 13 13
8 200 74 52 43 37 33 30 28 26 25 23 22 21 20 20 19 18 18 17 17
10 250 92 65 53 46 41 38 35 33 31 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 22 21
12 300 110 78 63 55 49 45 41 39 37 35 33 32 30 29 28 27 27 26 25
14 350 120 85 70 60 54 49 46 43 40 38 36 35 33 32 31 30 29 28 28
16 400 138 98 80 69 62 56 52 49 46 44 42 40 38 37 36 35 33 33 32
(°F) in. mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
1 25 10 7 6 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
1.5 40 15 11 9 8 7 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3
2 50 19 13 11 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
3 80 28 20 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 6
4 100 36 26 21 18 16 15 14 13 12 12 11 11 10 10 9 9 9 9 8
5 125 45 32 26 23 20 18 17 16 15 14 14 13 13 12 12 11 11 11 10
6 150 54 38 31 27 24 22 21 19 18 17 16 16 15 15 14 14 13 13 12
8 200 71 50 41 36 32 29 27 25 24 22 21 21 20 19 18 18 17 17 16
10 250 89 63 51 44 40 36 34 31 30 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 22 21 20
12 300 106 75 61 53 47 43 40 37 35 33 32 31 29 28 27 26 26 25 24
14 350 116 82 67 58 52 47 44 41 39 37 35 34 32 31 30 29 28 27 27
16 400 133 94 77 66 59 54 50 47 44 42 40 38 37 36 34 33 32 31 31
(°F) in. mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP &
7000 1 25 11 8 6 6 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1.5 40 16 12 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 50 20 14 12 10 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5
3 80 31 22 18 15 14 13 12 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 8 8 7 7 7
4 100 40 28 23 20 18 16 15 14 13 13 12 11 11 11 10 10 10 9 9
5 125 47 33 27 23 21 19 18 17 16 15 14 14 13 13 12 12 11 11 11
6 150 59 42 34 30 27 24 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 16 15 15 14 14 14
8 200 79 56 45 39 35 32 30 28 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 20 19 19 18
10 250 99 70 57 50 44 41 38 35 33 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 23
12 300 119 84 69 59 53 49 45 42 40 38 36 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27
14 350 128 91 74 64 57 52 48 45 43 40 39 37 36 34 33 32 31 30 29
16 400 146 104 85 73 65 60 55 52 49 46 44 42 41 39 38 37 36 35 34
(°F) in. mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Bondstrand Series 3000A
1 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
2 50 21 15 12 10 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5
3 80 31 22 18 15 14 12 12 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 8 8 7 7 7
4 100 40 28 23 20 18 16 15 14 13 13 12 11 11 11 10 10 10 9 9
5 125 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
6 150 59 42 34 30 26 24 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 16 15 15 14 14 14
8 200 64 45 37 32 29 26 24 23 21 20 19 18 18 17 16 16 15 15 15
10 250 81 57 47 40 36 33 30 28 27 25 24 23 22 22 21 20 20 19 18
12 300 96 68 55 48 43 39 36 34 32 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 23 22
14 350 109 77 63 55 49 45 41 39 36 34 33 31 30 29 28 27 26 26 25
16 400 125 88 72 62 56 51 47 44 42 39 38 36 35 33 32 31 30 29 29
(°F) in. mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
1 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
2 50 21 15 12 10 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5
3 80 31 22 18 15 14 12 12 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 8 8 7 7 7
4 100 40 28 23 20 18 16 15 14 13 13 12 11 11 11 10 10 10 9 9
5 125 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
6 150 59 42 34 30 26 24 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 16 15 15 14 14 14
8 200 76 54 44 38 34 31 29 27 25 24 23 22 21 20 20 19 18 18 17
10 250 96 68 55 48 43 39 36 34 32 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 23 22
12 300 114 80 66 57 51 46 43 40 38 36 34 33 32 30 29 28 28 27 26
14 350 130 92 75 65 58 53 49 46 43 41 39 37 36 35 33 32 31 31 30
16 400 148 105 86 74 66 61 56 52 49 47 45 43 41 40 38 37 36 35 34
9
Designing for
3 (cont'd.)
restrained systems
Table 10 Maximum guide spacing (m) Nominal Degrees of Temperature Change (°C)
(°C) in. mm 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
1 25 3.2 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1.5 40 5.0 3.5 2.8 2.5 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0
2 50 6.2 4.2 3.5 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2
3 80 9.2 6.5 5.2 4.5 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0
4 100 12.0 8.5 7.0 6.0 5.2 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.8
5 125 15.0 10.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2
6 150 18.0 12.8 10.2 9.0 8.0 7.2 6.8 6.2 6.0 5.5 5.2 5.0 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.5 4.2 4.2 4.0
8 200 23.5 16.5 13.5 11.8 10.5 9.5 8.8 8.2 7.8 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.5 5.5 5.2
10 250 29.5 20.8 17.0 14.8 13.2 12.0 11.0 10.2 9.8 9.2 8.8 8.5 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.8
12 300 35.2 24.8 20.2 17.5 15.8 14.2 13.2 12.2 11.8 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.8 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.5 8.2 8.0
14 350 38.5 27.2 22.2 19.2 17.2 15.8 14.5 13.5 12.8 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.2 9.8 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.8
16 400 44.2 31.2 25.5 22.0 19.8 18.0 16.8 15.5 14.8 14.0 13.2 12.8 12.2 11.8 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.2 10.0
(°C) in. mm 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
1 25 3.2 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1.5 40 4.8 3.2 2.8 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2 50 6.0 4.2 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 80 9.0 6.2 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0 2.0
4 100 11.5 8.2 6.8 5.8 5.0 4.8 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.5
5 125 14.5 10.2 8.2 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.5 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2
6 150 17.2 12.2 10.0 8.5 7.8 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.8 5.5 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.5 4.2 4.0 4.0 4.0
8 200 22.8 16.0 13.0 11.2 10.0 9.2 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.5 5.5 5.2 5.0
10 250 28.5 20.0 16.2 14.2 12.8 11.5 10.8 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.5
12 300 33.8 24.0 19.5 16.8 15.0 13.8 12.8 12.0 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.8 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.2 8.0 8.0 7.8
14 350 37.2 26.2 21.5 18.5 16.5 15.2 14.0 13.0 12.2 11.8 11.2 10.8 10.2 9.8 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.5
16 400 42.5 30.0 24.5 21.2 19.0 17.2 16.0 15.0 14.0 13.5 12.8 12.2 11.8 11.2 11.0 10.5 10.2 10.0 9.8
(°C) in. mm 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP &
7000 1 25 3.5 2.5 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1.5 40 5.2 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0
2 50 6.5 4.5 3.8 3.2 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
3 80 9.8 6.8 5.5 4.8 4.2 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
4 100 12.8 9.0 7.2 6.2 5.5 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.8
5 125 15.0 10.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2
6 150 19.0 13.2 11.0 9.5 8.5 7.8 7.0 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.2
8 200 25.2 17.8 14.5 12.5 11.2 10.2 9.5 8.8 8.2 7.8 7.5 7.2 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.8
10 250 31.8 22.5 18.2 15.8 14.2 13.0 12.0 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.8 8.5 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.5 7.2
12 300 38.0 27.0 22.0 19.0 17.0 15.5 14.2 13.5 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.8 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.8
14 350 41.0 29.0 23.8 20.5 18.2 16.8 15.5 14.5 13.5 13.0 12.2 11.8 11.2 11.0 10.5 10.2 9.8 9.5 9.2
16 400 47.0 33.2 27.0 23.5 21.0 19.0 17.8 16.5 15.5 14.8 14.0 13.5 13.0 12.5 12.0 11.8 11.2 11.0 10.8
(°C) in. mm 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
1 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
2 50 6.5 4.5 3.8 3.2 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
3 80 9.8 6.8 5.5 4.8 4.2 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
4 100 12.5 9.0 7.2 6.2 5.5 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.8
5 125 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
6 150 19.0 13.2 10.8 9.5 8.5 7.8 7.0 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.5 5.2 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.2
8 200 20.5 14.5 11.8 10.2 9.0 8.2 7.8 7.2 6.8 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.5 5.2 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.5
10 250 25.8 18.2 14.8 12.8 11.5 10.5 9.8 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.8 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.2 6.2 6.0 5.8
12 300 30.5 21.5 17.5 15.2 13.5 12.5 11.5 10.8 10.0 9.5 9.2 8.8 8.5 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.2 7.0 7.0
14 350 35.0 24.8 20.0 17.5 15.5 14.2 13.0 12.2 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.2 8.2 8.0
16 400 40.0 28.2 23.0 20.0 17.8 16.2 15.0 14.0 13.2 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.2 10.0 9.5 9.2 9.0
(°C) in. mm 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
1 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
2 50 6.5 4.5 3.8 3.2 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
3 80 9.8 6.8 5.5 4.8 4.2 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
4 100 12.5 9.0 7.2 6.2 5.5 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.8
5 125 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
6 150 19.0 13.2 10.8 9.5 8.5 7.8 7.0 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.5 5.2 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.2
8 200 24.2 17.2 14.0 12.0 10.8 9.8 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.8 5.5
10 250 30.8 21.8 17.8 15.2 13.8 12.5 11.5 10.8 10.2 9.5 9.2 8.8 8.5 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.2 7.2 7.0
12 300 36.5 25.8 21.0 18.2 16.2 14.8 13.8 12.8 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.8 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.5 8.2
14 350 41.5 29.2 24.0 20.8 18.5 16.8 15.5 14.5 13.8 13.0 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.8 10.2 10.0 9.8 9.5
16 400 47.5 33.5 27.5 23.8 21.2 19.2 18.0 16.8 15.8 15.0 14.2 13.8 13.0 12.5 12.2 11.8 11.5 11.0 10.8
10
Spans and support
4 locations Span recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating tempera-
tures are given in Table 15. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping
arrangements, i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which
may include flanges and non-uniform support spacings. The tabular values repre-
sent a compromise between continuous and simple spans. When installed at the
support spacings indicated in Table 15, the weight of the pipe full of water will
produce a long-time deflection of about 1⁄2 inch, which is usually acceptable for
Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings up to 20 percent greater
than those shown in Table 15; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20
percent less than those shown in Table 15.
For this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans),
which are uniform in length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple
spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the
supports. Special conditions described below are not covered.
The pipe is assumed to be free to move axially. Suspended piping, which is
Table 15 Recommended maximum restrained or anchored against longitudinal movement, represents a special case
support spacings in feet for
Bondstrand pipe at various and guides may be required as discussed under the previous section, Use of Guides
operating temperatures (fluid for Alignment .
specific gravity=1.0)
Series 2000 Series 2000M-FP Series 4000 Series 5000
Nominal up to up to 151°F to 67°C to up to up to 151°F to 67°C to up to up to 151°F to 67°C to up to up to 151°F to 67°C to
Pipe Size 150°F 66°C 250°F 121°C 150°F 66°C 250°F 121°C 150°F 66°C 250°F 121°C 150°F 66°C 200°F 93°C
in. mm ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m ft. m

1 25 10.2 3.1 8.9 2.7 8.7 2.7 7.6 2.3 9.7 3.0 8.7 2.7 9.4 2.9 5.6 1.7
1.5 40 11.4 3.5 10.0 3.0 10.4 3.2 9.1 2.8 10.8 3.3 9.7 2.9 10.4 3.2 6.2 1.9
2 50 12.2 3.7 10.7 3.2 11.1 3.4 9.7 3.0 11.5 3.5 10.3 3.1 11.0 3.4 6.6 2.0
3 80 13.9 4.2 12.2 3.7 12.9 3.9 11.3 3.4 13.1 4.0 11.7 3.6 12.5 3.8 7.5 2.3
4 100 15.8 4.8 13.8 4.2 14.9 4.5 13.0 4.0 15.2 4.6 13.6 4.1 14.4 4.4 8.6 2.6
5 125 16.8 5.1 14.7 4.5 15.9 4.9 14.0 4.3 16.1 4.9 14.4 4.4 15.5 4.7 9.3 2.8
6 150 17.7 5.4 15.5 4.7 16.9 5.2 14.8 4.5 17.0 5.2 15.2 4.6 16.2 4.9 9.7 3.0
8 200 19.6 6.0 17.2 5.2 19.8 6.0 17.3 5.3 18.9 5.8 16.9 5.1 18.0 5.5 10.8 3.3
10 250 20.8 6.4 18.2 5.6 22.3 6.8 19.5 6.0 20.1 6.1 17.9 5.5 19.2 5.8 11.5 3.5
12 300 21.8 6.7 19.1 5.8 24.5 7.5 21.5 6.5 21.0 6.4 18.8 5.7 20.1 6.1 12.0 3.7
14 350 22.7 6.9 19.9 6.1 25.5 7.8 22.3 6.8 22.3 6.8 19.9 6.1 21.3 6.5 12.8 3.9
16 400 24.2 7.4 21.2 6.5 27.2 8.3 23.8 7.3 23.8 7.3 21.3 6.5 22.7 6.9 13.6 4.2
Series 5100 Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A


1 25 8.1 2.5 5.6 1.7 10.1 3.1 8.9 2.7 – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 9.0 2.7 6.2 1.9 11.4 3.5 9.9 3.0 – – – – – – – –
2 50 9.5 2.9 6.6 2.0 12.4 3.8 10.8 3.3 12.8 3.9 11.9 3.6 12.8 3.9 11.9 3.6
3 80 10.8 3.3 7.5 2.3 14.3 4.4 12.5 3.8 14.5 4.4 13.5 4.1 14.5 4.4 13.5 4.1
4 100 12.4 3.8 8.6 2.6 16.2 4.9 14.2 4.3 15.6 4.8 14.6 4.4 15.6 4.8 14.6 4.4
5 125 13.4 4.1 9.3 2.8 17.2 5.2 15.1 4.6 – – – – – – – –
6 150 14.0 4.3 9.7 3.0 18.2 5.5 15.9 4.8 18.7 5.7 17.4 5.3 18.7 5.7 17.4 5.3
8 200 15.6 4.7 10.8 3.3 20.8 6.4 18.3 5.6 16.8 5.1 15.7 4.8 20.0 6.1 18.6 5.7
10 250 16.6 5.1 11.5 3.5 23.3 7.1 20.4 6.2 18.6 5.7 17.3 5.3 22.2 6.8 20.6 6.3
12 300 17.4 5.3 12.0 3.7 25.3 7.7 22.2 6.8 20.2 6.2 18.8 5.7 24.0 7.3 22.3 6.8
14 350 18.4 5.6 12.8 3.9 26.2 8.0 23.0 7.0 21.3 6.5 19.8 6.0 25.3 7.7 23.6 7.2
16 400 19.6 6.0 13.6 4.2 28.0 8.5 24.6 7.5 22.6 6.9 21.0 6.4 26.8 8.2 25.0 7.6
Support spacings for special conditions

Piping designers may calculate deflections or determine support spacings for their
own particular geometry and loadings using the effective beam stiffness factors
given in Appendix C. In such an analysis, the effects of non-uniform spacing, turns
and branches, vertical or inclined runs, special joints which may act as a hinge,
heavy liquids, external loads such as insulation, thrust in restrained lines and
dynamic loads may be considered, often using a computer program.
11
Spans and support
4 locations (cont’d)
Loads on hangers and supports
Table 16 gives maximum service loads for horizontal piping on hangers and
supports. Do not exceed the total support or hanger load given in the table for
sustained operation.
Table 16 Permissible service loads as Nominal Load on Support Fitted to Lower 180° (lbs)
limited by hanger and support Diameter
in. mm Maximum per linear inch Maximum per support
details, horizontal piping
1 25 100 100
1.5 40 100 120
2 50 100 160
3 80 100 200
4 100 100 200
5 125 100 200
6 150 130 330
8 200 200 600
10 250 340 1050
12 300 400 1430
14 350 650 1720
16 400 800 2320
Support locations
Supports that permit pipe movement are usually under pipe, not under fittings. Be
sure that pipe movement is not obstructed either axially or laterally by a flange or
fitting near the support. In general, supports may be located at convenient nearby
structures, just as for steel pipe, provided the support spacings indicated in Table
15 are not exceeded.
Anchors on pipe are indicated in Table 4 for restrained piping. Except at flanged
connections, above-ground anchors are usually found on pipe rather than fittings.
Anchors in lines free to move should be located where necessary to control move-
ment into loops or turns. See Figures 7 through 10 for typical anchor details.
Supports for vertical runs
Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than
about ten feet long. See Figure 10 for suggested details. If the run is supported near
its base, use loose collars as guides as shown in Figure 10b, spaced as recom-
mended in Table 17.
Table 17 Minimum guide spacing (feet) for Series Pipe Diameter Fluid Temperature (°F)
vertical runs supported from the
bottom Inches 100 150 200 250
}
2000 1, 1.5 20 15 10 10
2, 3, 4, 5 25 20 15 10
4000 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 30 25 20 15
3000A
3200A } 2, 3, 4, 6,
8, 10, 12, 14, 16
25
35
20
30
15
25
†
†
}
5000 1, 1.5 20 15 10 †
5100 2, 3, 4, 5 25 20 10 †
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 30 25 15 † † not recommended
Vertical runs less
than ten feet long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping. In
either case be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical
movement at the top and bottom turns.
Accommodate length changes in vertical pipe runs by allowing free movement of
fittings at either top, bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch of anticipated vertical length
change, provide 2 feet of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support,
but not less than 6 feet nor more than 20 feet of horizontal pipe.
Treat columns more than 100 feet high (either hanging or standing) as special
designs. Support and provision for length change are important. The installer should
be especially careful to avoid movement due to wind or support vibration while
joints are curing.
12
5 Connections to
other materials
Connections to other piping
Where possible, connect Bondstrand to either metallic or thermoplastic piping using
flanges drilled to the 150 psi standards of ANSI B16.5. Bondstrand filament-wound
epoxy flanges and Bondstrand heavy-duty molded flanges may be bolted directly
against raised-face steel flanges These flanges also seal well against lined steel
configurations. All flanges, including Bondstrand standard molded flanges, epoxy
and vinyl ester, provide sealing against flat-faced flanges. Use a full-faced 1/8-inch
thick elastomer with a Shore A hardness of 60 ±5 for best results .
Flanged valves and other equipment are frequently supplied with different flange
facings. The configuration of these facings may vary widely. Unless it has been
demonstrated that these facings are compatible with the face of Bondstrand
flanges, consult Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group Engineering Department.
Where Bondstrand is connected to metallic pipe, securely anchor the metallic pipe
at the point of connection so that expansion and contraction or weight of the metal
line is not transferred to the Bondstrand line.
Small-diameter metallic connections
Outlets for instrumentation are best made using orifice flanges with 1⁄ 2-inch orifices.
Threaded reducer bushings mounted in saddles, blind flanges and fittings plugs
offer connections up to 11⁄ 2-inches in diameter for a wide range of applications. The
most commonly used metal bushing material is Type 316 stainless steel, but
Ameron can furnish other materials on special order.
Gravity flow connections
There are different ways to make gravity-flow connections to floor drains, cast iron
pipe, etc. For example, a four-inch by six-inch tapered body reducer will enlarge the
receiving end of a Bondstrand four-inch pipe and serve as a packing chamber for
the cast iron end of a floor drain or other fitting.
Conversely, Bondstrand pipe can be packed and sealed into a cast iron bell. In any
case, avoid packing materials which must be applied at temperatures above 200°F.
Mechanical couplings are available through other manufacturers to connect
Bondstrand to clay, concrete, cast iron or other non-metallic pipe.
6 Connections
equipment
to Equipment vibration
Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping or other conditions if (1 )
stresses are controlled within reasonable limits, and (2) pipe is protected from
external abrasion by saddles or sleeves where it contacts supports and other
objects. In general, pipeline vibration is severe only when the generating frequency
is at, or near, the natural resonance frequency of the pipeline. This frequency is a
function of the support system, layout geometry, temperature, mass, and pipe stiff-
ness, and is often difficult to predict.
There are two principal ways to control stress caused by vibration. You can usually
observe the stability of the system during initial operation and add restraints or
supports as required to reduce effects of equipment vibration. Where necessary,
guides illustrated in Figure 6 will effectively hold pipe from lifting or moving laterally.
In special cases where source vibration is excessive (such as that resulting from
pumps running unbalanced), an elastomeric expansion joint or other vibration
absorber should be considered. If an expansion joint is considered, refer to
EXPANSION JOINTS.
Connections to tanks
The wall flexure of a tank as it is filled and emptied produces movements at nozzles
which must be accommodated in the design. These movements can be absorbed
by a loop or turn, or by an expansion joint. Avoid direct, straight-line connections
between tanks.
13
Other design
7 considerations
Coating Bondstrand
Exposure to direct sunlight will eventually degrade the surface of Bondstrand
piping. Although no failures are known to have resulted from this superficial degra-
dation, it does cause a dull, grey appearance which many users wish to avoid.
Ameron products are available to prevent or arrest this effect, or for color coding.
Based on studies at the factory, a five-mil single coat of Ameron Amershield® single
coat polyurethane protective coating will provide suitable protection for either epoxy
or vinyl ester pipe and fittings.
Adhesion of the coating is improved by delaying the application until the pipe
surface has begun to weather. Pipe must be thoroughly cleaned before applying the
coating.
For further information on chemical resistance, coverage rates, equipment and
application procedures for coatings, contact Ameron's Protective Coatings Division.
Electrical properties
Bondstrand pipe offers high resistance to stray electrical currents, a common cause
of corrosion around valves and pumps. Table 18 gives the results of tests on
Bondstrand pipe in a clean, as manufactured, condition at room temperature.
Obviously, electrical properties, especially surface resistivity, are greatly affected by
contamination and atmospheric conditions .
Table 18 Electrical properties of ASTM
Bondstrand Series 2000, 3000A, Property Value Test Method
3200A, 4000, 5000 and 5100 pipe
Dielectric constant, at 1 KHz for a 0.22-inch thickness 5.9 D150
Dissipation factor, at 1 KHz for a 0.22 inch thickness 0.016 - 0.021 D150
Dielectric strength, by the short-time test using 1⁄4-inch elec-
trodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, volts per mil >230 D149
Dielectric breakdown voltage, by the short-time test using
1
⁄4 -inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, kv >53.4 D149
Surface resistivity, ohms 1010 to 1012 D257
Volume resistivity, for a 0.22-inch thickness 1014 to 1015 D257
Note: All material was tested as manufactured and at room temperature.
High-velocity flow of fluids having low electrical conductivity, such as petroleum

distillates, can generate significant amounts of static electricity. In buried pipe these
charges are slowly dissipated. Be sure to ground projections or metal appurte-
nances, especially near discharge nozzles, filters, valves and other areas of high
turbulence. Use saddles instead of elastomeric pads at supports to obtain better
grounding.
Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe includes electrically conductive elements in the pipe
wall which, when properly grounded, prevent accumulation on the exterior of the
pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by the flow of fluids inside the
pipe.
Entrapped gases
As in all piping systems, high points in the system will trap air or other gases.
Trapped gases may create a hazard during test and operation of the system, and
may restrict flow or drainage. It is recommended that air release valves be used at
high points to permit bleeding out trapped air or other gases. See SMALL-DIAMETER
METALLIC CONNECTIONS for suggested method of mounting.
Steam condensate
Good drainage helps avoid water hammer in steam condensate lines. For further
information, see our Bondstrand Guide for Steam Condensate, FP468, available
from your local distributor.
Heat tracing
Heat tracing may be needed to prevent freezing in cold weather or to maintain flow
of viscous fluids at ambient temperature.
Wrap heat tracing helically to avoid the pipe deflection caused by heating one side
of the pipe. Heat tracing should be directly on the pipe and within the insulation. Do
not exceed maximum trace temperatures of 250°F for epoxy products or 200°F for
vinyl ester products, and use the maximum trace temperature for the design of the
piping system.
14
Detailing the
8 supports The following paragraphs describe and illustrate the different methods and devices
used to support Bondstrand pipe and fittings in a suspended system.
Because outside diameters of Bondstrand pipe are the same as those for iron pipe
size (IPS) standards, standard pipe supports and hangers often may be used for
Bondstrand piping systems. Occasionally, larger supports as given in Table 19 are
required to fit over elastomeric pads or saddles, especially at anchors.
Table 19 Recommended nominal hanger Bare Pipe or With With Two
sizes for Bondstrand pipe with Sheet Metal Elastomeric Pad Bondstrand 180°
Nominal Diameter Wrapper Support Saddles
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
Note: Dimensions shown in paren- 1 25 2 50 – – – –
theses are recommended inside 1.5 40 2 50 – – – –
diameters of anchoring device or 2 50 2 50 2 1⁄2 63.5 3 75
support, and provide for a 1⁄ 4-inch 3 80 3 75 3 1⁄2 88.9 4 100
elastomeric pad thickness or a 4 100 4 100 (5) (125) 5 125
9
⁄ 16 -inch Bondstrand saddle thickness. 5 125 5 125 (6) (150) 6 150
6 150 6 150 (7 1⁄8) (181) (7 7 ⁄8) (200)
8 200 8 200 (9 1⁄8) (232) (97⁄8 ) (251)
10 250 10 250 (111⁄4) (286) (12) (300)
12 300 12 300 (131⁄4) (337) (14) (350)
14 350 14 350 (14 3⁄4) (375) (15 1⁄ 2) (394)
16 400 16 400 (16 3⁄4 ) (425) (17 1⁄ 2) (445)
Clamping forces
Support styles that clamp the pipe, are generally not recommended to ensure that
clamping forces do not crush the pipe. Local crushing could result from a poor fit,
and all-around crushing could result from over-tightening .
Where the pipe must be held tightly at the support, mount a pair of 180° support
saddles between clamp and pipe for the ultimate in strength and long life. In some
cases with Bondstrand 2000 or 4000, a 1⁄4-inch thick elastomeric pad (Shore A
durometer hardness 60 ± 5) placed between clamp and pipe is a suitable alternative.
Space between pipe
In multiple runs, allow clearance for flanges and other fittings having a diameter
greater than the pipe. Table 20 shows the outside radius of standard Bondstrand
products. Add space between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops
and turns. Insulate as necessary to avoid direct exposure to hot pipe or other heat sources.
Table 20 Radius for determining piping Nominal diameter Fittings Flanges
clearance requirements for Radius, R Radius, R Provide Clearance
in. mm in. mm in. mm
multiple runs
Notes: 1 25 11⁄4 32 21⁄ 2 64
1.5 40 11⁄2 38 23⁄ 4 70
1. Provide additional clearance 2 50 13⁄4 44 3 76
between pipe runs to accom- 3 80 2 1⁄4 57 33⁄ 4 95
modate length changes at loops 4 100 2 3⁄4 70 41⁄ 2 114 R
and turns. 5 125 31 ⁄4 83 43⁄4 121
2. Provide additional clearance 6 150 3 3 ⁄4 95 51⁄ 2 140
where Bondstrand saddles are 8 200 4 3⁄ 4 121 63 ⁄4 171
10 250 6 1⁄4 159 8 203 R
used for branching, or where
Bondstrand maintenance 12 300 7 3⁄ 4 197 91⁄2 241
couplings or other special 14 350 9 229 11 279
joining systems are used. 16 400 10 1⁄ 2 267 13 330
Supports permitting pipe movement

Supports allowing pipe to move with relative freedom include:
• hangers which are free to move laterally or longitudinally with the pipe,
• fixed supports over which pipe must slide, allowing longitudinal movement
and often lateral movement, and
• guides which permit longitudinal movement of the pipe but restrain lateral
movement.
Hangers are free to move on their hanger rods and allow considerable longitudinal
and lateral movement. Hanger types include band, ring or clevis type (Figure 3), or
roller types (Figure 4) with the roller either suspended freely or held rigidly in a frame.
Fixed supports permit the pipe to move longitudinally and, in some cases, laterally.
An ordinary pipe rack made of steel angle is a typical fixed support permitting both
longitudinal and lateral movement. Figure 5 shows some typical types of fixed
support. Pipe resting in fixed supports requires protection from external abrasion, as
described below.
Guides (Figure 6) restrict translational movement but may permit longitudinal and
rotational movement. Guides are recommended for lines which are subject to side-
loads or uplift. Examples include lines subjected to pressure surges, lines emptied
and filled during operation, and lines (especially when empty) which can be lifted or
moved by wind or other external loadings. Use guides on vertical runs (see Table 17).
15
8 Detailing the
supports (cont’d)
Though no significant longitudinal movement is involved, guides are normally
required for restrained systems at spacings given in Table 5 through 14. An inex-
pensive guide for most applications is a light-duty U-bolt, double-nutted to restrict
horizontal and vertical movement but which permits free longitudinal movement.
Abrasion protection must be provided to protect the pipe where it slides through a
fixed support or guide. Choose a material compatible with the service environment
and budget. Some recommended protective methods include:
• Bondstrand saddles, which provide a clean, corrosion-free surface acting
as a stiffening saddle for the pipe. Saddles are bonded to the pipe. In eight-
inch pipe and larger, light-duty abrasion protection can be provided by
bonding a half section of the same pipe to the line pipe.
• elastomeric material such as rubber or neoprene. This material may be
either bonded in place or held by the clamping force of the support device.
• galvanized sheet metal, bonded or banded to the pipe, where the environ-
ment is not too corrosive. Recommended minimum metal gauge is:
2- through 6-in. pipe: 16 gauge (0.0598)
8- through 16-in. pipe: 10 gauge (0.1345)
Abrasion protection must be firmly bonded or banded to the pipe wherever move-
ment is possible between the pipe and the support.
Supports that anchor pipe
Pipe in a straight run is usually anchored by clamps or split rings. Light anchors
intended only to hold pipe in position between loops or turns in a free system may
be fixed supports, as shown in Figure 7.
Supports required to resist length changes in restrained systems generally require
the use of saddles. Saddles are recommended where pipe is to be held by ring
clamps (Figure 8). Bonded saddles also may be used as a shear key along with a
loose anchoring ring.
Valves and pumps in Bondstrand lines must be supported independently. Figure 9
shows how supports may be bolted to a flange to support weight, to resist thrust
and torque, and to provide electrical grounding.
Vertical pipe runs are usually anchored using bonded saddles or flanges resting on
a suitably reinforced and mounted guide or riser clamp (Figure 10).
Figure 3 Pipe hangers

clevis, band, and ring type
Figure 4 Pipe hangers

roller type
Figure 5 Typical types of fixed supports
16
8 Detailing
(cont’d)
the supports
Figure 6 Supporting and guiding pipe

a. pipe collar, loose fit
b. pipe clamp, loose fit
c. U-bolt, double nutted, loose fit
d. portable a. d.
notes:
1. Elastomeric pads are suitable in
restrained systems where
movement is negligible. c.
b.
2. Bondstrand saddles or metal
wrappers are suitable if pipe
can move longitudinally as in
vertical runs.
Figure 7 Light duty anchors for free

systems shown with two 180°
Bondstrand saddles
a. anchor chair
b. split ring anchor
c. strap anchor a. b.
c.
Figure 8 Anchors for restrained pipe 2 2

1 Two 180° Bondstrand saddles
each side of clamp
2 Elastomeric pad 1
3
3 One 180° Bondstrand saddle
each side of clamp
1
3
Figure 9 Valve support and anchor

Note:
1. Increase 45° angle to 60° to
include 4 bolts on sizes
10 to 16 inches.
figure 10 Support for vertical pipe runs

a. base support for flanged column
b. support for hanging column
c. support for standing column:
pipe guided by steel support for
loose fit
b c.
a.
17
Appendix C
9 (cont’d) Nominal
Pipe Size
Series
Uniform Weight of Pipe
2000/4000 2000M-FP 5000 7000 3000A/3200A

in. mm lb/in N/m lb/in N/m lb/in N/m lb/in N/m lb/in N/m
Table C1 Values for use in calculating
support spacings 1 25 0.03 5.8 0.09 16 0.03 5.8 0.04 7.3 – –
1.5 40 0.06 10 0.12 20 0.06 10 0.08 13 – –
2 50 0.08 13 0.17 29 0.08 15 0.08 15 0.04 7.3
3 80 0.10 18 0.24 42 0.13 22 0.10 18 0.06 10
4 100 0.17 29 0.35 61 0.20 35 0.17 29 0.08 15
5 125 0.22 38 0.44 77 0.22 38 0.22 38 – –
6 150 0.25 44 0.53 92 0.29 51 0.25 44 0.16 28
8 200 0.36 63 0.78 136 0.42 73 0.43 76 0.26 45
10 250 0.45 79 1.10 193 0.52 90 0.68 118 0.38 66
12 300 0.53 93 1.38 241 0.62 108 0.92 160 0.51 89
14 350 0.62 108 1.52 266 0.73 127 1.08 190 0.63 109
16 400 0.79 139 2.13 372 0.93 163 1.42 248 0.78 137
Uniform Weight of Fluid

Nominal
Pipe Size S.G.=1.0 S.G.=1.3 S.G.=1.6
in. mm lb/in N/m lb/in N/m lb/in N/m
1 25 0.3 5.6 0.04 7.3 0.05 9.0
1.5 40 0.8 14 0.10 18 0.12 22
2 50 0.12 22 0.16 28 0.20 35
3 80 0.29 51 0.38 67 0.47 82
4 100 0.49 85 0.63 111 0.78 136
5 125 0.76 134 0.99 174 1.2 214
6 150 1.1 195 1.4 253 1.8 312
8 200 1.9 336 2.5 437 3.1 537
10 250 3.0 532 3.9 691 4.9 851
12 300 4.3 757 5.6 985 6.9 1212
14 350 5.2 913 6.8 1187 8.3 1461
16 400 6.8 1193 8.9 1551 10.9 1909
Table C2 Effective beam stiffness

values for use in calculating
support spacings
Effective Beam Stiffness Factor, EI (million lb in2)•EI (kN m2)
Nominal Series 2000 Series 2000M-FP Series 4000 Series 5000
Pipe Size
up to 67°C to 151°F to 67°C to up to up to 151°F to 67°C to up to up to 151°F to 67°C to up to up to 151°F to 67°C to
in. mm 150°F 121°C 250°F 121°C 150°F 66°C 250°F 121°C 150°F 66°C 250°F 121°C 150°F 66°C 200°F 93°C
1 25 0.16 0.46 0.09 0.27 0.16 0.46 0.09 0.27 0.13 0.38 0.08 0.24 .011 0.33 0.01 0.04
1.5 40 0.52 1.5 0.30 0.87 0.52 1.48 0.30 0.87 0.42 1.21 0.27 0.77 0.36 1.04 0.05 0.13
2 50 1.0 2.8 0.58 1.7 1.0 2.8 0.58 1.7 0.80 2.3 0.51 1.5 0.69 2.0 0.09 0.25
3 80 3.3 9.5 1.9 5.6 3.3 9.5 1.9 5.6 2.7 7.6 1.7 4.8 2.3 6.6 0.29 0.85
4 100 9.2 26 5.4 16 9.2 26 5.4 16 7.8 22 5.0 14 6.7 19 0.86 2.5
5 125 18 51 10 30 18 51 10 30 15 43 9.5 27 13 37 1.6 4.7
6 150 30 87 18 51 30 87 18 51 26 74 16 47 22 63 2.8 8.1
8 200 76 217 45 128 93 268 55 158 65 187 41 119 55 159 7.1 20
10 250 148 426 87 251 231 664 136 391 128 366 81 233 109 312 14 40
12 300 250 716 147 421 465 1334 273 784 214 615 136 391 182 523 23 67
14 350 348 999 205 587 624 1790 367 1053 325 934 207 593 276 791 35 102
16 400 590 1693 347 996 1066 3061 627 1800 554 1590 352 1010 468 1342 60 173
Series 5100 Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A


1 25 .011 0.33 0.01 0.04 0.18 0.50 0.10 0.30 – – – – – – – –
1.5 40 0.36 1.04 0.05 0.13 0.57 1.6 0.34 0.97 – – – – – – – –
2 50 0.69 2.0 0.09 0.25 1.1 3.2 0.65 1.9 1.1 3.1 0.81 2.3 1.1 3.1 0.81 2.3
3 80 2.3 6.6 0.29 0.85 3.7 11 2.2 6.3 3.8 11 2.8 8.1 3.8 11 2.8 8.1
4 100 6.7 19 0.86 2.5 10 29 5.9 17 8.3 24 6.2 18 8.3 24 6.2 18
5 125 13 37 1.6 4.7 19 56 11 33 – – – – – – – –
6 150 22 63 2.8 8.1 33 96 20 56 36 104 27 78 36 104 27 78
8 200 55 159 7.1 20 100 288 59 169 40 115 30 86 80 230 60 173
10 250 109 312 14 40 245 704 144 414 94 270 70 202 188 539 141 404
12 300 182 523 23 67 488 1400 287 824 180 516 135 387 360 1032 270 774
14 350 276 791 35 102 653 1873 384 1102 287 824 215 618 574 1648 431 1236
16 400 468 1342 60 173 1110 3185 653 1873 471 1353 354 1015 943 2706 707 2030
21
Notes
22
Notes
23
11 Health and safety
information
Toxicity of adhesive
Hardener: Irritating to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract: toxic orally; may
cause sensitization.
Resin: . May be mildly irritating to skin and eyes; may cause sensitization.
Handling precautions for adhesive
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY Hardener: Do not get in eyes, on skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapor.
SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR Wash thoroughly after handling. When handling in the field, wear
ACCIDENT
gloves and eye protection. When handling in bulk quantities, wear
CALL CHEMTREC - rubber gloves, rubber apron and NIOSH approved respirator.
DAY OR NIGHT Resin: Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. When handling
in the field, wear gloves and eye protection. Wash thor-
1-800-424-9300 oughly after handling.
483-7616 in District of Columbia First aid for adhesive users
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S. In case of contact
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C.
collect Eyes: Immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call
a physician.
Skin: Wash with water and soap if available.
Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if neces-
sary.
Ingestion: If hardener is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of
water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed
Important notice to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation
or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accu-
racy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes
no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

Group Headquarters Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia Fiberglass Pipe Division- Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A.
P.O. Box 801148 Ameron (Pte.) Ltd. Europe P.O. Box 878
Houston TX 77280 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Ameron B.V. Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (713) 690-7777 Singapore 2263 Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (713) 690-2842 J.F. Kennedylaan 7
http://www.ameron-net.com Tel: 65 861 6118 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: 65 862-1302/861-7834 The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1978 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP288A (1/97) supersedes FP288 (1/87) 10M[124]
®
Installation of Buried
Bondstrand Pipe
Introduction To ensure long life and trouble-free service from a Bondstrand piping system, the
principles of excavation, joint make-up, bedding, backfilling and field testing must be
properly applied. These principles must be reflected in the phrasing of contract
documents and must be enforced through inspection. Be sure that contractor
personnel have been thoroughly trained in Bondstrand assembly procedures by a
certified Ameron field representative.
These recommendations for installing buried Bondstrand pipe are based on two
principles:
• Follow Ameron's recommendations for assembling pipe sections and curing the
joints carefully.
• Provide evenly distributed support for each section of pipe rather than concentrating
the support at points or short stretches of the pipe bottom. Evenly distributed
support is achieved through proper bedding.
Receiving, storing and

1 handling fiberglass pipe
Bondstrand pipe is manufactured from fiberglass reinforced epoxy or vinyl ester resins.
When properly handled and installed, fiberglass pipe and fittings will provide a
maintenance-free, high-performance piping system. Fiberglass reinforced pipe and
fittings are impact sensitive and must be handled with a reasonable amount of care.
Refer to the Ameron publication SHIPPING, HANDLING, STORAGE AND INSPECTION OF
BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS PIPE, FP167 for pertinent guidelines and a table of pipe weights.
2 Trench design and

excavation
1) The excavation must allow the pipe to be laid to the grades and alignments shown
on the plans.
2) Provide the narrowest practical trench width that will allow proper compaction of the
pipe zone backfill. The trench must have vertical sidewalls from the foundation to at
least the top of the pipe. Maintain a minimum trench width equal to the inside diameter
of the pipe plus 12 inches (300 mm). The maximum trench width from the foundation to
the top of the pipe must not exceed the inside diameter of the pipe plus 24 inches
(600 mm).
3) Beneath vehicular traffic, the height of earth cover over the top of the installed
pipe must be no less than 3 feet (.91 m) unless suitable methods are used to
ISO-9001 protect the pipe. See ROADWAY CROSSINGS below.
4) Provide firm, but not hard foundations consisting of sound earth1 or granular
soil2, and free from stones or lumps exceeding one inch (25 mm) in greatest
dimension that might bear against the pipe. Prepare suitable foundations by
overexcavating the trench for not less than 4 inches (100 mm) and backfilling
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP278C (10/96)
2 Trench design and
excavation
2 inches (50 mm) to subgrade with loose bank run material, graded uniformly in
one plane for the full length of the pipe. Overexcavate at each bell so that the pipe
barrel rests on the bottom of the trench. Foundations must provide uniform
support under the haunches of the pipe along the full length of each pipe section.
5) When the excavation is in soft
or wet, unstable soils that will not All units in
inches(mm) Secondary
provide sufficient support for the Backfill
pipe, overexcavated the trench at
least 6 inches (150 mm) and Trench Width
Fig.2. Pipe zone backfill should consist of
sound earth or granular material free of
backfill to 2 inches (50 mm) below Min = ID + 12” (300mm)
Max = ID + 24”(600mm)
stones or lumps exceeding 1 inch ( 25 mm) subgrade with solid granular soil
in diameter. The material should not contain compacted to at least 85-95%
vegetation or debris that could leave voids
upon decomposition. Granular materials
Proctor (40-70% relative density).
such as sand, gravel or crushed rock yield Then complete the subgrade as Secondary
high densities with a minimum of Pipe
described in section 5. The Zone
compaction effort and have proven ideal for
the pipe zone backfill. Granular materials
method described in NFPA No. 24 Min Bedding =
Primary
2”(50mm)
should pass a 3⁄8-inch screen and no more section 8-4.3 under “Exception” is Pipe
Zone
than 15% should pass a No. 200 sieve. not acceptable for fiberglass pipe. Min
Foundation= Foundation
6) When solid rock, hardpan or 6”(150mm)
required for
unstable soil
other hard foundation is
encountered during excavation, overexcavate the trench at least 6 inches (150 mm)
and backfill to 2 inches (50 mm) below subgrade with solid granular soil
compacted to at least 85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). Then complete
the subgrade as described in section 5.
1) Most native soils, with the exception of highly organic, spongy soils and fat, highly plastic expansive clays.
2) Sand with a maximum particle size of 1⁄4 inch (6 mm) or gravel with a minimum grain size of 1⁄4 inch (6 mm), or
pea gravel or crushed rock mixed with sand.
3 Assembling
fittings
pipe and 1) Prepare and assemble Bondstrand Quick-Lock joints in accordance with the recom-
mendations contained in Ameron publication, FP170. For taper/taper joints to 6 inches
(150 mm), consult Ameron publication FP104.
2) Position pipe on 4 x 4 timbers across the trench. Block pipe to hold alignment and
prevent lateral movement during cure. For larger diameters, use of come-alongs for
joint assembly.
Pipe Mid-Ordinate to 100-ft Chord Bending Radius

Diameter 2000 Series 3000 Series 2000 Series 3000 Series
(in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m)
Mid-ordinate 2 50 16.5 5.0 19.1 6.0 85 25 75 23
100'(30m) 3 80 10.5 3.2 13.4 4.7 125 38 100 30
Bending radius 4 100 8.1 2.5 8.6 2.7 160 48 150 46
6 150 5.3 1.6 6.4 2.0 235 71 200 60
8 200 4.1 1.2 4.0 1.3 305 93 320 98
10 250 3.2 0.9 3.3 1.0 380 116 375 114
12 300 2.7 0.8 2.8 0.9 450 138 450 138
14 350 2.5 0.8 2.2 0.7 495 150 560 170
16 400 2.2 0.7 1.7 0.5 565 172 750 230
1) Curvature may be vertical, horizontal, or a combination. Restraints, if required for
alignment control, shall each bear along at least 4 inches (100 mm) of pipe surface.
4 Placing pipe in trench 1) Cure the joints fully before lowering the pipe into the trench. Any vibration or
movement of partially cured joints will increase the risk of joint failure.
2) When the joints have cured, raise the pipe slightly to remove the timber supports,
using rope or webbed sling to lift the pipe. Do not use chains. Lower the pipe into the
trench gradually. Do not drop the pipe. When working manually, use at least two men
for 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and four men for 8 and 10-inch (200 and 250 mm) pipe. Install
larger pipe with lifting equipment. Do not lift pipe over 10 inches (250 mm) in diameter or
30 feet (9 m) in length at a single point: use a spreader bar.
2
Placing pipe in trench 3) Should the depth of the trench measured from the top of the supports upon which
4 the pipe is assembled to the trench bottom exceed 5 feet (1.5 m), do not lower the pipe
by the method outlined in section 4 as it may overstress the pipe. It is the customer's
responsibility to submit specific laying conditions (trench depth, handling equipment,
pipe diameter, etc.) to Ameron for recommendations for trench depths in excess of
5 feet (1.5 m).
4) Pipe may be installed in curved trenches provided the curvature is uniform and does
not exceed the tabulated values.
5 Bedding and backfill 1) Grade the trench bottom accurately and bed with sand to provide uniform bearing
and support along the entire length of each pipe section. Provide a shallow depression
for bells and couplings. The grade should not exhibit abrupt changes in direction or
slope except at fittings.
2) Do not cover pipe joints until all pressure tests have been performed.
3) Compact the backfill uniformly around the pipe giving particular care to the bedding
Fill the pipeline with water or use beneath the haunches of the pipe. Compaction may be done with water if the native soil
other appropriate means to prevent is free draining. If the native soil is not free draining, bedding with damp sand will
buried pipe from floating during facilitate compaction. Extend backfill at least 6 inches (150 mm) above the pipe.
compaction with water in
cohesionless soils. 4) Place backfill in 6-inch (150 mm) maximum lifts to a point at least 2 feet (.6 m) above
the top of the pipe. Do not use mechanical compactors directly over the pipe until at
least 12 inches (300 mm) of fill have been placed over the pipe, or at least 24 inches
(600 mm) if heavy compaction equipment is used. Compact each lift to 85% of
maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 for cohesive soils, or
to 70% relative density in accordance with ASTM D2049 for cohesionless soils which
fail to produce a well-defined, moisture-density relationship when tested in accordance
with ASTM D1557. Avoid damage to pipe wall during compaction. Place the remaining
backfill as directed by the engineer. Make in-place tests of soil density in accordance
with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2167. Contact Ameron Applications Engineering for
specific information on ASTM specifications.
Mechanical compactors may be used provided harmful shock loads are not
transmitted to the pipe. Maintain at least 12 inches (300 mm) between tamping feet
and pipe wall to avoid damage to the pipe.
Roadway crossings
6 Where live loads are less than the conventional H20-S16 loading, the burial depth
measured from the top of pipe should be at least 3 feet (.91 m) for all diameters. At road
crossings where the loading exceeds H20-S16, bury the pipe deeper or use casing
pipe and collars or sleeves to protect the pipe. Ameron will make recommendations on
increased depth of burial upon request provided complete loading and soil conditions
are submitted for an engineering analysis.
Link-Seal or equal H-20 load

Roadway surface
Centralizer
Roadway
compaction zone Casing
Elastomeric
bearing material
Sand bedding free of sharp objects
Extend casing 2 ft Bondstrand piping

(50 mm) beyond 10 ft (3 m)
compaction zone maximum
spacing
Hydrostatic thrust
7 1) It is the responsibility of the engineer to evaluate the need for thrust blocks. A
complete evaluation must consider singly and in combination the effects of
temperature changes, internal pressure surges and pipeline geometry.
2) Temperature changes produce stress in buried pipe that is restrained by (1) friction
of the surrounding bedding, (2) passive soil pressure at fittings, or (3) thrust blocks.
Forces developed at fittings in fully restrained pipe are tabulated in Section 8 below.
3) Hydrostatic thrust at fittings is a function of the degree of restraint of the adjacent
pipe. The magnitude of the hydrostatic thrust experienced by a Bondstrand piping
system is also a function of the method of construction of the pipe: different values
must be used for systems employing reciprocally wound pipe (Series 2000, 2400,
3400, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000) and pipe made by the continuous winding process
(Series 3000, 3000A, 3200, 3300 and adhesive-bonded oilfield line pipe such as
Bondstrand 200, 300, etc). In a fully restrained reciprocally wound Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe (i.e., blocked against movement at both ends) with all joints bonded, the
Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall: as the internal pressure
increases, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time tries to contract
longitudinally. The resulting tensile force in the pipe wall acts to reduce the axial
hydrostatic thrust on the fitting by about 50% compared to the thrust experienced in a
system using continuously wound Bondstrand pipe.
The thrust forces acting on a bend are defined as follows:
T = 2PA sin θ2 where
T = Thrust at fitting (lbf)
P = Hydrostatic pressure (psi)
A = Flow area of pipe (in2)
θ = Angle of bend (deg)
Use this formula for determining thrust in systems employing Series 3000 and related
continuously-wound products. To determine hydrostatic thrust in pipe using
Series 2000 and related reciprocally-wound piping, use one half the value given by the
above formula. Hydrostatic thrusts at fittings in fully restrained systems at 100 psi
(7 bar) are tabulated in Appendix A. Thrusts at other pressure may be determined
by ratio.
4) Valves should normally be blocked as indicated in section 9.8 (fig. 9.2) to support
their own weight, resist thrust and to prevent excessive torque loads on the pipe
connections.
5) Thrust blocks are required at hydrants and at 6-inch (150 mm) or larger diameter tees and
elbows for firewater mains regulated by Factory Mutual Research Corporation.
Thrust due to thermal

8 expansion
Thrust forces arising from thermal expansion of the pipe wall in Series 2000 and related
products are tabulated below. The effects of thermal expansion will generally be less in
systems employing Series 3000 and related piping since the pipe wall thickness of
these latter systems is less than for Series 2000 products.
Thrust at Fittings for a 140° ∆Τ in 2000 Series Piping

Pipe Tees or 90° 45°
Dia Ends Elbows Elbows
(in) (mm) (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN)
2 50 1,880 8.4 2,660 11.9 1,440 6.4
3 80 2,830 12.6 4,000 17.8 2,170 9.7
4 100 4,550 20.3 6,430 28.7 3,480 15.5
6 150 6,760 30.2 9,560 42.6 5,170 23.1
8 200 9,710 43.3 13,700 61.1 7,430 33.1
10 250 12,200 54.4 17,300 77.2 9,340 28.3
12 300 14,500 64.7 20,500 91.4 11,100 49.5
14 350 17,400 77.6 24,200 108.0 13,200 58.9
16 400 22,000 98.1 27,800 123.6 15,100 67.4
1) Initial temperature = 60°F (15°C)
Operating temperature = 200°F(93°C)
4
9 Thrust block design
and construction
1) Once the anticipated thrusts have been determined, thrust block design must
consider soil strength, soil stability and location of the water table. Blocks must (a) have
adequate bearing area to resist the soil thrust, (b) bear against undisturbed soil and
(c) be so designed that the resultant thrust vector passes perpendicularly through the
center of the bearing surface (except for valves as in section 9.8). Should the soil be
unstable or the installation below the water table, the engineer must make provisions to
ensure stability such as driving piles to anchor to deeper layers of soil. Note that any
connecting metallic pipe must be anchored at the point of connection to the fiberglass
pipe to prevent transfer of excessive stress.
Fp
Fig. 9-1 Thrust blocks should be cast
with the bearing area against A
undisturbed native soil.
A = Cross sectional area of pipe (in2) T

Ab = Block bearing area (ft2)
b = Width of block bearing area (ft)
Cs = Soil cohesion factor PA
D = Pipe OD (ft) θ
fs = Safety factor
Fp = Soil thrust (lbf) A
h = Height of block bearing area (ft)
H = Depth of cover (ft)
Hc = Burial depth of pipe (ft)
Hb = Depth of block base (ft)
Hb
P = Operating plus surge pressure (psi) Hc
Pp = Passive soil pressure (lbf/ft2) Pp
R = Soil weight reduction factor
PA
T = Thrust force on bend (lbf)
w = Unit soil weight (lbf/ft3) h
T Fp
W = Soil weight/ft of pipe (lbf/ft)
θ = Pipe bend (deg)
φ = Soil friction angle (deg)
Section A-A
Formulas:
T = 2PA sinθ2 (lbf)
2) Safe bearing pressures for common soil type are tabulated below.
Allowable Soil Bearing Pressure Pp

Reduction Soil Description (lbf /ft2) MPa
Existing Condition Factor, R Rock, hard thick layers 400,000 19.2
General construction 2
⁄3 Rock, ≈ good masonry 50,000 2.39
backfill soils compacted Rock, ≈ best brick 30,000 1.44
to critical void ratio Rock, ≈ poor brick 10,000 0.48
Well-compacted backfill 3
⁄4 Clay, always dry 8,000 0.38
and select backfill Clay, fairly dry 4,000 0.19
to critical void ratio Clay, soft 2,000 0.10
Gravel, coarse sand, firm 16,000 0.77
Sand, compact, firm 8,000 0.38
Sand, clean, dry 4,000 0.19
Quicksand, alluvial soil1 - -
1) Piles or tie rods may be required in loose or soft soils, particularly when below
the water table.
3) The required bearing area is computed using the formula:
T
Ab = — where
Pp
Ab = Bearing area of thrust block (ft2)
T = Thrust (lbf)
Pp = Allowable soil bearing pressure (lbf /ft2)
5
9 Thrust block design
and construction
4) Thrust blocks for Bondstrand pipe systems should be poured after hydrostatic
testing to allow for clear visual inspection of all fitting joints during the test. To retain
pipe in proper alignment while testing, placement of sand bedding and backfill per
section 5 may be required. Joints should be left exposed for observation during testing.
5) Thrust blocks should be
shaped with the “designed Friction Angle, φ Cohesion, Cs
bearing area” against native Soil Description (deg) (lbf /ft2)
soil of the trench wall. Smaller Well-graded sand
blocks using a dry mix may be dry 44.5 0
shaped by hand but larger saturated 39.0 0
blocks (2 ft2 or greater) require Silt (passing 200 sieve)
formwork. dry 40 0
6) Unless otherwise specified saturated 32 0
by the engineer, use a Cohesive granular soil
concrete mix consisting of wet to moist 13-22 385-920
1 part Portland cement, Clay
2 parts washed sand and wet to moist at
3 parts washed gravel with max compaction 11.5-16.5 460-1175
enough water for a relatively a
dry mix. A dry mix is stronger and is easier to shape.
7) Work the concrete thoroughly around the fittings to maximize surface contact. The
entire area between the fittings and the freshly cut trench wall must be filled with
concrete and be void free. Maintain at least a 2-inch (50 mm) space between concrete
vibrators and pipe or fittings as even indirect contact through the concrete aggregate
may produce excessive impact loads on the fiberglass pipe.
8) Valve blocks should incorporate the steel necessary to support the weight of the
valve and resist any torque loads caused by opening and closing the valve.
9) Thrust blocks should encapsulate crossovers with at least six inches (150 mm) of
concrete between fittings and native soil.
Native soil
Fig. 9-2. Valves must be independently

supported to prevent transfer of torque loads Concrete
to the fiberglass piping. thrust
Figure 9-3. Provide encapsulating thrust block
blocks for crossovers.
10 Manhole penetrations
and connections
1) When making penetrations through concrete walls, run Bondstrand pipe through
metal pipe sleeves at least two sizes larger in diameter than the pipe. Caulk the space
between the sleeve and the pipe with a waterproof compound that dries to a firm but
pliable mass.
2) Assemble flanged connections in accordance with the recommendations in
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR
Steel pipe sleeve
BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS FLANGES,
FP196. Fiberglass pipe
Fig. 10. Typical wall penetration. The 3) When connecting fiberglass
fiberglass pipe passes though a metal sleeve piping to metallic piping,
two pipe sizes larger than the pipe diameter.
The space between pipe and sleeve is anchor the metallic line to avoid
sealed with an elastomeric caulking stress transfer to the fiberglass.
compound. Elastomeric caulking
4) Support valves indepen- 2-in(50mm) min.
dently of fiberglass piping. thickness
6
11 Field testing 1) Pneumatic testing is not recommended for reasons of safety.
2) Use weights on pipe and wood blocking at bends to restrain pipe during test.
3) Displace all free air in the Bondstrand piping system with the test fluid. Provide taps
for air and vapor release at all high points in the system.
4) Increase pressure in increments of no more than 50 psi/minute (3 bar/min.).
Appendix Hydrostatic Thrust at Reducers at 100 psi1 in 2000 Series Piping Systems2
A Reducer Size
(in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf)
Thrust
(kN)
Reducer Size
(in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf)
Thrust
(kN)
3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 ,___ ,___ ,10 x 6 250 x 150 2,650 11.8
3x2 80 x 50 ,240 ,1.0 10 x 8 250 x 200 1,550 6.9
4x2 100 x 50 ,510 ,2.3 ,12 x 8 300 x 200 3,350 15.0
4x3 100 x 80 ,270 1.2 12 x 10 300 x 250 1,800 8.0
6x3 150 x 80 1,150 5.1 14 x 10 350 x 250 6,000 26.8
6x4 150 x 100 ,880 3.9 14 x 12 350 x 300 2,500 11.2
8x4 200 x 100 1,980 8.8 16 x 12 400 x 300 7,000 31.2
8x6 200 x 150 1,100 4.9 16 x 14 400 x 350 4,500 20.1
1) In a fully restrained system.
2) Includes Series 2000, 2400, 3400, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000.
Hydrostatic Thrust at Reducers at 100 psi1 in 3000 Series Piping Systems2

Reducer Size Thrust Reducer Size Thrust
(in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf) (N) (in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf) (N)
3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 ,___ ,___ 10 x 6 250 x 150 5,300 23.6
3x2 80 x 50 ,470 2.1 10 x 8 250 x 200 3,100 13.8
4x2 100 x 50 1,010 4.5 12 x 8 300 x 200 6,700 29.9
4x3 100 x 80 ,540 2.4 12 x 10 300 x 250 3,600 16.1
6x3 150 x 80 2,300 10.3 14 x 10 350 x 250 12,000 53.5
6x4 150 x 100 1,750 7.8 14 x 12 350 x 300 5,000 22.3
8x4 200 x 100 3,950 17.6 16 x 12 400 x 300 14,000 62.4
8x6 200 x 150 2,200 9.8 16 x 14 400 x 350 9,000 40.1
2) Includes Series 3000, 3000A, 3200, 3300, Bondstrand 150, 200, 300, 450 and 800.
Thrust at Fittings at 100 psi1 in 2000 Series Piping Systems2

Dia 45° Laterals Elbows Elbows
2 50 170 .8 245 1.1 130 .6
3 80 405 1.8 575 2.6 310 1.4
4 100 675 3.0 950 4.3 515 2.3
6 150 1,550 6.9 2,200 9.8 1,200 5.4
8 200 2,650 11.8 3,750 16.7 2,050 9.1
10 250 4,200 18.7 5,950 26.5 3,300 37.0
12 300 6,000 26.8 8,450 37.7 4,600 20.5
14 350 7,300 32.6 10,200 45.5 5,500 24.5
16 400 9,500 42.4 13,300 59.3 7,200 32.1
2) Includes Series 2000, 2400, 3400, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000.
Thrust at Fittings at 100 psi1 in 3000 Series Piping Systems2

Dia 45° Laterals Elbows Elbows
2 50 340 1.5 490 2.2 260 1.2
3 80 810 3.6 1,150 5.1 620 2.8
4 100 1,350 6.0 1,900 8.5 1,030 4.6
6 150 3,100 13.8 4,400 19.6 2,400 10.7
8 200 5,300 23.6 7,500 33.5 4,100 18.3
10 250 8,400 37.5 11,900 53.1 6,600 29.4
12 300 12,000 53.5 16,900 75.4 9,200 41.0
14 350 14,600 65.1 20,400 91.0 11,000 49.1
16 400 19,000 84.7 26,600 118.6 14,400 64.2
2) Includes Series 3000, 3000A, 3200, 3300, Bondstrand 150, 200, 300, 450 and 800.
7
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

Tel: (713) 690-7777 Tel: 65 862 1301 The Netherlands Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fax: 65 862-1302 Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1972 Ameron • FP278C (10/96) supersedes FP278A (12/93) • Printed in U.S.A. • 10M [472]
Bondstrand® Installation Guide
Guide for Steam Condensate

and Hot Water Service
General This guide provides specific information about the material requirements, design
criteria, assembly and testing methods recommended to assure a successful steam
condensate return line or a hot water line such as for district heating or geothermal
applications using Bondstrand pipe and fittings.
Material Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and fittings are suitable for steam condensate return
service.1,2 Joined using Bondstrand RP-34 or PSX™•34, this piping carries hot water safely
at temperatures up to 250°F (121°C) when the system is properly designed and installed.
The BONDSTRAND FITTINGS AND ENGINEERING GUIDE3 provides details on parts certified in
accordance with Military Specification MIL-P-28584,4 an RTRP specification written
especially for steam condensate return service. Certificates are available on request.5
Another military specification offers guidance on design and installation.6
In choosing parts for your system, Ameron suggests that you consider also the
following:
1. Heavy-duty, filament-wound flanges are recommended in 2-, 3-, and 4-inch (50,
80, and 100 mm) diameter, particularly when systems are blocked or buried. In
larger diameters, standard filament-wound flanges provide the necessary
strength for this service.
2. As an exception to the use of filament-wound products, molded blind flanges
are suitable for steam condensate service and are found on the approved list.6
3. For reductions in pipe diameter, Bondstrand filament-wound tapered body
reducers are recommended over molded reducer bushings.
4. Tees are recommended for branching. Saddles for branching to either
Bondstrand or steel lines are not recommended for steam condensate. Of
course, saddles are excellent for supports and for in-line anchor details.7
5. Gaskets for both Bondstrand-to-Bondstrand and Bondstrand-to-steel flanged
connections should be 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick full-faced gaskets using a suitable
elastomer such as ethylene propylene rubber with a Shore A hardness of 60±5.
6. Connections to metal condensate piping are always made using flanges. Metal
pipe should be blocked at points of connection to Bondstrand pipe to prevent
metal pipe loads from being transferred to the Bondstrand pipe. This applies to
drip leg connections as well as condensate lines.
7. Metal piping within manholes may facilitate positive anchoring and provide
improved resistance to vibration, torque loads on valves and physical abuse.
8. Bondstrand maintenance couplings are recommended for repair of damaged
lines where the ends cannot be separated enough to make a bell and spigot
joint. (See Field Repairs.)
FP468B (7/00)
Systems Protected Bondstrand piping performs best in systems designed to carry condensate only in the
liquid phase. In these systems, a vented receiver tank or “hot well” collects the
Against Live Steam condensate from the steam traps. From the tank, Bondstrand piping returns the
condensate to the boiler by gravity flow if elevations permit or by a pump arrangement
as in Figure 1. These systems are free of steam-induced water hammer and have been
shown to perform for up to 20 years without evidence of significant deterioration.
Systems Exposed Where hot wells are not feasible, other means of dissipating the energy in the drip
discharge must be used. Except where possible to design steam transmission lines
to Live Steam without steam traps,8 it will be necessary to remove the condensate from the steam line
at drip legs between the boiler and the equipment. Here complete protection against live
steam exposure may not be possible, but must be kept to a minimum. Steam flashing
within the lines tends to degrade the pipe liner over a period of time, particularly when this
flashing also produces water hammer.
Water hammer occurs in lines filled or partially filled with condensate. When a high
temperature (>212°F or 100°C) condensate discharge from a trap is released into these
lines, a portion of it flashes to steam. At the instant of release the pressure is nearly that in
the steam line. The flash steam immediately formed at the new lower pressure expands
greatly, even explosively, and a high-velocity pressure wave moves through the line.
In an empty condensate line, the positive pressure wave would move rapidly through the
line, and then, on cooling , collapse back to its original water volume, producing a similar
negative pressure wave. With the line full or partially full of condensate, the high-velocity
steam pressure wave may become a slug of water which is then slammed through the
Fig. 1. Typical Hot Well for Pumped pipe in a manner destructive to both pipe and equipment. As the steam rapidly cools and
Condensate Return
recondenses, a reverse wave can develop.
The following steam properties outline the extent of this expansion and contraction. One
ounce (28 grams) of steam occupying over 2900 cubic inches at 212°F (47,500 cc at 100°C)
and atmospheric pressure will occupy only 1.8 cubic inches (30 cc) after condensing. The
flash steam formed on discharge to atmospheric pressure of condensate at 25 psi (1.7 bar)
is 5.7 percent by weight, and at 50 psi (3.4 bar) it is 9.0 percent.
Where some exposure to flash steam is unavoidable, special precautions can be taken to
alleviate the problem (see below). Remember, these precautions for systems with some
exposure to live steam are not necessary for systems fully protected against live steam-
that is, where the condensate temperature is below the boiling point and there are no drip
leg connections.
Fig. 2. Detail for Typical In-line Steam
Dissipation Chamber at a Trap
Discharge Connection
2
Systems Exposed 1. Take care to assure a uniform grade line in the condensate lines. A gradient of
not less than one inch drop in 40 feet (2 mm per m) in the direction of flow is
to Live Steam recommended for both buried and suspended systems. Be aware that water-
(cont’d) filled low points in the line, particularly those near steam traps, can greatly
aggravate water hammer problems.
2. Select suitable traps and develop a program of regular maintenance. Features of
trap design to consider should include:
• minimizing the amount of condensate dumped per trap operation,
• mode of failure, open or closed, and,
• selection of the minimum workable size.
Avoid the temptation to install bypasses; While maintaining traps, valve off the drip line.
3. Provide a dissipator at the steam trap from drip leg connections as shown in
Figure-2. Developed by Mr. Bill Stevenson, an engineer with the General
Services Administration, these widely used devices serve to absorb the initial
shock of the steam flash as well as to quickly dissipate some of the heat energy.
They are used in steel as well as RTRP condensate lines.
4. Do not undersize the return piping. Larger sizes dramatically reduce the velocity
of the surge wave within the pipe and its potential for damage.
Corrosion Inhibitors Where a corrosion inhibitor is required to prevent attack on steel components of the
piping system, morpholine is recommended. Other amine additives such as cyclo-
hexylamine, may cause degradation of the pipe liner if used in concentrations in excess
of 1000 parts per million.
Layout of the Buried Buried condensate and hot water systems operate at temperatures that normally
require anchor blocks at valves, turns and branches. The temperature-induced stress
System in the blocked Bondstrand pipe will be absorbed in the pipe.9,10 For lines bedded
directly in soil, the designer should not expect that expansion will be absorbed as
movement at turns, by expansion loops or by expansion joints.
At lower temperatures (<180°F or 82°C) for short runs (<10 ft. or 3 m) from anchor to
fitting, and in poor soils (<1000 psf or 48 kN/m2), anchor blocks may not be required.
However, these are special cases and should be carefully analyzed before the decision
is made to install the lines without anchor blocks.11
In certain locations it may be necessary to place equipment such as pumps, valves or
steam dissipation chambers in restrained lines. Equipment replacement or repair, or
flange gasket replacement, will then be necessary from time to time. On heat-up,
normal thermal expansion produces a compressive longitudinal load in the restrained
Bondstrand pipe. Over a period of time this causes a shortening of the pipe such that,
unless the flanges are anchored, flanged joints often separate an inch or more when
Fig. 3. In-Line Anchor
cooled down and disassembled. This makes reassembly potentially difficult.
Reassembly will be much easier if the Bondstrand inlet and outlet lines are suitably
anchored at manhole and building wall penetrations. This can be done using an in-line
anchor block outside the wall as shown in Figure 3 or a steel anchor inside the wall as
shown in Figure 4. Good soil compaction under the lines around the manholes is
necessary so that excessive settlements cannot damage the pipe.
In some locations the stability of the soil under the pipe at penetrations cannot be
assured. Soil movements can produce excessive shearing loads on the pipe at the
interface to the fixed penetration. Here the anchor should be moved three to five feet
from the penetration and the penetration itself sleeved and sealed around the pipe.12
As an alternative to sealing between the pipe and sleeve with a “firm but pliable mass, “ a
Link-Seal* provides an elastomeric seal by means of a preformed modular unit which is
bolted into place. These units may also be used to seal pipeline casings at road crossings.
The detail of Figure 3 must not be used to resist the expansion and thrust of restrained
steel lines. Connecting steel lines should be both anchored and supported to avoid
transferring excessive loads to the Bondstrand pipe.
Refer to Ameron literature11, 12, 13 for helpful information on the design and placement of
anchor blocks at buried fittings. The properties of Bondstrand pipe at elevated
Fig. 4. Anchor Inside Manhole or temperatures are such that thrust blocks must be designed to resist both tensile and
Wall Penetration compressive loads.
3
Layout of the Suspended systems are generally designed using expansion loops rather than thrust
blocks, in part because the required supports are more economical when the pipe is
Suspended System allowed to move freely.7 Anchors between the loops are required, of course, to control
the position of the runs.
Some layouts are simply too restricted to permit the use of loops.Large diameter
casings or tunnels are examples. The line may have to be blocked and guided to keep it
from “snaking,” or expansion joints may be used.
Assembly Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges in condensate and hot water systems should be
assembled in accordance with Bondstrand assembly instructions and heat blanket
cure times should be 60 minutes for pipe joints and flange mountings, and 75 minutes
for joints or fittings.
Field Test Simple hydrostatic testing of installed Bondstrand pipe and fittings to 150 psi (10 bar) or to
1.5 times working pressure for four hours is usually sufficient to assure proper performance.
Testing of a buried system is best accomplished prior to placing backfill and blocking.
In every installation operating at an elevated temperature, maximum reliability is served by
heating the system slowly the first time. A temperature rise of not more than 20°F (11°C) per half
hour generally will relax fabrication stresses and ensure optimum pipe and joint performance.
Field Repairs Repairs of leaking pipe, whatever the cause, should be made by removing the faulty section
or a short length containing the fault, not by overwrapping the fault with any type of patch or
other material. If a joint is damaged during the laying operation, it should be cut off and a
coupling bonded to the cut-off end and laid in the line as a normal pipe.
If the damage occurs to an installed pipe which is blocked or otherwise restrained from
movement, the section to be repaired is cut out of the existing system and replaced by
inserting a length of new pipe or a new fitting or assembly in place of the damaged part.
The required buttend joint may be made using a Bondstrand maintenance coupling.
References 1. Lawson, Donald F., “Plastic Pipe: It Beats the Cost Problem,” Air Force Civil Engineer, August 1973.
2. Andersen, H. O., “Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe in Underground Condensate Return Service,” Proceeding of
Conference on Underground Central Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems, Washington, D.C.,
November 1973.
3. “Bondstrand Fittings Engineering Guide,” FP282, Ameron.
4. Military Specification MIL-P-28584, “Pipe and Pipe Fittings, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic, For Condensate
Return Lines”, U.S. Government Printing Office, April 15, 1975.
5. “Certification to MIL-P-28584,” Engineering Bulletin EB-17(1), Ameron, April, 1980.
6. NAVFAC Guide Specification NFGS-15707, “(Factory Insulated) Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe
Condensate Return System”, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, June, 1981.
7. “Bondstrand Engineering Guide for Suspended Pipe,” FP288, Ameron.
8. Mikasinovic, Mileta, and Dautovich, David R., “Designing Steam Transmission Lines Without Steam Traps,”
Chemical Engineering, March 14, 1977.
9. “Temperature-Induced Loads in Buried Bondstrand Pipe”, Engineering Bulletin EB-2, Ameron.
10. Schadel, O. et al., “Untersuchung der Einsatzmöglichkeiten von GFK-Rohren für die örtliche Verteilund und
die Unterverteilung von Fernwärme”, (Investigation of the suitability of RTR-Pipe for Local and Secondary
Distribution of District Heat), Research Report ET 5069A, Technischer Überwachungs-Verein Bayern e.V,
Munich, March, 1980.
11. “The Need for Blocking of Buried Pipe”, Engineering Bulletin EB-24, Ameron.
12. “Bondstrand Guide for Installing Buried Pipe”, FP278, Ameron.
13. “Bondstrand Series 2000 Pipe Engineering Guide”, BEG-2, Ameron.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1987 Ameron , Printed in U.S.A. FP468B 7/00 supersedes FP468A (12/93) 7.5M[354]
Marketing Bulletin
Estimated Man-hours for®
Assembly of Bondstrand Systems
matching taper/taper and Quick-Lock® adhesive joints;
Pronto-Lock®/Pronto-Lock II, and Key-Lock™
mechanical joints
General The information in this bulletin may be helpful in estimating construction costs where
Bondstrand products will be used. The tables estimate man-hours for making various
Bondstrand joints. The estimates are based on timed tests under ideal conditions: an
experienced person with all necessary materials at hand. Times do not include jigging,
measuring, planning, and other activities normally associated with piping joint fabrication.
Actual times may vary due to environmental conditions, skill and experience of the fabri-
cator, and the equipment available. These times are based on the assumption that the
crew received limited training from an Ameron Certified Technician and they are familiar
with basic installation procedures as recommended in standard Ameron literature. Once
the crew gains familiarity with the procedure, total time may be reduced as much as
50%. The estimates are given using tools that are new or in perfect operating condition.
The cutting blades are sharp and suitable for cutting glass fibers and resin materials.
Taper/taper and Table 1 estimates installation of taper/taper adhesive joints and Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock
Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II II mechanical joints. (Series 3000A, 3200 and 3300 Series)
Quick-Lock Table 2 estimates installation of Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints.(Series 2000, 2000M,
2000M-FP, 4000, 5000, 7000 and PSX Series)
Key-Lock and Quick-Lock Table 3 estimates man-hours required for field fabrication of piping using both Quick-Lock
and Key-Lock joints. Key-Lock joint assembly times are based on a single key joining of a
male end of a pipe to a coupling already mounted on a pipe end fitting. For comparison,
man-hours for fabricating welded joints in selected types of metallic piping are included.
Assemblers will be experienced after a few hours of training. This gives the contractor the
option to use less skilled (and less expensive) labor than certified welders. The assembly
of Bondstrand piping generally does not require heavy lifting equipment, reducing the set-
up and assembly time and eliminating the need for skilled equipment operators.
Table 1 Estimated Man-hours to Assemble Taper/Taper or Pronto-Lock/Pronto Lock II Joint

Pipe Diameter (in•mm)
Step # Operation 2•50 3•75 4•100 6•150 8•200 10•250 12•300 14•350 16•400
1 Cutting: 1.1 Hand saw1 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.07 – – – – –
1.2 Power saw1 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.05
2 Tapering: 2.1 Hand tool 2 0.08 0.12 0.14 0.20 – – – – –
2.2 Power tool 2 0.05 0.08 0.09 0.12 0.17 0.20 0.25 0.27 0.35
3 Surface preparation 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.14 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.30
4 Mix & apply adhesive: 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08
5 Joint make-up:
5.1 Adhesive T/T bell x spigot3 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09
5.2 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08
6 Total joint completion time:
6.1 Field prepared T/T bell x spigot 0.14 0.19 0.23 0.30 0.39 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.72
6.2 Factory prepared T/T bell x spigot 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.23 0.26 0.29 0.35 0.41 0.47
6.3 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II4 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08
ISO-9001 1 Using a pipe cutting hacksaw blade with 26 or more teeth for 2" through 6"; pipe cutting circular saw has abrasive wheel for 8" through
16" Tripod pipe vise or strap-down fixture is used to hold pipe in place.
2 For 2"-6", using Ameron Unique tool set; for 8"-16", using Taper Tool II set
3 For 6" diameters and above, a comealong is used to pull the joint together during joint make up.
4 Field installation of Pronto-Lock or Pronto-Lock II male assemblies requires approximately 75% of the times shown in Step 6.1.
Note: Recommended minimum number of crew for 2"-4", 6"-12" and 14"-16" is two, three and four respectively.
CERTIFICATED FIRM FP674B (11/99)
Table 2 Estimated Man-hours to Assemble Quick-Lock Joint
Step # Operation 2•50 3•75 4•100 6•150 8•200 10•250 12•300 14•350 16•400
1 Sand socket1 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.17
2 Sand spigot1 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.17
3 Mark pipe & cut to length2 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.2
4 Shave Spigot3 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.16 0.18
5 Mix & apply adhesive 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.16 0.20
6 Assemble joint, remove excess 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08
adhesive and attach heat blanket
7 Total preparation time for socket & 0.13 0.19 0.21 0.27 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.62
spigot joint with factory-made spigot
(sum of steps 1, 2, 5 & 6)
8 Total for preparing socket & spigot 0.20 0.24 0.26 0.31 0.39 0.46 0.54 0.77 0.89
joint requiring shaving of spigot (sum
of steps 1, 3, 4, 5 & 6)
1 Using a flapper type sanding wheel. Time may be less, depending on length of time pipe has been weathered.
2 Hand hacksaw cutting. Time required may be reduced if an abrasive wheel or sabre saw is used.
3 For sizes 2" through 12" based on using a standard pipe threading drive motor at 20 rpm with an M74 pipe shaver. Shaving can be done
by hand at about the same speed but worker will tire. For 14" and 16" sizes, based on use of large diameter shaver (M80) at 12 rpm.
Time can be reduced on 1" through 8" sizes by using a B1 shaver and 1⁄2" electric drill.
Table 3 Estimated Man-hours Required to Fabricate Piping Assemblies

Operation 2•50 3•75 4•100 6•150 8•200 10•250 12•300 14•350 16•400
1
Quick-Lock:
Assembly of bell & spigot joint with
field shaving of spigot 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.9
Key-Lock:2
Joining pipe sections with
Key-Lock male/female ends 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3
3
Metallic Alternatives:
Welded Joints:
Schedule 40 carbon steel 1.0 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.1 4.1 5.0 6.6
Schedule 80 carbon steel 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.3 5.1 6.6 9.6 12.4
Schedule 10S stainless steel 1.4 1.9 2.4 3.3 4.5 5.6 6.7 8.3 10.0
Schedule 40 copper-nickel 1.5 2.1 2.4 3.3 4.5 5.7 8.0 10.0 14.2
1 Joining includes operations described in Table 2 plus time for various routine aligning and measuring
operations discussed in text.
2 Joining includes cleaning, lubricating, and placing O-ring and single locking key.
3 Values are from: Page, John,S., and james G. Nation, Estimator's Piping Man Hour Manual, 3rd edition,
Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, 1979. Estimated man-hours do not include cutting and beveling, preheating,
stress relieving, coating, or wrapping the joint.
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
© 1996 Ameron • FP674B (11/99) supercedes FP674A (11/97) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M [3005]
®
Bondstrand Marketing Bulletin
Bondstrand
Engineering Services
Bondstrand engineering services group is fully staffed to
accommodate the most demanding design problems.
The following services are available by contacting
Ameron International Fiberglass - Composite Pipe Group.
FRP System • Buried/Above ground • Pressure-Temperature

Installation • Mechanical/Bonded joint
Recommendation
• Chemical Compatibility
Piping System Design • Pipe layout diagrams • Pressure surge (water

• Buried and above ground hammer)
Advanced Computerized systems • Complete stress analysis
Pipe Stress Analysis report based on wind, thermal
• Single or double containment
piping, including coaxial and pressure loading
conditions
Value Engineering • Complete review of • Cost reduction measures up

requirements to 25%
• Special FRP product design • Priority scheduling of material
and manufacture for large shipment to eliminate any
projects delays
Bill-of-Materials • Free estimated materials • Review of material lists from

Take-off take-off contractors
• Prefabricated and/or loose • Conversion of non-FRP
bills-of-material material list to Bondstrand
• StationWare 3000™ system
Spool Prefabrication • Portions or entire piping • Spool drawings are provided

systems are made in to ease field assembly
fabricated pieces to reduce
on-site installation time
World Wide Field Service • Contractor crew field training • Follow up technician visits if
• Technicians can be mobilized required
from three U.S. locations • Supervision of entire
fiberglass pipe installation
ISO-9001
For more information, contact:
Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Division
1004 Ameron Road, Burkburnett, Texas 76354
(940)569-1471 • (940)569-2764
CERTIFICATED FIRM
©1996 Ameron• Printed in USA•10M[3005] FP710A (4/00)

Product Notes
Rodent and Bacteria Attack

on fiberglass-reinforced piping systems
Introduction Attacks by rodents on the protective coatings on metallic piping, electrical insulation and
thermoplastic piping occur with some frequency and are well documented. These
incidents, all involving conventional thermoplastics, naturally give rise to questions about
the performance of fiberglass piping under the same conditions. In the case of rodent
attack, fiberglass-reinforced piping can be exposed to rodents without any detrimental
effects whatever.
Rodents and thermoplastics Rodents are attracted to thermoplastics for two reasons:
1. The plasticisers in some thermoplastics (especially PVC) taste and smell good to
many rodents. It has even been reported that “some thermoplastics have a nutritive
value for rodents… [the thermoplastics are] good for them.”
2. Rodents need to chew and gnaw. Nature provides them with teeth that continually
grow in length and which they need to pare down to a manageable size. Hence, they will
gnaw at almost anything they can fracture with their jaws.
Rodents and thermosets The major reasons why rodents are not attracted to FRP are as follows:
1. When fully cured, the thermosetting epoxy and vinyl ester resins used in Ameron
pipe and fittings are tasteless and odorless, thus offering no attraction for rodents.
2. The surface of fiberglass pipe and fittings is very hard and difficult to dent. There is
no place for a rodent to begin gnawing.
The experience of Ameron and other pipe manufacturers bears out these statements.
The components of fiberglass piping systems do not provide an environment which

Microbial attack
supports bacterial growth. The material by itself will not induce such growth nor would
it be affected by it. Ameron fiberglass pipe has been installed in diverse climactic and
soil conditions both below and above ground for many years. It has been exposed to a
broad spectrum of the world’s known bacterial strains without a documented case of
bacterial attack.
FP466B (8/96)
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or

Fax: (713) 690-2842
Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Fax: 862-1302 Fax: +31 345 575 254
© 1990 Ameron • FP466B (8/96) supersedes FP466A (5/95) • Printed in U.S.A • 5M[3005]
Product Notes
Weathering & UV Resistance of

Fiberglass Piping Systems
General All thermosetting and thermoplastic materials are susceptible to ultraviolet (UV)
degradation upon prolonged exposure to sunlight. The degree of UV degradation
varies depending on the chemical composition of the materials, however, the
breakdown is primarily a surface phenomenon. The rate at which degradation may
occur varies based on the availability of air, water, oxygen and other oxidizing agents.
Numerous antioxidants and UV absorbers can be added to materials of high resin
content to retard UV degradation. Currently, no means exist to totally eliminate this
phenomenon.
The major concern regarding UV attack on fiberglass pipe is the loss of physical strength
through degradation of the resin-glass bond. Since UV degradation is a surface
phenomenon, the most efficient means of prolonging the integrity of the reinforcement is
to place a resin-rich protective layer between the structural fiberglass and the outer
surface. The thicker the surface coating, the better the weathering characteristics. The
use of pigments, dyes or fillers in the resin system will also improve weathering charac-
teristics by helping to screen out the ultraviolet light.
Ameron employs a combination of techniques to protect the fiberglass bond from
UV attack. All fiberglass pipe produced by Ameron is manufactured on rotating mandrels.
This continuous motion results in a uniform resin-rich coating on the pipe exterior which
enhances its weather resistance. Pigments or dyes are incorporated into the resin system
to act as a further barrier to UV penetration into the laminate. Certain piping products may
also be overwrapped with an organic veil layer to provide even greater UV resistance.
Even if dry fiberglass appears on the outer surface, independent testing has shown it to
have no measurable effect on performance. If aesthetics are important, fiberglass pipe can
be covered with a high-grade acrylic or epoxy based coating.
Warranty Ameron warrants its standard products against reduction of performance or corrosion
ratings due to UV exposure for a period of 15 years from date of purchase.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP473F (9/00)
Enhancing UV Resistance
Selected Bondstrand products are

provided with supplemental UV
protection consisting of an
overwrap of organic veil tape and a
layer of epoxy resin.
subject to change.


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
info@ameron-fpg.nl
© 1991 Ameron • FP473F (8/00) supersedes FP473E (11/97) • Printed in U.S.A. • 5M[3005]
®
Bondstrand Marketing Bulletin
Safety Recommendations
Recommended practices to minimize exposure
and effects of shavings from fiberglass pipe.
Engineering Controls • A fabrication area should be set up in which to perform as much of the
fabrication work as is practical or possible.
• Local exhaust ventilation should be provided at areas of cutting and/or
tapering to remove airborne dust and fibers. General dilution ventilation
should be provided as necessary to keep airborne dust and fibers below
the applicable exposure limits and guidelines. The need for ventilation
systems should be evaluated by a professional industrial hygienist.
Rinsing with water or sweeping with brushes or brooms (using floor sweep)
is recommended. Never use compressed air to clean area or to remove
dust for personal cleaning. Brushes should be used to remove residue from
shaved surfaces.
Personal Protection • Always refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to working with
unfamiliar materials or if there are questions concerning the contents of the
fiberglass pipe.
• OSHA regulates glasswool (fiberglass) under the Hazard Communication
Standard and as a chemical hazard in laboratories. OSHA classifies
glasswool fiber as a “Particulate Not Otherwise Regulated,” with a
workplace permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 5.0 mg/m3 for respirable dust
and 15.0 mg/m3 for total dust. These limits are identical to those OSHA
requires for construction workers exposed to fibrous glass, which were
adopted from the 1970 Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) of the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH).
• Barrier creme should be applied to the skin in areas which may be exposed
to shavings prior to beginning work.
been laundered to begin a work shift. More frequent changing may be
Essential safety wear includes required by conditions.
eye protection, dust mask and
clean cotton gloves (right). • Long sleeved shirts or worksuits should be used. Tape should be used at
sleeve opening.
• Gloves with elastic cuffs should be worn at all times. Replace worn or
contaminated gloves as necessary. Gloves with flared, stiff cuffs act as a
ISO-9001 gathering funnel for shavings.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP811 (7/00)
Personal Protection • Wristbands and watches should be removed to prevent rubbing or
(cont’d) accumulation of particles on skin underneath the band.
• A respirator should be used if ventilation is unavailable, or is inadequate for
keeping dust and fiber levels below the applicable exposure limits. To
protect against dust and fibers, use a NIOSH-certified disposable or
reusable particulate respirator with an efficiency rating of N95 or higher (42
CFR 84) when working with this product. For exposures up to five times the
established exposure limits use a quarter-mask respirator, rated N95 or
higher; and for exposures up to ten times the established exposure limits
use a half-mask respirator (e.g., MSA’s DM-11, Racal’s Delta N95, 3M’s
8210), rated N95 or higher. Operations such as sawing, blowing, tear out
and spraying may generate airborne fiber concentrations requiring a higher
level of respiratory protection. For exposures up to 50 times the
established exposure limits use a full-face respirator, rated N99 or higher.
•Special Consideration for Repair/Maintenance of
Contaminated Equipment: Use personal protective equipment as
discussed above. Where possible, vacuum equipment before
repair/maintenance to remove excessive dust and loose fibers.
Personal Hygiene • Wash exposed skin with soap solution (liquid soap preferred) and cool
water.
• Use washcloth with “brushing” motion to remove dust or fibers. Do not
scrub the skin. This could result in the fibers being imbedded into the skin.
• Apply lotion or creme to skin (non-detergent formulas such as baby lotion)
to soothe irritation or prevent further immediate irritation.
For more information, contact:

Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Division
1004 Ameron Road, Burkburnett, Texas 76354
(940)569-1471 • (940)569-2764


Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Ameron

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Ameron

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AMERON CORROSION-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS

Ameron International, a worldwide supplier of corrosion-resistant

Bondstrand ® Industrial, Military Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars

Ameron supplies tough, lightweight, corrosion- The corrosion resistance of Bondstrand

†U.S. Patent #5,736,619

Series (psig) (bar) (°F) (°C) (in.) (mm) Specific Applications

Dualoy® Fuel Handling Systems

Bondstrand Marine/Offshore Systems

Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars and Well Screens

FIBERGLASS COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

© 1998 Ameron • Printed in U.S.A. FP213L (08/03) • 7.5M [4/C]

2000 E 250 1 - 16 10,20, 30 20

2000MP E 250 2 - 10 20, 30 20

3000A E 210 2-6 20, 40 –

3200A E 210 2-6 20, 40 –

3300A E 210 8 - 12 20, 40 20

4000 E 250 1 - 16 10, 20, 30 50

Bondstrand LD 250 18 - 144 20, 40 20 

Bondstrand II CL E/VE  2-6 30 

Bondstrand PSX•JF & PSX 250 1-16 10, 20, 30 –

Key: Resin: Variations: Joining systems:

Bondstrand PSX™•L3/PSX•JF Piping

Secondary Containment Systems

Two-piece Bondstrand systems offer the Bondstrand II CL Bondstrand II CL systems employ

Taper/taper An adhesive-bonded joint with Bondstrand CX Bondstrand CX pipe and fittings

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS

Asia Europe Americas Composites Centron International

Uses and applications Duct Waste lines

Kits per Bond

Pipe lengths Random length 40 feet (34 feet to 42 feet)

CERTIFICATED FIRM *Patent applied for

Typical pipe dimensions Nominal Pipe Unit Pipe

Nominal Pipe Unit Pipe

Typical pipe properties Nominal Support Spacings Minimum

End View Internal sleeve

External expansion joint sleeve

Internal sleeve 2 x diameter

Left bottom: 2 x diameter

Installation Procedures Bondstrand 100 Stick Clip joining instructions

Series 2000 Fiberglass

Uses and applications Chemical process piping

Listings Mil-P-29206A for jet fuel and petroleum liquids

Bondstrand Series 2000 Molded fittings

Pipe lengths Nominal Random

Typical pipe performance Nominal Internal Collapse

Bending radius Bending Maximum Allowable Turning

Nominal Stiffness Pipe Beam Moment

Typical physical Pipe Property Units Value ASTM Method

Bondstrand 2000 Pipe & Fittings

Structural wall Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness

Fittings It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - GROUP HEADQUARTERS

Asia Europe Americas Composites Centron International

Location Marina, California

Client City of Monterey, California

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Condensate Return Lines Retrofit

Location Nashville, Tennessee

Client Nashville Thermal Transfer Corporation

" Lengths of Bondstrand 2000 are bonded in the trench

Advantages Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - GROUP HEADQUARTERS

Asia Europe Americas Composites Centron International

Location Al-Khobar, Saudi Arabia

Bondstrand LD 250 18 - 144 20, 40 20

Bondstrand II CL E/VE 2-6 30